www.maktbah.

net
www.maktbah.net








 



 



 











 
 



















 









 


 






 

 





 





 







 



























 
 

 

 






 


 

 

 











!
 
" 
#

$


%




& $

' 
()
#

$


"

"
)(*+,
#










 

 
-





 
-
.+(/
!

 
" 
#

$


%




& $

' 
www.maktbah.net

1
‫‪www.maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪:‬‬
‫ُُ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ :‬ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ ﻭﳏﺎﻛﺎﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻧﺎﺟﻲ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻌﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﻭﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪1439 :‬ﻫـ‪ 2017 /‬ﻡ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻻﻳﺪﺍﻉ )‪(978-9922-20-034-7) (ISPN‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻻﻳﺪﺍﻉ ﰲ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﺑﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 643‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪2017‬‬

‫ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﳏﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻟﻒ‬

‫‪2‬‬
www.maktbah.net

3
www.maktbah.net

4
‫‪www.maktbah.net‬‬

‫اﻟﻣﻘدﻣﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ OptiSystem‬ھو ﺣزﻣﺔ ﻣﺣﺎﻛﺎة ﻧظﺎم اﻻﺗﺻﺎﻻت اﻟﺑﺻرﯾﺔ ﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم واﺧﺗﺑﺎر وﺗﺣﺳﯾن اﻹﻓﺎدة ﻣن‬
‫أي ﻧوع ﺗﻘرﯾﺑﺎ ﻣن اﻻرﺗﺑﺎط اﻟﺿوﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟطﺑﻘﺔ اﻟﻔﯾزﯾﺎﺋﯾﺔ ﻣن ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ واﺳﻌﺔ ﻣن ﺷﺑﻛﺎت اﻷﻟﯾﺎف‬
‫اﻟﺑﺻرﯾﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣن أﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺑث اﻟﺗﻠﻔزﯾوﻧﻲ اﻟﺗﻧﺎظري إﻟﻰ اﻟﺟزء اﻻﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﺎرات‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺎس اﻟﻣﺣﺎﻛﺎة ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺳﺗوى اﻟﻧظﺎم ﯾﻌﺗﻣد ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻧﻣذﺟﮫ اﻟواﻗﻌﯾﺔ ﻷﻧظﻣﺔ اﺗﺻﺎﻻت اﻷﻟﯾﺎف‬
‫اﻟﺿوﺋﯾﺔ‪ OptiSystem ،‬وھﻲ ﺗﻣﺗﻠك ﺑﯾﺋﺔ ﻣﺣﺎﻛﺎة ﺿﺧﻣﺔ وﺗﺣدﯾد اﻟﺑﻧﺎء اﻟﮭرﻣﻲ ﻣن اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺎت‬
‫واﻷﻧظﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ .‬و ﯾﻣﻛن ﺗوﺳﯾﻊ ﻗدراﺗﮫ ﺑﺳﮭوﻟﺔ ﻓﺿﻼً ﻋن ﻣﻛوﻧﺎت اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدم واﺟﮭﺎت ﺳﻠﺳﺔ إﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ واﺳﻌﺔ ﻣن اﻷدوات اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧطﺎق واﺳﻊ‪ OptiSystem .‬ﻣﺗواﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ‬
‫‪ OptiAmplifier‬و‪ OptiBPM‬و أدوات ﺗﺻﻣﯾم ‪. Optiwave‬‬
‫ﯾﻘدم ‪ OptiSystem‬ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ واﺳﻌﺔ ﻣن اﻟﺗطﺑﯾﻘﺎت‪ ،‬ﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم ﺷﺑﻛﺔ اﻟﻛﯾﺑل اﻟﺗﻠﻔزﯾوﻧﻲ‬
‫‪ CATV/WDM‬و ‪ SONET / SDH‬وﺗﺻﻣﯾم اﻟداﺋرة ﺑﺗﺻﻣﯾم ﻧﻣوذج اﻻرﺳﺎل وﻣﺳﺎر اﻻﻟﯾﺎف‬
‫اﻟﺿوﺋﯾﺔ و ﻣﻛﺑر ﻟﻠﺻوت‪ ،‬وﺗﺻﻣﯾم ﺟﮭﺎز اﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎل‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺣﺗوي ‪ OptiSystem‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻛوﻧﺎت ‪ MATLAB‬اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻣﻛن اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدم ﻣن اﻻﺗﺻﺎل ﻣﻊ‬
‫‪ MATLAB‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺣﯾطﮭﺎ ﻟدﻣﺞ ﻋﻧﺎﺻر أو ﻧﻣﺎذج ﺟدﯾدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ .‬ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ‪ OptiSystem‬ﻣﻠﻔﺎت‬
‫‪ MATLAB. DLL‬ﻟﺗﻘﯾﯾم اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻧﺻﻲ ‪ MATLAB‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﻛون وﻹﺟراء اﻟﻌﻣﻠﯾﺎت اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﯾث ﺗﺄﺛﯾر اﻟﺗﻛﻠﻔﺔ واﻹﻧﺗﺎﺟﯾﺔ أﻣر ﻻ ﺑد ﻣﻧﮫ ﻟﺗﺣﻘﯾﻖ اﻟﻧﺟﺎح واﻟرﺑﺢ ‪ ،‬وﯾﺗﯾﺢ‬
‫‪ OptiSystem‬ﺗﻘﻠﯾل ﻣﺗطﻠﺑﺎت اﻟوﻗت وﯾﻘﻠل اﻟﺗﻛﺎﻟﯾف اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺗﺻﻣﯾم اﻟﻧظم اﻟﺑﺻرﯾﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﺻﻣﯾم‬
‫اﻟﺑرﻣﺟﯾﺎت اﻟﮭﻧدﺳﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻣﺎرﯾﺔ اﻟﻣﺑﺗﻛرة واﻟﺿﺧﻣﺔ واﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻣﻛن اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدﻣﯾن ﻣن اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط واﻻﺧﺗﺑﺎر‪،‬‬
‫وﺗﻛون اﻟﻣﺣﺎﻛﺎة ﺗﻘرﯾﺑﺎ ﻟﻛل ﻧوع ﻣن أﻧواع اﻟﺑﺻرﯾﺔ واﻟﺑﺻرﯾﺎت اﻻﻟﻛﺗروﻧﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﻧظﺎم اﻟﻔرﻋﻲ أو‬
‫اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﻲ‪ .‬وﺗﻘﻠﯾل ھدر اﻟوﻗت ﺑﻌﻣل ﺗﻔﺻﯾﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﺣﺎﻛﺎت ﺑﻧطﺎق اﻟﺗردد وھو ﻣﻣﻛن ﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺗﻧوﻋﺔ ﻣن اﻟﺗطﺑﯾﻘﺎت‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﺎﻣﯾم ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻣن اﻟدواﺋر ‪DWDM PON, ،CWDM ، SDH،SONET ،OTDM ،SOptical‬‬
‫‪ ،Cable, OCDMA‬ﻟﻧﻣط واﺣد او ﻧﻘل ﻣﺗﻌدد اﻻﻧﻣﺎط‪ ،‬ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﺑﺻرﯾﺎت اﻟﺣرة )‪ ،(FSO‬رادﯾو‬
‫ﻋﺑر اﻷﻟﯾﺎف ))‪) OFDM ،ROF‬اﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷرة وﻣﺗﺷﺎﻛﮫ(‪ ،‬ﻣﻛﺑرات اﻟﺻوت واﻟﻠﯾزر )‪،SOA ،EDFA‬‬
‫‪GFF ،Hybrid ،Raman‬اﻷﻣﺛل‪ ،‬وﻟﯾزر اﻷﻟﯾﺎف(‪،‬ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ اﻹﺷﺎرات )اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟرﻗﻣﯾﺔ‪ ،‬وﻛل‬
‫اﻟﺿوﺋﯾﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺗﺻﻣﯾم اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﻔرﻋﻲ اﻻرﺳﺎل واﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎل )ﻣﺑﺎﺷر وﻣﺗﺷﺎﻛﮫ( و ﺻﯾﻎ اﻟﺗﺣوﯾر )‪،RZ‬‬
‫‪ ،QAM-64 ،QAM 16 ،PM-QPSK ،DP-QPSK ،QPSK ،DPSK ،DB ،CSRZ ،NRZ‬اﻟﺦ(‬
‫ﺗﺣﻠﯾل ﻧظﺎم ﻟﺗﺣﺳﯾن ﻣﻌﺎﯾﯾر ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﺧﻔﯾف ﻣن آﺛﺎر اھﺗزاز اﻟﻔﺿﺎﺋﯾﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﺗﺻﺎل ﻻﺳﻠﻛﻲ ﺑﺻري‬
‫ﺑﯾن اﻻﻗﻣﺎر اﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﯾﺔ‬
‫ﺣﯾث اﻟوﺻﻼت ﺿرورﯾﺔ ﺑﯾن اﻻﻗﻣﺎر اﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣدارات ﺣول اﻷرض ﻟﻧﻘل اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﯾن‬
‫اﻷﻗﻣﺎر اﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﯾﺔ وأﯾﺿﺎ ﻣن أﺟل ﺗرﺣﯾل اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﻛﻔﺎءة ﻣن ﻗﻣر واﺣد إﻟﻰ اﻵﺧر ﺛم إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣﺣطﺎت‬
‫اﻷرﺿﯾﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﯾن اﻻﻗﻣﺎر اﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﯾﺔ اﻟﺑﺻرﯾﺔ اﻻﺗﺻﺎﻻت اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﯾﺔ ﺗﺗﻌﺎﻣل ﻣﻊ اﺳﺗﺧدام اﻟﻠﯾزر‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪www.maktbah.net‬‬

‫اﻻﺗﺻﺎﻻت ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام اﻟﺑﺻرﯾﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﯾﺔ ﺑدﻻ ﻣن أﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟرادﯾو واﻟﻣﯾﻛرووﯾف اﻟﺗﻘﻠﯾدﯾﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻘدم اﻟﻠﯾزر‬
‫اﻻﺗﺻﺎﻻت ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام اﻟﺑﺻرﯾﺔ ﻣزاﯾﺎ ﻋدﯾدة أﻛﺛر ﻣن أﻧظﻣﺔ ﺗردد اﻟرادﯾو اﻟﺗﻘﻠﯾدﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫وﺛﻣﺔ ﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ رﺋﯾﺳﺔ ﻣوﺟودة ﻓﻲ ھذه اﻻﺗﺻﺎﻻت اﻟﺑﺻرﯾﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﯾﺔ وﺻﻼت ﺑﯾن اﻻﻗﻣﺎر اﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﯾﺔ‬
‫ھﻲ آﺛﺎر اھﺗزاز اﻷﻗﻣﺎر اﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﯾﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻣﺎ ﯾؤدي إﻟﻰ وﺟود ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ اﻻﺷﺎرة واﻟﺗﻲ ﺗؤدي إﻟﻰ ﺗدھور‬
‫اﻷداء‪ .‬أداء ھذا اﻟﻧظﺎم ﯾﻌﺗﻣد أﯾﺿﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﯾﯾر ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﺛل اﻟﻘدرة اﻟﻣرﺳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬وﻣﻌدل اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت وﻓﺗﺣﺔ‬
‫اﻟﮭواﺋﻲ اﻟﺗﻲ ﯾﺗم ﺗﺣﻠﯾﻠﮭﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام ﺑراﻣﺞ اﻟﻣﺣﺎﻛﺎة ‪ .OptiSystem‬وﺗﻘﺗرح ھذه اﻟورﻗﺔ ﺳﺑل ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ‬
‫آﺛﺎر اھﺗزاز اﻷﻗﻣﺎر اﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﯾﺔ ﻋن طرﯾﻖ ﺗﺣﺳﯾن ﻣﻌﺎﯾﯾر ﺗﺻﻣﯾم اﻟﻧظﺎم‪ .‬وﯾﻣﻛن اﺳﺗﺧدام ﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ھذه‬
‫اﻟدراﺳﺔ ﻣزﯾدا ﻣن ﺗﺻﻣﯾم ﺣﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺗﻐذﯾﺔ اﻟﻣرﺗدة ﻟﺗﺻﺣﯾﺢ آﺛﺎر اﻻھﺗزازات اﻟﻔﺿﺎﺋﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻧظﺎم‪.‬‬
‫وﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧطﺎق واﺳﻊ ﻧﻣﺎذج ﻣﻧﺻﺔ اﻓﺗراﺿﯾﺔ ﻻﺳﺗﻛﺷﺎف اﻟﻔﺿﺎء ﺗﺻﻣﯾم ﻣﺑﻛرة ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺳﺗوى‬
‫اﻟﻧظﺎم‪ .‬ھﻧﺎك‪ ،‬وﻣﻊ ذﻟك‪ ،‬ﻓﺈن ﻋدم وﺟود طﺎﻗﺔ دﻗﯾﻘﺔ وﺳرﯾﻌﺔ و ﻧﻣﺎذج اﻷداء ﻣن ﻣﻛوﻧﺎت اﻷﺟﮭزة‬
‫ﺑﻣﺛل ھذه اﻟﻣﺳﺗوﯾﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻟﯾﺔ ﻣن اﻟﻔﻛرة اﻟﺗﺟرﯾدﯾﺔ‪ .‬وﻧﺣن ﺗﻘدﯾم اﻟﻧﮭﺞ اﻟذي ﯾﻣﺗد ﻧﻣﺎذج اﻷﺟﮭزة‬
‫اﻟوظﯾﻔﯾﺔ ﺳرﯾﻌﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻘدرة ﻋﻠﻰ إﻧﺗﺎج ﺗﻘدﯾرات ﻣﻔﺻﻠﺔ‪ ،‬واﻟﺗوﻗﯾت ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺳﺗوى اﻟدورة وﺗﻘدﯾر اﻟﻘوة‪.‬‬
‫وﯾﺳﺗﻧد ﻧﮭﺟﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟوﺻف اﻷﺟﮭزة اﻟﺳﻠوﻛﯾﺔ اﻟﺗﺄﺷﯾر اﻟﻌودة ﻣﻊ ﻗوة دﯾﻧﺎﻣﯾﻛﯾﺔ وﻧﻣوذج اﻷداء اﻟذي‬
‫ﯾﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻣﯾم دورة دﻗﯾﻘﺔ واﻟﻧﺷﺎط اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﺗﻣد ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت دون ﺧﺳﺎرة ﻛﺑﯾرة ﻓﻲ ﺳرﻋﺔ اﻟﻣﺣﺎﻛﺎة‪.‬‬
‫ﻣن ﺧﻼل دﻣﺞ اﻟﺗدﻓﻘﺎت اﻟﺣﺎﻟﯾﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب ﻋﺎﻟﻲ اﻟﻣﺳﺗوى )‪ ، (HLS‬ھو ﯾﺑرز اﻟﺷرح اﻟﻛﺎﻣل‬
‫ﻹظﮭﺎر ﻓﻌﺎﻟﯾﺔ اﻷﺟﮭزة اﻟﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﺗوﻟﯾﻔﮭﺎ ﻣن ﻗﺑل ‪.HLS‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﯾﻧﺎ ﻣواﺻﻠﺔ اﻹﻓﺎدة ﻣن ﺗﻘﻧﯾﺎت اﻟﺗﻌﻠم اﻵﻟﻲ اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻣن ﺑﯾن طرق ﻧﻣﺎذج ﻟﺗﺟﻣﯾﻊ ﻣﻠﺧص ﻧظري‬
‫ﻟﻠطﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﯾث ﻧﻘدم ﺗﻘﻧﯾﺔ اﻟﺗﺣﻠل اﻟﮭﯾﻛﻠﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﺣد ﻣن ﺗﻌﻘﯾدات اﻟﻧﻣوذج‪ ،‬وزﯾﺎدة دﻗﺔ اﻟﺗﻘدﯾر‪ .‬ﻟﻘد طﺑﻘﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻧﮭﺟﻧﺎ واﻟﺷرح إﻟﻰ اﻟﻌدﯾد ﻣن اﻷﻣﺛﻠﺔ واﻟﻧﻣﺎذج اﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﯾﺔ اﻟﻘوﯾﺔ ﺗﺣت ﻣﺧﺗﻠف ﺗﻛوﯾﻧﺎت ﻣﻌﻣﺎرﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫وﺗﺷﯾر اﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ إﻟﻰ أن ﻟدﯾﻧﺎ ﻧﻣﺎذج اﻟﺗﻧﺑؤ ﻣﺗوﺳط اﺳﺗﮭﻼك اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣدود ‪ ٪1‬ودورة ﺗﻠو دورة ﺗﺑدﯾد‬
‫اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣدود ‪ ٪10‬ﻣن اﻟﻣﺳﺗوى ﺑواﺑﺔ أداة ﺗﻘدﯾر اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺗﺟﺎرﯾﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﯾن ﺗﻌﻣل ﻋدة أواﻣر ﻣن‬
‫ﺣﺟم ﺻﻐﯾر وﺳرﻋﺔ اﻻداء ووﻗت ﻗﺻﯾر‪.‬‬
‫ﻷن ﻧظﺎم اﻟﻣﺣﺎﻛﺎت ﯾﻔﺗﻘر اﻟﻰ اﻟﻣﺻﺎدر‪ ،‬و ﺑﺟﮭود ﻋﺎﻟﯾﺔ اﻟﻣﺳﺗوى اﻀﻊ ﺒﯿن ﯿد م ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻛﺘﺎب‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠم اﻟﻤﺤﺎﻛﺎت اﻟﺼرﺔ ﻞ ﻓروﻋﻬﺎ وﻗد ﺘم اﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎد ﺸﻞ ﺒﯿر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋد)‪ (Help‬ﻟﺒرﻨﺎﻤﺞ‬
‫)‪ (Optisystem‬وﻫو ﻤن اﻨﺘﺎج ﺸرﺔ )‪ (Optiwave‬ﻤﺘﻌﻤ‪ .‬ﻞ ﺘﻔﺎﺼﯿﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺸرح ﺴﻬﻞ ﻤﻌزز‬
‫ﺎﻟﺼور واﻻﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﻞ ﺠواﻨﺒﻬﺎ وارﺎﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬وﻟﻌﻞ ﻫذا اﻟﻛﺘﺎب ﻌﺘﺒر ﻤﺼدر ﻤﻬم ﻟﻠﺎﺤث واﻟذ‪ 8‬ﺤﻔزﻩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻌرﻓﺔ واﻻﺒداع ﻓﻲ ﻤﺤﺎﻛﺎت اﻻﺠﻬزة اﻟﺼرﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺳﺄﻝ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﳊﻤﺪ ‪ ‬ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ ﺃﻭﻻً ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ًﺍ ‪.‬‬

‫د ‪ .‬اﺣﻣد اﻟﺟﻣل‬

‫‪6‬‬
www.maktbah.net

Contents the page ‫اﻟﻣﺣﺗوﯾﺎت‬

Introduction 5 ‫اﻟﻣﻘدﻣﺔ‬
Contents 7 ‫اﻟﻣﺣﺗوﯾﺎت‬
Chapter One 15 ‫اﻟﻔﺻل اﻻول‬
an introduction 15 ‫ﻣﻘدﻣﺔ‬
The program interface Optisystem 16 ( Optisystem ) ‫واﺟﮭﺔ اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
Menu Bar 16 ‫ﺷرﯾط اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
Chapter Two 25 ‫اﻟﻔﺻل اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬
Installing OptiSystem 25 OptiSystem ‫ﺗرﻛﯾب‬
Hardware and software 25 ‫ﻣﺗطﻠﺑﺎت اﻷﺟﮭزة واﻟﺑراﻣﺞ‬
requirements
Project structure overview 26 ‫ﻧظرة ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ھﯾﻛﻠﯾﺔ اﻟﻣﺷروع‬
Sweep iterations 26 ‫ اﻻﻣﺗداد‬/ ‫ﺗﻛرار اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬
Optimizations 26 ‫ﺗﺣﺳﯾﻧﺎت‬
OptiSystem GUI 27 ‫واﺟﮭﺔ اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدم اﻟرﺳوﻣﯾﺔ‬
OptiSystem ‫ﻟﻠـ‬
Main parts of the GUI 28 ‫اﻷﺟزاء اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ ﻣن واﺟﮭﺔ اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدم‬
‫اﻟرﺳوﻣﯾﺔ‬
Project layout 28 ‫ﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻣﺷروع‬
Dockers 28 ‫واﺟﮭﺎت اﻟﺗﺣﻣﯾل‬
Project Browser 29 ‫ﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ اﻟﻣﺷروع‬
Status bar 30 ‫ﺷرﯾط اﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
Menu bar 30 ‫ﺷرﯾط اﻟﻘواﺋم‬
Pan Window 31 ‫ﻧواﻓذ اﻟﻌرض‬
Toolbars 31 ‫ﺷرﯾط اﻷدوات‬
OptiSystem menus and buttons 33 OptiSystem ‫ﻗواﺋم وازرار‬
File menu 33 ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻠف‬
Edit menu 35 ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﺣرﯾر‬
View menu 39 ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟﻌرض‬
Layout menu 41 ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
Tools menu 43 ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ أدوات‬
Report menu 44 ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﻘرﯾر‬
Script menu 44 ‫اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟﻧﺻﯾﺔ‬
Add-Ins menu 45 ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟوظﺎﺋف اﻻﺿﺎﻓﯾﺔ‬
Window menu 45 ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟﻧﺎﻓذة‬
Help menu 45 ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﻌﻠﯾﻣﺎت‬
Application layout 46 ‫ﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﺗطﺑﯾﻖ‬
Customizing toolbars 46 ‫ﺗﺧﺻﯾص أﺷرطﺔ اﻷدوات‬

7
www.maktbah.net

Creating a new toolbar 47 ‫إﻧﺷﺎء ﺷرﯾط أدوات ﺟدﯾد‬

Display properties 49 ‫ﺧﺻﺎﺋص اﻟﻌرض‬
Changing the application properties 50 ‫ﺗﻐﯾﯾر ﺧﺻﺎﺋص اﻟﺗطﺑﯾﻖ‬
General 50 ‫ﻋﺎم‬
Grid 52 ‫ﺷﺑﻛﺔ‬
Workspace 53 ‫ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﻣل‬
Folder Setting 54 ‫إﻋداد ﻣﺟﻠد‬
Chapter third 55 ‫اﻟﻔﺻل اﻟﺛﺎﻟث‬
Project layout 55 ‫ﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻣﺷروع‬
Project layout window tabs 56 ‫ﻣﺷروع ﻋﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﺗﺑوﯾب ﻟﻧﺎﻓذة اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
Project tab 56 ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺑوﯾب اﻟﻣﺷروع‬
Project window tabs 57 ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎت ﺗﺑوﯾب إطﺎر اﻟﻣﺷروع‬
Project layout context menu 59 ‫ﻣﺷروع ﺗﺧطﯾط ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
Edit menu items 60 ‫ﺗﺣرﯾر ﻋﻧﺎﺻر اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
Main layout 61 ‫اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﻲ‬
Layout size 61 ‫ﺣﺟم اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
Changing the size of the layout 61 ‫ﺗﻐﯾﯾر ﺣﺟم اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
Placing components in the Main 63 ‫وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻر ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﻲ‬
layout
Auto connect feature 63 ‫ﻣﯾزة اﻻﺗﺻﺎل اﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
Turning the Auto connect feature 64 ‫ﺗﺣول ﻣﯾزة اﻟرﺑط اﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ وﺗﺷﻐﯾﻠﮫ‬
off and on
Layout properties 65 ‫ﺧﺻﺎﺋص اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
Layout properties header 68 ‫ﺧﺻﺎﺋص ﺗﺧطﯾط رأس اﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ‬
Layout parameters 69 ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻣﺎت اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
Accessing the layout properties 69 ‫اﻟوﺻول إﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
Layout Parameters dialog box 69 ‫ﻣرﺑﻊ ﺣوار ﻣﻌﻠﻣﺎت اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
Changing the value of a parameter 71 ‫ﺗﻐﯾﯾر ﻗﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل‬
Changing the unit of a parameter 71 ‫ﺗﻐﯾﯾر وﺣدة اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل‬
Adding new parameters to the 72 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﯾﯾر ﺟدﯾدة ﻟﻠﺗﺧطﯾط‬
layout
Accessing a new layout parameter 74 ‫اﻟوﺻول إﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻣﺔ ﺗﺧطﯾط ﺟدﯾدة ﻟﻠﺑرﻣﺟﺔ‬
for scripting
Removing new parameters from the 76 ‫إزاﻟﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﯾﯾر ﺟدﯾدة ﻣن اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
layout
Editing existing parameters in the 76 ‫ﺗﺣرﯾر اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت اﻟﻣوﺟودة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
layout
Adding a project layout 77 ‫اﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻣﺷروع‬
Deleting a project layout 78 ‫ﺣذف ﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻣﺷروع‬
Duplicating a layout 80 ‫ﺗﻛرار اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
Selecting multiple components 82 ‫اﺧﺗﯾﺎر ﻣﻛوﻧﺎت ﻣﺗﻌددة‬
8
www.maktbah.net

Duplicating components 82 ‫ﺗﻛرار اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺎت‬

Connecting components manually 83 ‫اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗرﺑط ﯾدوﯾﺎ‬
Selecting links 84 ‫اﺧﺗﯾﺎر اﻟرواﺑط‬
Deleting links 85 ‫ﺣذف اﻟرواﺑط‬
Non-compatible connections 85 ‫اﺗﺻﺎﻻت ﻏﯾر ﻣﺗواﻓﻖ‬
Multiple visualizers connected to a 85 ‫ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﻘﯾﺎس اﻟﻣﺗﻌدد اﻟﻣﺗﺻل ﺑﻣﻧﻔذ ﻣﺗﺧﯾﻠون‬
port
Modifying port properties 86 ‫ﺗﻌدﯾل ﺧﺻﺎﺋص اﻟﻣﻧﻔذ‬
Drawing a Rectangle in the layout 87 ‫رﺳم ﻣﺳﺗطﯾل ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
Drawing a circle in the layout 89 ‫رﺳم داﺋرة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
Drawing a line in the layout 90 ‫رﺳم ﺧط ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
Adding text to the layout 91 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧص إﻟﻰ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
Modifying the text in the layout 92 ‫ﺗﻌدﯾل اﻟﻧص ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
Drawing a Bitmap in the layout 93 ‫رﺳم ﺻورة ﻧﻘطﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
Layout depth order 93 ‫طﻠب ﻋﻣﻖ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
Choosing the layout depth order 94 ‫اﺧﺗﯾﺎر طﻠب ﻣوﻗﻊ ﺗﺧطﯾط اﻋﻣﻖ‬
position
Subsystems 97 ‫ﻓرﻋﯾﺔ‬
Creating a subsystem 97 ‫إﻧﺷﺎء ﻓرﻋﻲ‬
Creating an empty subsystem 98 ‫إﻧﺷﺎء ﻓرﻋﻲ ﻓﺎرغ‬
Opening a subsystem layout 102 ‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﺗﺧطﯾط ﻓرﻋﻲ‬
Closing a subsystem layout 103 ‫إﻏﻼق اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻔرﻋﻲ‬
Placing components in subsystems 103 ‫وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻر ﻓﻲ اﻟﻧظم اﻟﻔرﻋﯾﺔ‬
Closing a subsystem window 104 ‫إﻏﻼق اﻟﻧﺎﻓذة ﻓرﻋﯾﺔ‬
Subsystem input and output port 104 ‫اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﻔرﻋﻲ ﻷدوات ﻣﻧﻔذ اﻟﻣدﺧﻼت‬
tools ‫واﻟﻣﺧرﺟﺎت‬
Assigning an input or output port to 104 ‫ﺗﻌﯾﯾن ﻣﻧﻔذ اﻻدﺧﺎل أو ﻣﻧﻔذ اﻹﺧراج إﻟﻰ اﻟﻧظﺎم‬
a subsystem ‫اﻟﻔرﻋﻲ‬
Subsystem port properties 106 ‫ﺧﺻﺎﺋص اﻟﻣﻧﻔذ اﻟﻔرﻋﻲ‬
Modifying subsystem port 106 ‫ﺗﻌدﯾل ﺧﺻﺎﺋص اﻟﻣﻧﻔذ اﻟﻔرﻋﻲ‬
properties
Viewing subsystem properties 108 ‫ﻋرض ﺧﺻﺎﺋص اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﻔرﻋﻲ‬
Changing the value of a subsystem 110 ‫ﺗﻐﯾﯾر ﻗﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻘﯾﺎس اﻟﻔرﻋﻲ‬
parameter
Changing the subsystem parameter 110 ‫ﺗﻐﯾﯾر وﺣدة اﻟﻣﻌﻠﻣﺔ اﻟﻔرﻋﯾﺔ‬
unit
Adding new parameters to a 111 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﯾﯾر ﺟدﯾدة إﻟﻰ اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﻔرﻋﻲ‬
subsystem
Removing a new subsystem layout 113 ‫إزاﻟﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻣل ﺟدﯾدة ﻟﻠﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻔرﻋﻲ‬
parameter
Editing new parameters in the 113 ‫ﺗﺣرﯾر ﻣﻌﺎﯾﯾر ﺟدﯾدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﻔرﻋﻲ‬
9
www.maktbah.net

subsystem
Add-Ins 115 ‫اﻟوظﺎﺋف اﻹﺿﺎﻓﯾﺔ‬
Installing an Add-In 115 ‫ﺗﺛﺑﯾت اﻟوظﯾﻔﺔ اﻹﺿﺎﻓﯾﺔ‬
Uninstalling an Add-In 116 ‫إﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺛﺑﯾت اﻟوظﯾﻔﺔ اﻹﺿﺎﻓﯾﺔ‬
Chapter Fourth 119 ‫اﻟﻔﺻل اﻟراﺑﻊ‬
Exporting an OptiPerformer project 119 OptiPerformer ‫ﺗﺻدﯾر ﻣﻠف ﻣﺷروع‬
file
Info tab Image 120 ‫ﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت ﺻورة اﻟﺗﺑوﯾب‬
Contact Info 120 ‫ﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت اﻻﺗﺻﺎل‬
Additional Info 120 ‫ﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﯾﺔ‬
Parameters tab 121 ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺑوﯾب اﻟﻣﻌﻠﻣﺎت‬
Library Management 123 ‫إدارة اﻟﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ‬
Library Management tool 123 ‫أداة إدارة اﻟﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ‬
Using the Library Management 123 ‫اﺳﺗﺧدام أداة إدارة اﻟﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ‬
tool
Disabling libraries 124 ‫ﺗﻌطﯾل اﻟﻣﻛﺗﺑﺎت‬
Enabling libraries 125 ‫ﺗﻣﻛﯾن اﻟﻣﻛﺗﺑﺎت‬
Installing libraries 125 ‫ﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟﻣﻛﺗﺑﺎت‬
Uninstalling libraries 126 ‫إﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﻣﻛﺗﺑﺎت‬
Viewing component details 127 ‫ﻋرض ﺗﻔﺎﺻﯾل اﻟﻌﻧﺻر‬
Dockers 129 ‫واﺟﮭﺔ اﻟﺗﺣﻣﯾل‬
Component Library 129 ‫ﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ اﻟﻌﻧﺻر‬
Using the Component Library 130 ‫اﺳﺗﺧدام ﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ اﻟﻣﻛون‬
Moving (down) through the 132 ‫ﺗﺗﺣرك )أﺳﻔل( ﻣن ﺧﻼل ﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺎت‬
Component Library
Moving (up) through the 132 ‫ﺗﺗﺣرك )أﻋﻠﻰ( ﻣن ﺧﻼل ﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺎت‬
Component Library
Component Library context menu 132 ‫ﻋﻧﺻر ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺳﯾﺎق اﻟﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ‬
Project Browser 135 ‫ﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ اﻟﻣﺷروع‬
Graphs 139 ‫اﻟرﺳوم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﯾﺔ‬
Quick View 140 ‫ﻧظرة ﺳرﯾﻌﺔ‬
Placing graphs in Quick View 140 ‫وﺿﻊ اﻟرﺳوم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋرض ﺳرﯾﻊ‬
Component View 141 ‫ﻣﺷﺎھدة اﻟﻣﻛون‬
Accessing graphs in Component 141 ‫اﻟوﺻول إﻟﻰ اﻟرﺳوم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺷﺎھدة‬
View ‫اﻟﻣﻛون‬
Report 142 ‫ﺗﻘرﯾر‬
Placing graphs in Report view 142 ‫وﺿﻊ اﻟرﺳوم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋرض اﻟﺗﻘرﯾر‬
Multi-graph views 143 ‫ﻋرض ﻣﺗﻌددة اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬
Results 144 ‫اﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ‬
Results View 145 ‫ﻣﺷﺎھدة ﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ‬
Viewing results from the Project 145 ‫ﻋرض اﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﻣن ﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ اﻟﻣﺷروع‬
10
www.maktbah.net

Browser
Displaying results in the layout 145 ‫ﻋرض اﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم‬
Component View 147 ‫ﻣﺷﺎھدة اﻟﻣﻛون‬
Accessing results in Component 147 ‫اﻟوﺻول إﻟﻰ اﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺷﺎھدة اﻟﻣﻛون‬
View
Report 148 ‫ﺗﻘرﯾر‬
Placing results in Report view 148 ‫وﺿﻊ اﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺿوء اﻟﺗﻘرﯾر‬
Description 149 ‫وﺻف‬
Bill of Materials 149 ‫ﺣﺳﺎب ﺗﻛﻠﻔﺔ اﻟﻣواد‬
Export to Text File 150 ‫ﺗﺻدﯾر إﻟﻰ ﻣﻠف ﻧﺻﻲ‬
Report 151 ‫اﻟﺗﻘرﯾر‬
Report options 154 ‫ﺧﯾﺎرات اﻟﺗﻘرﯾر‬
Report options dialog box 154 ‫ﻣرﺑﻊ ﺣوار ﺧﯾﺎرات اﻟﺗﻘرﯾر‬
Default control tab 155 ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺑوﯾب اﻟﺗﺣﻛم اﻻﻓﺗراﺿﻲ‬
Drop options tab 156 ‫ھﺑوط ﺧﯾﺎرات ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﺑوﯾب‬
Save settings as default 159 ‫ﺣﻔظ اﻹﻋدادات ﻛﻣﺎ اﻻﻓﺗراﺿﻲ‬
Plotting parameters vs. results 160 ‫رﺳم اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت ﻣﻘﺎﺑل اﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ‬
Project Script 162 ‫ﻧص اﻟﻣﺷروع‬
Generating scripts 162 ‫اﻧﺷﺎء ﻧص‬
Script tab 164 ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﺑوﯾب اﻟﻧﺻﻲ‬
Component Script 165 ‫ﻧص اﻟﻣﻛون‬
Accessing the component script 165 ‫اﻟوﺻول إﻟﻰ ﻧص اﻟﻣﻛون‬
Script menu 167 ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟﻧص‬
File menu 168 ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻠف‬
Data Monitor 169 ‫ﻣراﻗﺑﺔ اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت‬
Displaying signal data on the layout 170 ‫ﻋرض ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت اﻹﺷﺎرة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
Disabling signal data on the layout 171 (‫ﺗﻌطﯾل إﺷﺎرة اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط )اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم‬
Adding a monitor to a port 173 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻌرض إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣﻧﻔذ‬
Removing a monitor from a port 174 ‫إزاﻟﺔ ﺟﮭﺎز ﻣن اﻟﻣﻧﻔذ‬
Enabling the Signal Tracer 175 ‫ﺗﻣﻛﯾن راﺳم اﻹﺷﺎرة‬
Disabling the Signal Tracer 175 ‫ﺗﻌطﯾل راﺳم اﻹﺷﺎرة‬
Path Tool 176 ‫أداة اﻟﻣﺳﺎر‬
Trace Paths tool 180 ‫أداة ﺗﺗﺑﻊ اﻟﻣﺳﺎرات‬
Tracing a path 180 ‫ﺗﺗﺑﻊ اﻟﻣﺳﺎر‬
Parameter Sweeps 182 ‫ﻣﺳﺢ اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل‬
Setting the current sweep iteration 184 ‫ﺿﺑط اﻟﺗﻛرار ﻟﻼﻣﺗداد اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬
Changing the Parameter values 185 ‫ﺗﻐﯾﯾر ﻗﯾم اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل‬
Selecting the Sweep mode 185 ‫اﺧﺗﯾﺎر وﺿﻊ اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬
Editing the parameter sweep 187 ‫ﺗﺣرﯾر ﻗﯾم ﺗﻛرار ﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻻﻣﺗداد‬
iteration values

11
www.maktbah.net

Assigning sweep iteration values 188 ‫ﺗﻌﯾﯾن ﻗﯾم ﺗﻛرار اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬

Generating sweep iteration values 188 ‫ﺗوﻟﯾد ﻗﯾم ﺗﻛرار اﻻﻣﺗداد‬
Spread tools 190 ‫أدوات اﻻﻧﺗﺷﺎر‬
Nested parameter sweeps 194 ‫ﻣﺳﺢ ﻗﯾم اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﻣﺗداﺧﻠﺔ‬
Using nested parameter sweeps 194 ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام ﻣﺳﺢ اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﻣﺗداﺧل‬
Using combinations for nested 198 ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام ﺗرﻛﯾﺑﺎت اﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﻟﻠﻣﻘﺎﯾﯾس اﻟﻣﺗداﺧﻠﺔ‬
parameter sweeps
Calculations 201 ‫اﻟﻌﻣﻠﯾﺎت اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﯾﺔ‬
Calculations dialog box 202 ‫ﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت ﺻﻧدوق اﻟﺣوار‬
Calculate the whole project 203 ‫ﺣﺳﺎب اﻟﻣﺷروع ﺑﺄﻛﻣﻠﮫ‬
Calculations dialog box buttons 205 ‫ﺣﺳﺎب ازرار ﺻﻧدوق اﻟﺣوار‬
Optimization tab 205 ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﺑوﯾب اﻷﻣﺛل‬
Calc. schedulers tab 206 ‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﺑوﯾب اﻟﻣﻧظﻣون‬.‫اﺣﺳب‬
Cancelling calculations 208 ‫إﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت‬
Optimizations 208 ‫ﺗﺣﺳﯾﻧﺎت‬
Setting optimizations 208 ‫اﻟوﺿﻊ اﻻﻣﺛل‬
Layout Optimizations 209 ‫ﺗﺣﺳﯾﻧﺎت اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
Chapter Fifth 211 ‫اﻟﻔﺻل اﻟﺧﺎﻣس‬
Multi-parameter multi-target 211 ‫ﺗﺣﺳﯾﻧﺎت ﻣﺗﻌددة اﻟﻘﯾﺎﺳﺎت ﻣﺗﻌدد اﻻھداف‬
optimizations (MPO) (MPO)
Nonlinear Least Square (LSQ) 213 (LSQ) ‫اﻟﺗﺣﺳﯾن ﻟﻠﻐﯾر ﺧطﯾﺔ ﺑﻣرﺑﻊ أﻗل‬
Optimization
Example: Gain Flattening 214 ‫ ﻛﺳب اﻟﺗﺳطﯾﺢ‬:‫ﻣﺛﺎل‬
Setting up the optimization 219 ‫إﻋداد اﻻﻓﺿل‬
Adding a new optimization 220 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺣﺳﯾن ﺟدﯾد‬
Adding general information 220 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬
Modifying parameter information 222 ‫ﺗﻌدﯾل ﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل‬
Modifying result information 223 ‫ﺗﻌدﯾل ﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت اﻟﻧﺗﯾﺟﺔ‬
Running the optimization 224 ‫ﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻻﻣﺛل‬
Single-parameter optimization 225 (SPO) ‫اﻟﻣﻘﯾﺎس اﻷﻣﺛل اﻟﻣﻔرد‬
(SPO)
Minimization 225 ‫اﻟﺗﻘﻠﯾل‬
Maximization 225 ‫اﻟﺗﻛﺑﯾر‬
Goal Attaining 225 ‫ﻛﺳب اﻟﮭدف‬
Parameters 226 ‫اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت‬
Main 226 ‫رﺋﯾﺳﻲ‬
Parameters 226 ‫اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت‬
Result 227 ‫اﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ‬
Setting up the optimization 227 ‫إﻋداد اﻻﻣﺛل‬
Adding a new optimization 228 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻻﻣﺛل اﻟﺟدﯾد‬
Adding general information 228 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل‬
12
www.maktbah.net

Modifying parameter information 229 ‫ﺗﻌدﯾل ﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل‬

Modifying result information 230 ‫ﺗﻌدﯾل ﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت اﻟﻧﺗﯾﺟﺔ‬
Gain flattening filter optimization 232 (FFR ‫ﻛﺳب ﺗﺳطﯾﺢ ﻣرﺷﺢ اﻷﻣﺛل )ﻛﺳب‬
(Gain FFr)
Parameters 232 ‫اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت‬
Main 232 ‫رﺋﯾﺳﻲ‬
Setting up the optimization 233 ‫إﻋداد اﻻﻣﺛل‬
Adding a new optimization 234 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ أﻣﺛل ﺟدﯾد‬
Adding general information 234 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬
Modifying parameter information 235 ‫ﺗﻌدﯾل ﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل‬
Modifying result information 236 ‫ﺗﻌدﯾل ﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت اﻟﻧﺗﯾﺟﺔ‬
Appendix A-Opti2D Graph Control 238 ‫ اﻟﺳﯾطرة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟرﺳم‬A-Opti2D ‫اﻟﻣﻠﺣﻖ‬
‫اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﯾﺔ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﯾﺔ اﻟﺑﻌد‬
User interface features 239 ‫ﻣﯾزات واﺟﮭﺔ اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدم‬
Information windows 239 ‫ﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت اﻟﻧواﻓذ‬
Legend 240 ‫ﻋﻧوان‬
Graph toolbox 241 ‫ادوات اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬
Graph menu 244 ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬
Graph Menu button 245 ‫زر ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬
Printing and exporting files 246 ‫طﺑﺎﻋﺔ وﺗﺻدﯾر اﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎت‬
Print to BMP file 247 BMP ‫اﻟطﺑﺎﻋﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻣﻠف‬
Print to EMF file 247 EMF ‫اﻟطﺑﺎﻋﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻣﻠف‬
Copy image to clipboard 248 ‫ﻧﺳﺦ ﺻورة إﻟﻰ اﻟﺣﺎﻓظﺔ‬
Import Curve 250 ‫اﺳﺗﯾراد ﻣﻧﺣﻧﻲ‬
Graph Properties dialog 251 ‫ﺣوار ﺧﺻﺎﺋص اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬
General 252 ‫ﻋﺎم‬
Axis X 252 X ‫ﻣﺣور‬
Axis Color 253 ‫ﻣﺣور اﻟﻠون‬
Axis Y 253 Y ‫ﻣﺣور‬
Curve 254 ‫ﻣﻧﺣﻧﻰ‬
Curve Properties 255 ‫ﺧﺻﺎﺋص اﻟﻣﻧﺣﻧﻰ‬
Fonts 255 ‫اﻟﺧطوط‬
Grid 256 ‫ﺷﺑﻛﺔ‬
Labels 257 ‫ﺗﺳﻣﯾﺎت‬
Legend 258 ‫ﻋﻧوان‬
Chapter Six 259 ‫اﻟﻔﺻل اﻟﺳﺎدس‬
Experiences 259 ‫ﺗﺟﺎرب‬
Agilent EEsof ADS 263 ‫ ﺗﺻﻣﯾم‬02 ‫ﯾﺣوي ﻋﻠﻰ‬
Catv 265 ‫ ﺗﺻﺎﻣﯾم‬05 ‫ﯾﺣوي ﻋﻠﻰ‬
Laser signal clipping 268 ‫ ﺗﺻﺎﻣﯾم‬21 ‫ﯾﺣوي ﻋﻠﻰ‬
Fibers 280 ‫ ﺗﺻﺎﻣﯾم‬21 ‫ﯾﺣوي ﻋﻠﻰ‬
13
www.maktbah.net

Introductory tutorials 293 ‫ ﺗﺻﺎﻣﯾم‬07 ‫ﯾﺣوي ﻋﻠﻰ‬

Lightwave systems 297 ‫ ﺗﺻﺎﻣﯾم‬22 ‫ﯾﺣوي ﻋﻠﻰ‬
Matlab cosimulation 312 ‫ ﺗﺻﺎﻣﯾم‬03 ‫ﯾﺣوي ﻋﻠﻰ‬
Metro systems 314 ‫ ﺗﺻﺎﻣﯾم‬22 ‫ﯾﺣوي ﻋﻠﻰ‬
Multimode 329 ‫ ﺗﺻﺎﻣﯾم‬10 ‫ﯾﺣوي ﻋﻠﻰ‬
Optical amplifiers 334 ‫ ﺗﺻﺎﻣﯾم‬43 ‫ﯾﺣوي ﻋﻠﻰ‬
Receivers 358 ‫ ﺗﺻﺎﻣﯾم‬09 ‫ﯾﺣوي ﻋﻠﻰ‬
Script samples 363 ‫ ﺗﺻﺎﻣﯾم‬06 ‫ﯾﺣوي ﻋﻠﻰ‬
Solitons 366 ‫ ﺗﺻﺎﻣﯾم‬15 ‫ﯾﺣوي ﻋﻠﻰ‬
Transmitters 374 ‫ ﺗﺻﺎﻣﯾم‬17 ‫ﯾﺣوي ﻋﻠﻰ‬
WDM systems 387 ‫ ﺗﺻﺎﻣﯾم‬21 ‫ﯾﺣوي ﻋﻠﻰ‬
Chapter Seven 403 ‫اﻟﻔﺻل اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ‬
questions 403 ‫اﺳﺄﻟﮫ‬
Technical support 404 ‫اﻟدﻋم اﻟﻔﻧﻲ‬

14
‫‪www.maktbah.net‬‬

‫)‪(Optical Communication System Design Software‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺼﻤﯿﻢ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻟﺒﺼﺮﯾﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻔﺻل اﻻول ‪Chapter One‬‬
‫ﻣﻘدﻣﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ )‪ (Optisystem‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ )‪ (Optiweave‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺣﺎﺳﻮﺑﻲ ﻣﺘﻘﺪم ﻣﺨﺼﺺ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺎﻛﺎة )‪ (Simulation‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﺼﺼﺎت اﻟﺒﺼﺮﯾﺔ ‪ ،‬وﻟﺘﻮﻓﯿﺮ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ )‪ (Time‬واﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫)‪ (Cost‬وﻣﺪﯾﺎت اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﺎت ﻋﻤﻞ اﻻﺟﮭﺰة واﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻟﯿﺎف اﻟﺒﺼﺮﯾﺔ‬
‫)‪ (optical fiber‬واﻻﺟﮭﺰة اﻟﻀﻮﺋﯿﺔ وﯾﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻧﻮاع ﻣﻦ اﻻﺷﻌﺔ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﯿﺔ ) ‪LED or‬‬
‫‪ (Laser‬واﻟﻤﺮﺳﻼت )‪ (Transmitters‬واﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻼت )‪ (receivers‬وﻛﺬﻟﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺘﻀﻤﯿﻦ‬
‫)‪ (Modulation‬وﺗﻀﺨﯿﻢ اﻻﺷﺎرة )‪ (Amplify the Signal‬وﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎب اﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ‬
‫)‪ (Output‬واﻟﺮﺑﺢ )‪ (Gain‬وﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﺨﺴﺎﺋﺮ)‪ (losses‬ﺑﺎﻟـ)‪ (dB‬واﺳﺒﺎﺑﮭﺎ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﺎھﯿﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ورؤﯾﺔ اﻟﻤﺨﻄﻂ اﻟﺘﻔﺼﯿﻠﻲ )‪ (Chart‬ﺑﺴﮭﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ھﺬا اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﯾﺴﺎﻋﺪ اﻟﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﯾﻨﺔ اﻟﺪﻗﯿﻘﺔ ﻟﻜﯿﻒ رﺑﻂ اﻻﺟﮭﺰة وﺗﻼﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﻄﺄ اﻟﺬي‬
‫ﯾﺤﺪث ﻧﺘﯿﺠﺔ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﯿﻢ ﻓﻲ ھﺬا اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﺣﯿﺚ ﻟﯿﺲ ﻟﮫ ردود ﻓﻌﻞ )‪ (Feedback‬ﻋﻜﺴﻲ‪،‬‬
‫وﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻌﺎﯾﻨﺔ اﻻﺧﺮاج )‪ (Output‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﯿﺚ اﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ ﻟـ) ‪Oscilloscope‬‬
‫وارﻗﺎم‬ ‫‪ (Visualizer‬ورﺳﻮم اﻟﺘﺤﻠﯿﻞ اﻟﻄﯿﻔﻲ )‪(RF Spectrum Analyzer‬‬
‫اﻟـ)‪ (Electrical Power Meter Visualize‬و )‪ (Electrical Carrier Analyze‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺔ اﻟﺮﺑﻂ )‪ ،(Linking Process‬وﺑﺎﻹﻣﻜﺎن ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ اﻟﺒﻠﻮﻛﺎت وﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺗﮭﺎ )‪(Parameter‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺎ ﯾﺘﻄﻠﺐ اﻻﻣﺮ ‪.‬‬

‫‪15‬‬
‫‪www.maktbah.net‬‬

‫واﺟﮭﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ) ‪:( Optisystem‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ واﺟﮭﺔ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮاﺟﮭﺎت اﻻﻧﯿﻘﺔ واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺘﻮاھﺎ ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻻدوات )‪ (tools‬اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟﮭﺎ‬
‫ﻹﻛﻤﺎل اﻟﻤﺤﺎﻛﺎة ﺑﺼﻮرة ﺻﺤﯿﺤﺔ وﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ وﺗﺤﻮي )‪ (toolbars‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪:‬‬

‫‪1-Menu Bar‬‬ ‫‪-1 8-Script‬ﺷرﯾط اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬ ‫‪ -8‬ﻧص اﻻواﻣر‬

‫‪2-Standard‬‬ ‫‪-2 9-window tab‬اﻟﻘﯾﺎﺳﻲ‬ ‫‪ -9‬ﺗﻐﯾﯾر اﻟﻧﺎﻓذه‬
‫‪3-Dockers‬‬ ‫‪-3 10-Project‬اﻟﻣﻧﺻﺔ‬ ‫‪ -10‬ﺗﺻﻔﺢ اﻟﻣﺷروع‬
‫‪browser‬‬
‫‪4-Layout‬‬ ‫‪-4 11-Description‬اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم اﻟﮭﻧدﺳﻲ‬ ‫‪-11‬اﻟوﺻف‬
‫‪5-Layout tools‬‬ ‫‪-5 12-Main layout‬ادوات اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم‬ ‫‪ -12‬اﻟﺷﻛل اﻟﮭﻧدﺳﻲ‬
‫اﻟﮭﻧدﺳﻲ‬
‫‪6-Draw objects‬‬ ‫‪ -6 13-performer‬اﻻﺟزاء اﻟﻣرﺳوﻣﺔ‬ ‫‪-13‬اﻟﻣﻧﺟز‬
‫‪7-Layout‬‬ ‫‪ -7 14-Component‬ﻋﻣﻠﯾﺎت اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم‬ ‫‪ -14‬ﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺎت‬
‫‪operations‬‬ ‫‪library‬‬

‫ﺷﻛل )‪ (1‬ﯾﺑﯾن اﻻﺟزاء اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ ﻣن واﺟﮭﺔ ﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ ) ‪( Optisystem‬‬

‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬

‫‪5‬‬
‫‪14‬‬

‫‪6‬‬

‫‪7‬‬

‫‪10‬‬

‫‪9‬‬

‫ﺷرﯾط اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ )‪:(Menu Bar‬‬

‫ﯾﺗﺄﻟف ﻣن ﻋدد ﻣن اﻻﯾﻛوﻧﺎت وﻋﻧد اﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ اي واﺣد ﻣﻧﮭﺎ ﺗظﮭر ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻣﻧﺳدﻟﺔ ﺗﺣوي ﻋﻠﻰ اﯾﻌﺎزات‬
‫ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻼً ﻋﻧد اﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ )‪ (View‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺷﻛل )‪ (2‬ﺳوف ﺗظﮭر ﻟﻧﺎ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ وﺗﺗﻔرع ﻣﻧﮭﺎ ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ‬
‫اواﻣر وذﻟك ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺳﮭم اﻟﺻﻐﯾر اﻟﻣوﺟود ﺑﻧﮭﺎﯾﺔ ﻛل اﯾﻌﺎز ) ( اي ﺑﻣﻌﻧﻰ اﺧر ﯾﺣوي ھذا اﻻﯾﻌﺎز‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اواﻣر اﺧرى وﯾﻣﻛن اظﮭﺎرھﺎ ﺑﺗﻣرﯾر اﻟﻣﺎوس ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺳﮭم ‪.‬‬

‫‪16‬‬
‫‪www.maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺷﻛل )‪ (2‬ﯾﺑﯾن ﻧﻣوذج ﻟﻌﻣل اﻟﻣﺣﺎﻛﺎت )‪ (simulation‬ﺿﻣن ﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ ) ‪( Optisystem‬‬

‫ﯾﺣوي )‪ (Menu Bar‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ File-1‬وﯾظﮭر ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻧﺳدﻟﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :New‬او ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ )‪ : (Ctrl+N‬ﺑواﺳطﺗﮫ ﯾﻣﻛن‬
‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﻣﻠف ﺟدﯾد‪.‬‬
‫‪:Open‬او ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ )‪ : (Ctrl+O‬ﺑواﺳطﺗﮫ ﯾﻣﻛن‬
‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﻣﻠف ُﻣ َﺧ َزن ﻣﺳﺑﻘﺎ ً ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : Close‬ﻏﻠق اﻟﻧﺎﻓذه اﻟﺣﺎﻟﯾﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : Save‬ﯾﻣﻛن ﺣﻔظ اﻟﻣﻠف اﻟﻣﺣﻔوظ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ ﺑﻌد اﻟﺗﻌدﯾل‬
‫ﻋﻠﯾﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : Save as‬ﯾﻣﻛن ﺣﻔظ اﻟﻣﻠف ﺑﻌد اﺧﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻣﻛﺎن اﻟذي‬
‫ﺗرﻏب ﺑﮫ وﻛذﻟك ﺗﺳﻣﯾﺔ اﻟﻣﻠف وﻧوع اﻻﻣﺗداد‪.‬‬

‫‪ Print‬او ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ )‪ :(Ctrl+P‬ﯾﻣﻛن طﺑﻊ اﻟﻣﻠف‬

‫ﺑﻌد اﺧﺗﯾﺎر اﺳم‬
‫اﻟطﺎﺑﻌﺔ )‪ ،(Name‬وﺧﺻﺎﺋﺻﮭﺎ )‪ (Properties‬ﻣن‬
‫ﻧوع اﻟورق وﺟودة اﻟطﺑﺎﻋﺔ )‪(Quality Option‬‬
‫وﻏﯾرھﺎ ﻣن اﻻﺧﺗﯾﺎرات‪ ،‬وﻣن ﺛم اﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ )‪(OK‬‬
‫واﺧﺗﯾﺎر ﻋدد اﻟﻧﺳﺦ واﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ )‪.(OK‬‬
‫‪ :Print Step‬ﻣن ھﻧﺎ ﯾﻣﻛن ﺗﺣدﯾد اﺳم اﻟطﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫)‪ (Name‬وﺧﺻﺎﺋﺻﮭﺎ )‪ (Properties‬ﻣﺑﺎﺷر ًة ﻣﺛل‬
‫ﻧوع اﻟورق وﺟودة اﻟطﺑﺎﻋﺔ )‪(Quality Option‬‬
‫وﻏﯾرھﺎ وﻣن ﺛم اﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ )‪.(OK‬‬

‫‪17‬‬
‫‪www.maktbah.net‬‬

‫ن‬
‫‪ :Calculate‬او ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ )‪:(Ctrl+F5‬ﯾﻣﻛن‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﯾﮭﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺗظﮭر ﻟﻧﺎ ﻧﺎﻓذه ﺑواﺳطﺗﮭﺎ ﯾﻣﻛن ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ زرر‬
‫)‪(RUN‬‬
‫ﻟﺑدء اﻟﻣﺣﺎﻛﺎت وﯾﻣﻛن ﺗﻐﯾر ﺑﻌض ﺧﺻﺎﺋص ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻌرض‪.‬‬
‫وﯾﻣﻛن اﻟﺗوﻗف ﻋن اﻟـ)‪ (RUN‬ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ زرر‬
‫)‪ (Stop‬او‬
‫اﻟﺧروج ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ )‪.(Exet‬‬

‫ن‬
‫‪ : Calculate Visualizers‬ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﯾﮭﺎ ﯾﻣﻛن‬
‫اﺟراء اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت ﺑدون ﻓﺗﺢ أي ﻧﺎﻓذه‪.‬‬
‫‪:Import‬ﻋﻧد اﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﯾﮭﺎ ﺳوف ﺗﻧﻔﺗﺢ ﻟﻧﺎ ﻧواﻓذذ‬
‫ﻓرﻋﯾﺔ وھﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Component(a‬ﯾﻣﻛن اﺳﺗﯾراد ﻣﻛون ووﺿﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻰ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓذة اﻟﻌﻣل‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Component Library (b‬ﯾﻣﻛن اﺳﺗﯾراد ﻣﻛون ﻣن‬
‫ن‬
‫اﻟﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ ووﺿﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻓذة اﻟﻌﻣل‬

‫‪ :Export‬ﯾﻣﻛن ﺗﺻدﯾر اﻟﻌﻣل ﻣﻧﮭﺎ ‪ :‬ﻋﻧد اﻟﺿﻐط‬

‫ط‬
‫ﻋﻠﯾﮭﺎ ﺳوف ﺗﻧﻔﺗﺢ ﻟﻧﺎ ﻧواﻓذ ﻓرﻋﯾﺔ وھﻲ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺧﯾﺎر‬
‫ر‬ ‫‪ : Selected Components‬ﯾﻣﻛن ﺗﻔﻌﯾل‬
‫وذﻟك‬
‫ﺑﺎﺧﺗﯾﺎر اﺣدى اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺎت ﻟﺣﻔظﮭﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪:OptiPerformer‬‬
‫‪ : Settinge -A‬ﺳوف ﺗﻧﻔﺗﺢ ﻟك ﻧﺎﻓذه وﻋن طرﯾق‬
‫ق‬
‫اﺧﺗﯾﺎر اﻻﻋدادات وﻣن ﺛم ﺣﻔظﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Export -b‬ﯾﻣﻛن ﺣﻔظ اﻟﻣﻠف ﻣﺑﺎﺷرة ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .To Excel-c‬ارﺳﺎل اﻟﻌﻣل اﻟﻰ ﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ ) ‪Microsoft‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪ (Office‬وإدﺧﺎﻟﮫ ﻓﻲ ﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟـ)‪(Excel‬‬
‫اﻟﻣﻠف‬
‫ف‬ ‫‪ :Compressed File-d‬ﯾﺗم ھﻧﺎ ﺿﻐط‬
‫وﺣﻔظﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ل‬
‫‪ :project1‬ﯾظﮭر ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﯾﻛون ﻟدﯾك ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ اﻋﻣﺎل‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫‪www.maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﻣﺳﺑﻘﺔ وﯾﻣﻛن اﺧﺗﯾﺎر اﺣدھﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﻣل ﻋﻠﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓذة‬

‫اﻟﻌﻣل‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Exit‬اﻟﺧروج ﻣن اﻟﻌﻣل واﻏﻼق اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ Edit‬وﯾظﮭر ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻧﺳدﻟﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ : Layout Tools‬ادوات اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط وﯾظﮭر ﻓﯾﮭﺎ‬
‫‪ :Layout‬اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط او اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم‬
‫‪ :Monitor‬اﻟﺿﺑط‬
‫‪ :Draw Input PORT‬رﺳم ﻣﻧﻔذ اﻹدﺧﺎل‬
‫‪ :Draw Output Port‬رﺳم ﻣﻧﻔذ اﻹﺧراج‬
‫‪:Create Path‬اﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺳﺎر‬
‫‪:Draw Rectangle‬رﺳم ﻣﺳﺗطﯾل‬
‫‪:Draw Circle‬رﺳم داﺋرة‬
‫‪:Draw Line‬رﺳم ﺧط‬
‫‪:Draw Text Label‬رﺳم اﺳم اﻟﻧص‬
‫‪:Draw Bitmap‬رﺳم اﻟﺻورة اﻟﻧﻘطﯾﺔ‬

‫‪ :Component‬وﯾظﮭر ﻓﯾﮭﺎ‬
‫‪ :Create Subsystem‬إﻧﺷﺎء اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﻔرﻋﻲ‬
‫‪ :Look Inside‬ﻧظره اﻟﻰ اﻟداﺧل‬
‫‪ :Close Subsystem‬ﻏﻠق اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﻔرﻋﻲ‬
‫‪:Back One‬ﺗﺣرﯾك اﻟﻣﻛون ﺧطوة واﺣدة اﻟﻰ اﻟوراء‬
‫‪ :Forward One‬ﺗﺣرﯾك اﻟﻣﻛون ﺧطوة واﺣدة اﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻰ‬
‫اﻻﻣﺎم‬
‫‪ :To Back‬ﺗﺣرﯾك اﻟﻣﻛون اﻟﻰ اﻟﺧﻠف‬
‫‪ :To Front‬ﺗﺣرﯾك اﻟﻣﻛون اﻟﻰ اﻻﻣﺎم‬
‫‪ :Properties‬ﺧﺻﺎﺋص اﻟﻣﻛون‬
‫‪:Results‬اﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ‬
‫‪ :Script‬اﻟﻧص‬
‫‪:View‬اﻟﻣﻌﺎﯾﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ :Disable Graphs‬ﺗﻌطﯾل اﻟرﺳوم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﯾﺔ‬
‫‪ :Enable Graphs‬ﺗﻣﻛﯾن اﻟرﺳوم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﯾﺔ‬

‫‪19‬‬
‫‪www.maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺧطوة‬
‫ووة‬ ‫‪ :Undo‬او ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ )‪ :(Ctrl+Z‬اﻟﺗراﺟﻊ‬
‫وة‬
‫ﺧطوة‬ ‫ﻋن اﺧر اﺟراء ﻟﻠﻌﻣل )ﻛل ﺿﻐطﺔ ﯾﺗراﺟﻊ‬
‫واﺣدة(‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Redo‬او ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ )‪ :(Ctrl+Y‬اﻟﺗﻘدم ﺧطوة‬
‫وة‬
‫ﺑﻌﻣل اﻻﺟراءات ﻟﻠﻌﻣل‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Cut‬او ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ )‪:(Ctrl+X‬ﻗطﻊ او ﻗص‬
‫ص‬
‫اﻟﻣﻛون اﻟﻣﺣدد‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Copy‬او ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ )‪ :(Ctrl+C‬ﻋﻣل ﻧﺳﺦ‬
‫ﺳﺦ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻣﻛون اﻟﻣﺣدد ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Paste‬او ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ )‪ :(Ctrl+V‬ﻟﺻق اﻟﻣﻛون‬
‫ون‬
‫اﻟﻣﺣدد واﻟذي ﺗم ﻋﻣل ﻧﺳﺦ ﻟﮫ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻣل‬
‫‪ :Duplicate‬او ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ )‪ :(Ctrl+D‬ﻣل‬
‫ﻣﺿﺎﻋف )ﻧﺳﺧﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﯾﺔ( ﻟﻠﻣﻛون ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔس ﻣﻛﺎن اﻟﻌﻣل‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Delete‬او ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ )‪ :(Del‬ﺑﻣﺳﺢ اﻟﻣﻛون‬
‫ون‬
‫اﻟﻣﺣدد ﻣن ﻣﻛﺎن اﻟﻌﻣل ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Delete All Links‬ﻣﺳﺢ اﻟراﺑط ﺑﯾن اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺎت ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Select All‬او ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ )‪ :(Ctrl+A‬ﺗﺣدﯾد‬
‫ﯾد‬
‫اﻟﻌﻣل اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺎت واﻟرواﺑط ﺟﻣﯾﻌﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Flip‬ﻋﻣل ﺗدوﯾرﻟﻠﻌﻣل ﺑزاوﯾﺔ ‪ 180‬درﺟﺔ‬

‫‪: View‬وﯾظﮭر ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺗﮫ اﻟﻣﻧﺳدﻟﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ :Tool Bars‬وﯾﺣوي ﻋﻠﻰ اﺧﺗﯾﺎر اظﮭﺎر واﺧﻔﺎء‬
‫ﺎء‬
‫اﺷرطﺔ اﻻدوات اﻟﺗﺎﻟﯾﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Standard‬اﻻﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫‪ :Dockers‬ﻣﻧﺻﺔ اﻟﺗﺣﻣﯾل‬
‫‪ :Layout‬اﻟﻧﺳق‬
‫‪ :Layout Tools‬ادوات اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
‫‪ :Draw Objects‬رﺳم اﻟﻣوﺿوع‬
‫‪ :Layout Operations‬ﻋﻣﻠﯾﺎت ﺗﺧطﯾط‬
‫‪ :Script‬اﻟﻧص‬
‫‪ : Performer‬اﻻداة‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻰ‬ ‫‪ Component Library‬او ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓذة‬
‫ذة‬ ‫واﺧﻔﺎء‬ ‫ﻹظﮭﺎر‬ ‫)‪:(Ctrl+1‬ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم‬
‫)‪(Component library‬‬
‫‪ Project Browser‬او ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ )‪:(Ctrl+2‬‬
‫ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ﻹظﮭﺎر واﺧﻔﺎء ﻧﺎﻓذة )‪(Project browser‬‬
‫ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم‬
‫دم‬ ‫‪ Description‬او ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ )‪:(Ctrl+3‬‬
‫ﻹظﮭﺎر واﺧﻔﺎء ﻧﺎﻓذة )‪(Description‬‬
‫‪ :Ststus Bar‬ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ﻹظﮭﺎر واﺧﻔﺎء )‪(Ststus bar‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪www.maktbah.net‬‬

‫واﻟﺗﻛﺑﯾر‬
‫ر‬ ‫‪ :Zoom Percent‬اﺧﺗﯾﺎر رﻗم ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻐﯾر‬
‫ﻣﺛﻼً )‪(10%,75%,150%,200%‬‬

‫‪:Zoom Percent‬اﺧﺗﯾﺎر ﺗﻛﺑﯾر ﺑﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻣﺋوﯾﺔ‬

‫‪ :Zoom In‬ﻛل ﻣرة ﯾﺗم اﻟﺿﻐط ﯾﺗم ﺗﻛﺑﯾر اﻟﻌﻣل‬
‫‪ :Zoom Out‬ﻛل ﻣرة ﯾﺗم اﻟﺿﻐط ﯾﺗم ﺗﺻﻐﯾر اﻟﻌﻣل‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫‪ :Zoom To Window‬ﺗﻛﺑﯾر اﻟﻧﺎﻓذه ﻣﻊ ﻓﺔ‬
‫اﻻﻋﻣﺎل اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣوﯾﮭﺎ‬
‫‪ : Zoom 1:1‬ﯾﺟﻌل اﻟﻧﺎﻓذه ﺑﺣﺟم ‪100%‬‬

‫‪:Display Properties‬ﺧﺻﺎﺋص اﻟﻌرض )وﯾظﮭرر‬

‫ﻓﯾﮭﺎ(‪:‬‬
‫‪ :View Signal Data‬ﻋرض ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت اﻹﺷﺎرة‬
‫‪ :View Parameters‬ﻋرض اﻟﻣﻌﻠﻣﺎت‬
‫‪ :View Results‬ﻋرض اﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ‬

‫‪ :Auto Connect‬اﻻﺗﺻﺎل اﻟذاﺗﻲ )وﯾظﮭر ﻓﯾﮭﺎ(‬

‫اﻻﺗﺻﺎل‬
‫ل‬ ‫‪:Auto Connect On Drop‬اﻧﺧﻔﺎض‬
‫اﻟذاﺗﻲ‬
‫اﻻﺗﺻﺎل‬
‫ل‬ ‫‪:Auto Connect On Move‬ﺗﺣرك‬
‫اﻟذاﺗﻲ‬

‫‪ :Refresh Layout‬او ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ )‪:(Ctrl+W‬‬

‫ﺗﺣدﯾث اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬

‫‪ Layout-5‬وﯾظﮭر ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻧﺳدﻟﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ :Add Layout‬اﺿﺎﻓﺔ طﺑﻘﺔ ﺟدﯾدة‬
‫‪ :Duplicate Layout‬ﻋﻣل ﺗﻛرار ﻟﻠطﺑﻘﺔ اﻟﺣﺎﻟﯾﺔ‬
‫‪ :Delete Layout‬ﻣﺳﺢ اﻟطﺑﻘﺔ اﻟﺣﺎﻟﯾﺔ‬
‫‪ :Set Current Sweep Iteration‬ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻛرار ﻟﻌﻣﻠﯾﺔ اﻟﻣﺳﺢ اﻟﺣﺎﻟﯾﺔ‬
‫‪ :Set Total Sweep Iterations‬او ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻰ‬
‫)‪ : (Ctrl+Home‬ﺗﻛرار اﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ اﻟﺣﺎﻟﯾﺔ‬
‫‪ :Previous Sweep Iteration‬او ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻰ‬
‫)‪ (Ctrl+Page Up‬ﺗﻛرار اﻟﻣﺳﺢ اﻟﺳﺎﺑق‬
‫‪ :Next Sweep Iteration‬او ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻰ‬
‫)‪ :(Ctrl+Page Down‬ﺗﻛرار اﻟﻣﺳﺢ اﻟﻘﺎدم‬
‫‪ : Parameter Sweeps‬ﻋواﻣل ﻋﻣﻠﯾﺎت اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬
‫‪: Parameter Groups‬ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ اﻟﻌواﻣل‬
‫‪ : Layout size‬ﺣﺟم اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬

‫‪21‬‬
‫‪www.maktbah.net‬‬

‫‪ : Parameters‬اﻟﻣﻌﻠﻣﺎت‬
‫‪ :Properties‬اﻟﺧﺻﺎﺋص‬
‫‪ : Bill off Materials‬وﺻف اﻟﻣواد‬

‫‪ Toole‬وﯾظﮭر ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻧﺳدﻟﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ :Optimizations‬اﻟﺗﺣﺳﯾﻧﺎت‬
‫‪ :Calculation Schedulers‬ﻣﻧظوﻣﺔ اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت‬
‫‪ :Seaech Fngine‬ﻣﺣرك اﻟﺑﺣث‬
‫‪ :Library Management‬إدارة اﻟﻣﻛﺗﺑﺎت‬
‫‪ :Customize‬ﺗﺧﺻص‬
‫‪ :Options‬ﺧﯾﺎرات‬

‫‪ Report‬وﯾظﮭر ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻧﺳدﻟﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ Add Report‬او ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ )‪:(Ctrl+Shift+A‬‬
‫اﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻘرﯾر‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻰ‬ ‫‪ :Remove Report‬او ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط‬
‫)‪ :(Ctrl+Shft+R‬ازاﻟﺔ اﻟﺗﻘرﯾر‬
‫‪ : Report Options‬ﺧﺻﺎﺋص اﻟﺗﻘرﯾر‬

‫‪ :Script‬وﯾظﮭر ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻧﺳدﻟﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ : Run‬ﺗﺷﻐﯾل‬
‫‪ : Generate‬ﺗوﻟﯾد‬
‫‪ : Save‬ﺣﻔظ‬
‫‪ : Load‬ﺗﺣﻣﯾل‬

‫‪: Add-Ins‬وﯾظﮭر ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺗﮫ اﻟﻣﻧﺳدﻟﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ : Add-In Manager‬اﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻰ اﻻدارة‬

‫‪22‬‬
www.maktbah.net

:‫ وﯾظﮭر ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺗﮫ اﻟﻣﻧﺳدﻟﺔ‬: Window

‫ ﺗﺗﺑﻌت او ﺗﺗﺎﻟﻲ‬:Cascade
‫ ﺗﺣدﯾد اﻟﻣﺷروع‬:Tile
‫ اﺳم اﻟﻣﻠف اﻟذي ﯾﺣﻔظ‬: 1 project1

:‫وﯾظﮭر ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻧﺳدﻟﺔ‬: Help -

‫ ﻣوﺿوع اﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋدة‬: Help Topics
‫ﺣول اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬: About Optisystem

(Menu Bar) ‫اﻻن اﻧﺗﮭﻰ اﻟﺗﻌرﯾف ﺑﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬

‫وھﻧﺎﻟك ﻗواﺋم ﺗظﮭر ﻓﻲ واﺟﮭﺔ اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ واﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣوي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋدد ﻣن اﻻﯾﻌﺎزات اﻟﻣﮭﻣﺔ واﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم داﺋﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﻣل اﻟﻣﺣﺎﻛﺎت و ﻟﺿرورة اﺳﺗﺧداﻣﮭﺎ اﻟداﺋم وﺿﻌت ﻓﻲ واﺟﮭﺔ اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ )وﻗد ذﻛرت اﺳﺗﺧدام وﻣﻌﻧﻰ‬
: ‫ﻛل واﺣدة ﻣﻧﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺑدء( وﻣﻧﮭﺎ‬
Standard:
Menu Bar: New, Open, Save, Print, Cut, Copy, Paste, Undo, Redo, Calculate,
Calculate Visulizers

Dockers :
Component Library, Project Browser, Description Docker

Layout:
Set Total Sweep Iterations, Set Current Iteration, Previous Sweep Iterations, Next
Sweep Iterations, Parameter Sweep, Layout Size , Layout Parameters, Layout
Properties, Performer Settings, Export Performer, Add Layout, Duplicate Layout,
Delete Layout, Layout Number.

Layout Tools:
Layout Tool, Monitor Tool, Draw-Out Pout Part Tool, Draw-In Pout Part Tool, Draw
Path

Draw Objects:
Draw- Rectangle Tool, Draw- Circle Tool, Draw- Line Tool, Draw- Text Label Tool,
Draw- Bitmap Tool

23
www.maktbah.net

Layout Operations:
Zoom In, Zoom Out, Zoom To Window, Zoom 1:1, Auto Connect On Drop,
Auto Connect On Move View Component Parameters, View Part Signal Data,
View Component Results

Script:
Run Script, Generate Script, Save Script, Load Script

24
www.maktbah.net

Chapter Two ‫ﻲ‬

‫ااﻟﻔﺻلل ااﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬

Installing OptiSystem OptiSystem ‫ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ‬

Before installing OptiSystem, ensure
the system requirements described
below are available.
Hardware and software requirements
OptiSystem requires the following
minimum system configuration:
· PC with Pentium 3 processor or
equivalent
· Microsoft Windows XP or Vista. 32-bit
or 64-bit.
· 400 MB free hard disk space
· 1024 x 768 graphic resolution,
minimum 65536 colors
· 128 MB of RAM (recommended)
· Internet Explorer 5.5 or higher
· DirectX 8.1 or higher
‫ وﺿﻤﺎن ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬،OptiSystem ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ‬
‫ﯾﺠﺐ ان ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﺳﻮﺑﻚ اﻻﻣﻮر اﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ‬
.‫ﻓﻲ أدﻧﺎه وھﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت اﻷﺟﮭﺰة واﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ‬
‫ ﯾﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺗﻜﻮﯾﻦ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷدﻧﻰ‬OptiSystem
:‫اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ‬
‫ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ أو ﻣﺎ ﯾﻌﺎدﻟﮭﺎ‬3 ‫ﺟﮭﺎز ﻛﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻨﺘﯿﻮم‬
‫ﺑﺖ أو‬-32 .‫ﻣﺎﯾﻜﺮوﺳﻮﻓﺖ وﯾﻨﺪوز إﻛﺲ ﺑﻲ أو ﻓﯿﺴﺘﺎ‬
.‫ ﺑﺖ‬64
‫ اﻟﺤﺮة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ‬MB 400 · ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ واﻟﺤﺪ اﻷدﻧﻰ‬،‫ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬x 768 1024 ‫اﻟﻘﺮار‬
‫ اﻷﻟﻮان‬65536
‫ ﻣﯿﻐﺎﺑﺎﯾﺖ ﻣﻦ ذاﻛﺮة اﻟﻮﺻﻮل اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﻲ‬128
(‫)أوﺻﻰ‬
‫ أو أﻋﻠﻰ‬5.5 ‫إﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ إﻛﺴﺒﻠﻮرر‬
‫ أو أﻋﻠﻰ‬8.1 ‫دﯾﺮﯾﻜﺘﻜﺲ‬

Installation ‫ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ‬
OptiSystem can be installed on Windows
XP or Vista. We recommend that you exit ‫ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺘﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ وﯾﻨﺪوز إﻛﺲ ﺑﻲ‬OptiSystem
all Windows programs before running the ‫ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﺴﻦ أن ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺈﻧﮭﺎء ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ‬.‫أو ﻓﯿﺴﺘﺎ‬
setup program. .‫ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻹﻋﺪاد‬Windows
Windows XP or Vista installation ‫وﯾﻨﺪوز إﻛﺲ ﺑﻲ أو ﻓﯿﺴﺘﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ‬
To install OptiSystem on Windows XP or ‫ ﻋﻠﻰ وﯾﻨﺪوز إﻛﺲ ﺑﻲ أو‬OptiSystem ‫ﻟﺘﺜﺒﯿﺖ‬
Vista, perform the following procedure. .‫ ﻧﻔﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ﻓﯿﺴﺘﺎ‬

Step Action ‫ﺧﻄﻮه اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

1- Log on as the Administrator, or ‫ أو ﺗﺳﺟﯾل‬،‫ ﻗم ﺑﺗﺳﺟﯾل اﻟدﺧول ﻛﻣﺳؤول‬-1
log onto an account with Administrator .‫اﻟدﺧول إﻟﻰ ﺣﺳﺎب ﻟﮫ اﻣﺗﯾﺎزات اﻟﻣﺳؤول‬
privileges.
2- Insert the OptiSystem CD into your CD ‫ ﻓﻲ‬OptiSystem ‫ أدﺧل اﻟﻘرص اﻟﻣﺿﻐوط‬-2
ROM drive. ‫ اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬CD ‫ﻣﺣرك اﻷﻗراص اﻟﻣﺿﻐوطﺔ‬
.‫ﺑك‬
3- On the Taskbar, click Start and select ‫ وﺣدد‬،‫ اﻧﻘر ﻓوق اﺑدأ‬،‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷرﯾط اﻟﻣﮭﺎم‬-3
Run. .‫ﺗﺷﻐﯾل‬
25
www.maktbah.net

The Run dialog box appears. .‫ﯾظﮭر ﻣرﺑﻊ اﻟﺣوار ﺗﺷﻐﯾل‬

4- In the Run dialog box, type F: \ ‫ ﻧوع‬،‫ ﻓﻲ ﻣرﺑﻊ اﻟﺣوار ﺗﺷﻐﯾل‬-4

F:\setup.exe, where F is your CD ROM ‫ ھو ﻣﺣرك اﻷﻗراص‬F ‫ ﺣﯾث‬،setup.exe
drive. .‫اﻟﻣﺿﻐوطﺔ‬

5- Click OK and follow the screen
instructions and prompts.
6- When the installation is complete,
reboot your computer.
Project structure overview
The OptiSystem project consists of a
maximum of fifteen layouts.
Within the same project file you can have
multiple layouts with different
components and component properties
(see Figure 1).
‫اﻧﻘر ﻓوق ﻣواﻓق ﺛم اﺗﺑﻊ اﻹرﺷﺎدات اﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬-5
. ‫واﻟﻣطﺎﻟﺑﺎت‬
.‫ أﻋد ﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟﻛﻣﺑﯾوﺗر‬،‫ ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ اﻛﺗﻣﺎل اﻟﺗﺛﺑﯾت‬-6
‫ﻧظرة ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ھﯾﻛﻠﯾﺔ اﻟﻣﺷروع‬
‫ ﻣن ﻣدة ﻻ‬OptiSystem ‫وﯾﺗﻛون ﻣﺷروع‬
‫ﺗﺗﺟﺎوز ﺧﻣﺳﺔ ﻋﺷر ﺗﺧطﯾطﺎت‬
‫ﺿﻣن ﻣﻠف اﻟﻣﺷروع ﻧﻔﺳﮫ ﯾﻣﻛن أن ﯾﻛون‬
‫ﺗﺧطﯾطﺎت ﻣﺗﻌددة ﻣﻊ ﻣﺧﺗﻠف ﻣﻛوﻧﺎت وﺧﺻﺎﺋص‬
.(1 ‫اﻟﻣﻛون )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬

Sweep iterations ‫ اﻻﻣﺗداد‬/ ‫ﺗﻛرار اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬

Each layout can have certain component
parameters assigned to be in sweep
mode. You can define the number of
sweep iterations to be performed on the
selected parameters.
The parameter value changes through
each sweep iteration; this produces a
series of different calculation results
based on the changing parameter values.
The parameter sweep dependent
elements of a layout are:
1- Parameters
2-Results.
‫ﻛل ﺗﺧطﯾط ﻣن اﻟﻣﻣﻛن أن ﯾﻛون ﻟﮫ ﺑﻌض اﻟﻌواﻣل‬
‫اﻟﻣﺗﻐﯾرة )ﻋﻧﺎﺻر اﻟﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ( ﻟﯾﻛون ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ‬
‫ وﯾﻣﻛﻧك ﺗﺣدﯾد ﻋدد ﻣرات ﺗﻛرار اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬.‫اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬
‫اﻟﺗﻲ ﯾﺗﻌﯾن اﻟﻘﯾﺎم ﺑﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻌواﻣل اﻟﻣﺗﻐﯾرة‬
.‫اﻟﻣﺣدد‬
‫ وھذا ﯾﻧﺗﺞ‬.‫ﻗﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﻌواﻣل ﺗﺗﻐﯾرﻣﻊ ﻛل إﻋﺎدة ﻣﺳﺢ‬
‫ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﻣن اﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﯾﺔ اﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ اﺳﺗﻧﺎدا إﻟﻰ‬
. ‫ﻗﯾم اﻟﻌواﻣل اﻟﻣﺗﻐﯾرة‬
‫اﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻر اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﺗﻣد ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻌواﻣل‬
:‫اﻟﻣﺗﻐﯾرة ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺢ ھﻲ‬
. ‫ اﻟﻌواﻣل اﻟﻣﺗﻐﯾرة‬-1
.‫اﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ‬-2

Optimizations ‫ﺗﺣﺳﯾﻧﺎت‬
Each layout has optimizations. Use ‫ اﺳﺗﺧدام اﻟﺗﺣﺳﯾﻧﺎت‬.‫ﻛل ﺗﺻﻣﯾم ﻟﮫ ﺗﺣﺳﯾﻧﺎت‬
optimizations to change the values of ‫ﻟﺗﻐﯾﯾر اﻟﻘﯾم ﻣن ﺑﻌض اﻟﻌواﻣل اﻟﻣﺗﻐﯾرة ﺧﻼل‬
certain parameters during calculation so ‫ﺣﺳﺎب ذﻟك اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﺧﺎص ﺑك ﯾﻣﻛن أن ﺗﺻل إﻟﻰ‬
your system can reach the desired state. .‫اﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻣطﻠوﺑﺔ‬

Optimizations are independent of ‫اﻟﺗﺣﺳﯾﻧﺎت ﻣﺳﺗﻘﻠﺔ ) ﻏﯾر ﻣﻌﺗﻣده ( ﻋن اﻟﻌواﻣل‬

26
www.maktbah.net

parameter sweeps, but can be performed ‫ وﻟﻛن ﯾﻣﻛن أن ﯾؤدﯾﮭﺎ ﻛل‬، ‫اﻟﻣﺗﻐﯾرة ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺢ‬
for each individual parameter sweep .‫ﻣﻘﯾﺎس ﻣﻧﻔرد ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌواﻣل اﻟﻣﺗﻐﯾرة ﻹﻋﺎدة اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬
iteration.
Figure 1 Project structure

OptiSystem Gul: ‫واﺟﮭﺔ اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدم اﻟرﺳوﻣﯾﺔ‬

OptiSystem GUl OptiSystem ‫واﺟﮭﺔ اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدم اﻟرﺳوﻣﯾﺔ ﻟﻠـ‬
When you open OptiSystem, the 1 ‫ ﺗطﺑﯾﻘﮫ ﯾﺷﺑﮫ اﻟﺷﻛل‬،OptiSystem ‫ﻋﻧد ﻓﺗﺢ‬
application looks like Figure 1.

Figure 1 OptiSystem graphical user interface (GUI)

27
www.maktbah.net

Main parts of the GUI ‫اﻷﺟزاء اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ ﻣن واﺟﮭﺔ اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدم‬

‫اﻟرﺳوﻣﯾﺔ‬
The OptiSystem GUI contains the ‫ اﻟرﺳوﻣﯾﺔ‬OptiSystem ‫واﺟﮭﺔ اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدم‬
following main windows: :‫ﯾﺣﺗوي ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻧواﻓذ اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﻟﯾﺔ‬
1-Project layout ‫ ﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻣﺷروع‬-1
2-Dockers ‫ واﺟﮭﺔ اﻟﺗﺣﻣﯾل‬-2
a- Component Library ‫ ﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ ﻋﻧﺻر‬-‫ا‬
b-Project Browser ‫ ﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ ﻣﺷروع‬-‫ب‬
c-Description ‫وﺻف‬-‫ج‬
3-Status bar ‫ ﺷرﯾط اﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬-3

Project layout ‫ﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻣﺷروع‬

The main working area where you ‫ﻣﻧطﻘﺔ اﻟﻌﻣل اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ واﻟﺗﻲ ﯾﻣﻛﻧك ﻓﯾﮭﺎ إدراج‬
insert components into the layout, edit ، ‫اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط وﺗﺣرﯾر ﺗﻠك اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺎت‬
components, and create connections .(2 ‫وﺧﻠق ﺻﻼت ﺑﯾن ﻣﻛوﻧﺎت )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
between components (see Figure 2).

Figure 2 Project layout window

Dockers ‫واﺟﮭﺎت اﻟﺗﺣﻣل‬

Use dockers, located in the main layout, ‫ وﺗﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬، ‫اﺳﺗﺧدام ﻣﻧﺻﺔ اﻟﺗﺣﻣﯾل‬
to display information about the active ‫ ﻟﻌرض ﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت ﺣول اﻟﻣﺷروع اﻟﻧﺷط‬،‫اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﻲ‬
(current) project: :(‫)اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬

28
www.maktbah.net

a- Component Library - ‫ ﻣﻛﺗﺑﮫ اﻟﻌﻧﺻر‬-‫ا‬

b- Project Browser - ‫ ﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ اﻟﻣﺷروع‬-‫ب‬
c- Description - ‫ وﺻف‬-‫ج‬
Component Library ‫ﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ ﻋﻧﺻر‬
Access components to create the system ‫ﻣﻛوﻧﺎت اﻟوﺻول ﻹﻧﺷﺎء ﺗﺻﻣﯾم اﻟﻧظﺎم )اﻧظر‬
design (see Figure 3). .(3 ‫اﻟﺷﻛل‬

Figure 3 Component Library window

Project Browser ‫ﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ اﻟﻣﺷروع‬

Organize the project to achieve results ‫ واﻧﺗﻘل ﻣن‬،‫ﺗﻧظﯾم اﻟﻣﺷروع ﻟﺗﺣﻘﯾق ﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ أﻛﺛر ﻛﻔﺎءة‬
more efficiently, and navigate through .(4 ‫ﺧﻼل اﻟﻣﺷروع اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
the current project (see Figure 4).

Figure 4 Project Browser window

29
www.maktbah.net

Description ‫وﺻف‬
Display detailed information about the ‫ﻋرض ﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت ﻣﻔﺻﻠﺔ ﻋن اﻟﻣﺷروع اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ )اﻧظر‬
current project (see Figure 5). .(5 ‫اﻟﺷﻛل‬

Figure 5 Description window

Status bar ‫ﺷرﯾط اﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬

Displays useful hints about using ‫ﺷرﯾط اﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﯾﻌرض ﺗﻠﻣﯾﺣﺎت ﻣﻔﯾدة ﺣول اﺳﺗﺧدام‬
OptiSystem. Located below the Project .‫وﺗﻘﻊ أﺳﻔل ﻧﺎﻓذة ﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻣﺷروع‬OptiSystem.
layout window.

Figure 6 Status bar

Menu bar ‫ﺷرﯾط اﻟﻘواﺋم‬

Contains the menus that are available ) OptiSystem ‫ﯾﺣﺗوي ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘواﺋم اﻟﻣﺗوﻓرة ﻓﻲ‬
in OptiSystem (see Figure 8). Many of ‫ اﻟﻌدﯾد ﻣن ﻋﻧﺎﺻر اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﺗﺗوﻓر‬.(8 ‫اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
these menu items are also available as ‫اﻷزرار اﻟﻣوﺟودة ﻋﻠﻰ أﺷرطﺔ اﻷدوات أو ﻣن‬
buttons on the toolbars or from other .‫اﻟﻘواﺋم اﻷﺧرى أﯾﺿﺎ‬
lists.

Figure 7 Menu bar

30
www.maktbah.net

Pan Window ‫ﻧواﻓذ اﻟﻌرض‬

Display window which displays a scaled ‫ﻧﺎﻓذة اﻟﻌرض اﻟذي ﯾﻌرض ﻓﻛرة ﺗﺣﺟﯾم اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
view of the layout (see Figure 8). .(8 ‫)اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬

Figure 8 Pan Window

Toolbars ‫ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻷدوات‬

You can select the toolbars that you ‫ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﺧﺘﯿﺎر أﺷﺮطﺔ اﻷدوات اﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﯾﺪ أن‬
want to have available in the main ‫ وﺗﺸﻤﻞ‬.‫ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺘﺎﺣﮫ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة اﻟﻤﺨﻄﻂ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ‬
layout window. The toolbar options :‫ﺧﯿﺎرات ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻷدوات‬
include:

31
www.maktbah.net

Contains the buttons to perform all typical windows application actions, in

addition to project calculation options.
‫اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ﺧﯿﺎرات‬،‫ﯾﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ أزرار ﻟﺘﻨﻔﯿﺬ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ اﻹﺟﺮاءات ﺗﻄﺒﯿﻖ وﯾﻨﺪوز ﻧﻤﻮذﺟﻲ‬
(standard)
.‫اﻟﺤﺴﺎب‬

Add, delete, duplicate layouts in a project, set sweep iterations, and

customize the layout
‫ وﺗﺨﺼﯿﺺ‬،‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ أو ﺣﺬف أو ﺗﻜﺮار ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻄﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع اﻟﺬي اﻋﺪ ﺗﻜﺮار اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻤﯿﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬ (Layout)

Enable or disable dockers in the main layout.

.‫ﺗﻤﻜﯿﻦ أو ﺗﻌﻄﯿﻞ ﻣﻨﺼﺎت اﻟﺘﺤﻤﯿﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺼﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻤﯿﻞ‬
(Docker)

Move, connect, and modify components, add and remove monitors

from components, draw input and output ports on components, and
draw a path.
‫ ورﺳﻢ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ‬،‫ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ وإزاﻟﺔ ﻣﺮاﻗﺒﯿﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬،‫ ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬،‫ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‬،‫أدوات اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺘﺤﺮك‬
‫ ورﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺎر‬،‫اﻹدﺧﺎل واﻹﺧﺮاج ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬. (Layout
Tools)

Draw rectangles, circles, lines, text, or import bitmap images in the

layout.
.‫ أو اﻟﺼﻮر اﻟﻨﻘﻄﯿﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﯿﺮاد ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬،‫رﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﯿﻼت واﻟﺪواﺋﺮ واﻟﺨﻄﻮط واﻟﻨﺺ‬ ‫ھﺪف اﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
(Draw
Objects)

Click the addition and subtraction buttons to zoom into or out of the
project, or zoom to window. Enable or disable the autoconnect
features, and control the layout display. ‫ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎت‬
.‫ أو اﻟﺘﻜﺒﯿﺮ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬة‬،‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ أزرار اﻟﺠﻤﻊ واﻟﻄﺮح ﻟﺘﻜﺒﯿﺮ داﺧﻞ أو ﺧﺎرج اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
.‫ واﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮض ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬،‫ﺗﻤﻜﯿﻦ أو ﺗﻌﻄﯿﻞ ﻣﯿﺰات اﻟﺮﺑﻂ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬ Layout )
Operation
(s

32
www.maktbah.net

Run, generate, save, and load script files.

‫ ﺗﻮﻟﯿﺪ و ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻨﺼﯿﺔ اﻟﺤﻤﻞ‬، ‫ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺨﺔ‬
(Script)

OptiSystem menus and buttons OptiSystem ‫ﻗﻮاﺋﻢ وازرار‬

This section describes the menus and ‫ﯾﺼﻒ ھﺬا اﻟﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﻘﻮاﺋﻢ واﻷزرار اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﻓﻲ‬
buttons available in OptiSystem. .OptiSystem

File menu ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻠف‬

File menu item Toolbar button Description
‫ﻣﻠﻒ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫زر ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻷدوات‬ ‫وﺻﻒ‬
New (Ctrl+N) Create a new project.
‫ﺟﺪﯾﺪ‬ ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺸﺮوع ﺟﺪﯾﺪ‬.

Open (Ctrl+O) Open an existing project. Select the

‫ﻓﺗﺢ‬ project from the Open dialog box.
‫ ﺣدد اﻟﻣﺷروع ﻣن ﻣرﺑﻊ اﻟﺣوار‬.‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﻣﺷروع ﻣوﺟود‬
.(‫) ﻓﺗﺢ‬

Close the active (current) project. You

Close are prompted to save changes.
‫ﻏﻠق‬ ‫ ﺗﺗم ﻣطﺎﻟﺑﺗك ﻟﺣﻔظ‬.(‫إﻏﻼق اﻟﻣﺷروع اﻟﻧﺷط )اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬
.‫اﻟﺗﻐﯾﯾرات‬

Save the active (current) project under

the current name in the default location.
Save (Ctrl+S)
‫ﺣﻔظ اﻟﻣﺷروع اﻟﻧﺷط )اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ( ﺗﺣت اﻻﺳم اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﻔظ‬
.‫اﻟﻣوﻗﻊ اﻻﻓﺗراﺿﻲ‬
.

Save the active (current) project with a

different name and in a location that you
select.
Save As ‫ﺣﻔظ ﺑﺄﺳم‬ ‫ﺣﻔظ اﻟﻣﺷروع اﻟﻧﺷط )اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ( ﻣﻊ اﺳم‬
‫ﻣﺧﺗﻠف وﻓﻲ اﻟﻣوﻗﻊ اﻟذي ﺗﺣدد‬
‫ﯾﺣﺗوي ﻣرﺑﻊ اﻟﺣوار ﺣﻔظ ﺑﺎﺳم ﻣﯾزة ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺗﺳﻣﺢ ﻟك‬
. ‫ﺑﺣﻔظ ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﻌرض ﻛﺟزء ﻣن اﻟﻣﺷروع‬

33
www.maktbah.net

Print (Ctrl+P) ‫طﺑﺎﻋﺔ‬ Print the active (current) project.

. (‫طﺑﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻣﺷروع اﻟﻧﺷط )اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬

Set up the printer, page size, orientation,

Print Setup and other printing options.
‫أﻋداد طﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫ وﺧﯾﺎرات‬،‫ واﻟﺗوﺟﮫ‬،‫ ﺣﺟم اﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ‬،‫إﻋداد اﻟطﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
. ‫اﻟطﺑﺎﻋﺔ اﻷﺧرى‬

Calculate (Ctrl+F5) Calculate the active (current) project.

‫ﺣﺳﺎب‬ . (‫ﺣﺳﺎب اﻟﻣﺷروع اﻟﻧﺷط )اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬

Calculate Calculate the visualizer components in

Visualizers the active (current) layout.
‫ﺗﺧﯾل اﻟﺣﺳﺎب‬ (‫ﺣﺳﺎب اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺎت اﻟﺗﺧﯾﻠﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻧﺷط )اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬

Import external component

Import
libraries/components into OptiSystem.
‫اﺳﺗﯾراد‬
‫ اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺎت ﻓﻲ‬/ ‫اﺳﺗﯾراد ﻋﻧﺻر اﻟﻣﻛﺗﺑﺎت اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬
OptiSystem.
Export ‫ﺗﺼﺪﯾﺮ‬

Save a selected component in a separate

Export Selected
component library file that can be used
Components
in another project/application.
‫ﺗﺻدﯾر اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺎت‬
‫ﺣﻔظ اﻟﻣﻛون اﻟﻣﺣدد ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠف ﻣﻛون ﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ ﻣﻧﻔﺻل‬
‫اﻟﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ‬
. ‫ ﺗطﺑﯾق آﺧر‬/ ‫واﻟﺗﻲ ﯾﻣﻛن اﺳﺗﺧداﻣﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺷروع‬
OptiPerformer ‫اﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﻟﻠﻀﻮء‬

Opens the OptiPerformer Export

Settings dialog box. Allows you to attach
files, import logos or other graphics, and
select global parameters to export to an
Settings
OptiPerformer project file.
‫أﻋدادات‬
‫اﻟﺗﺻدﯾر‬ ‫إﻋدادات‬ ‫اﻟﺣوار‬ ‫ﻣرﺑﻊ‬ ‫ﯾﻔﺗﺢ‬
‫ ﯾﺳﻣﺢ ﻟك إرﻓﺎق ﻣﻠﻔﺎت‬. OptiPerformer
،‫واﻟﺷﻌﺎرات اﻻﺳﺗﯾراد أو ﻏﯾرھﺎ ﻣن اﻟرﺳوﻣﺎت‬
‫وﺗﺣدﯾد اﻟﻣﻌﺎﯾﯾر اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﺻدﯾر إﻟﻰ ﻣﻠف ﻣﺷروع‬
OptiPerformer.

Exports the OptiPerformer project file to

Export ‫ﺗﺻدﯾر‬
a selected location. Uses the Save As
‫ﺗﺻدﯾر‬
dialog box.

34
www.maktbah.net

‫ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣوﻗﻊ‬OptiPerformer ‫ﺗﺻدر ﻣﻠف اﻟﻣﺷروع‬

.‫ ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ﻣرﺑﻊ اﻟﺣوار ﺣﻔظ ﺑﺎﺳم‬.‫اﻟﻣﺣدد‬

Export a list of components, parameter

To Excel and results to an Excel file
‫اﻟﻰ اﻻﻛﺳﯾل‬ ‫ واﻟﻣﻌﻠﻣﺔ واﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﻓﻲ‬،‫ﺗﺻدﯾر ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻣن اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺎت‬
‫ﻣﻠف إﻛﺳل‬

Exports compressed files that contain

the current project file to a selected
Compressed file location. Uses the Save As dialog box.
‫اﻟﻣﻠف اﻟﻣﺿﻐوط‬ ‫ﺻﺎدرات اﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﻣﺿﻐوطﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺗوي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠف‬
‫ ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ﻣرﺑﻊ‬.‫اﻟﻣﺷروع اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣوﻗﻊ اﻟﻣﺣدد‬
. ‫اﻟﺣوار ﺣﻔظ ﺑﺎﺳم‬

List the most recent files that you

Recent files
worked on.
‫اﻟﻣﻠف اﻻﺧﯾر‬
. ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎت اﻷﺧﯾرة اﻟﺗﻲ ﻋﻣﻠت ﻋﻠﯩﮭﺎ‬

Exit Close OptiSystem. You are prompted to

‫ﺧروج‬ save changes to the project.
‫ ﺗﺗم ﻣطﺎﻟﺑﺗك ﺣﻔظ اﻟﺗﻐﯾﯾرات‬.OptiSystem ‫أﻏﻼق‬
. ‫إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣﺷروع‬

Edit menu ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﺮﯾﺮ‬

Description Toolbar button Edit menu item
‫وﺻف‬ ‫زر ﺷرﯾط اﻷدوات‬ ‫ﺗﺣرﯾر ﻋﻧﺻر اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
Layout Tools ‫أدوات اﻟﺘﺼﻤﯿﻢ‬
Move components around the layout,
place components in the layout, connect
components, and perform other layout
Layout operations.
‫ ﻧﻣوذج‬/ ‫ﺗﺻﻣﯾم‬ ‫ﺗﺣرك اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺎت ﺣول اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم وﻣﻛوﻧﺎت اﻟﻣﻛﺎن ﻓﻲ‬
‫ وﺗﻧﻔﯾذ ﻋﻣﻠﯾﺎت ﺗﺧطﯾط‬، ‫ رﺑط اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺎت‬،‫اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
. ‫أﺧرى‬

Create and remove monitors from the

layout.
Monitor
. ‫إﻧﺷﺎء وإزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺿﺑط ﻣن اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
‫ اﻟﺿﺑط‬/‫ﻣراﻗب‬

35
www.maktbah.net

Draw an input port tool on a subsystem.

Draw - Input Port Only active in a subsystem.
‫رﺳم – ﺑواﺑﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت‬ . ‫رﺳم أداة ﻣدﺧل اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﻔرﻋﻲ‬
. ‫ﺗﻧﺷط ﻓﻘط ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔرﻋﻲ‬

Draw an output port on a subsystem.

Draw - Output Port Only active in a subsystem.
‫رﺳم –ﺑواﺑﺔ اﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ‬ ‫ ﺗﻧﺷط ﻓﻘط‬. ‫رﺳم ﻣﻧﻔذ اﻹﺧراج ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﻔرﻋﻲ‬
. ‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔرﻋﻲ‬
Create a path that can be used with
Create Path
signal tracing.
‫إﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺳﺎر‬
. ‫إﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺳﺎر واﻟﺗﻲ ﯾﻣﻛن اﺳﺗﺧداﻣﮭﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺗﺑﻊ إﺷﺎرة‬
Draw a rectangle in the layout.
Draw Rectangle
. ‫رﺳم ﻣﺳﺗطﯾل ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
‫رﺳم ﻣﺳﺗطﯾل‬
Draw a circle in the layout.
Draw Circle ‫رﺳم‬
. ‫رﺳم داﺋرة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
‫داﺋرة‬
Draw a line/arrow in the layout.
Draw - Line ‫رﺳم ﺧط‬ . ‫ اﻟﺳﮭم ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬/ ‫رﺳم ﺧط‬

Put text in the layout.

Draw - Text Label
. ‫وﺿﻊ اﻟﻧص ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
‫رﺳم ﻣﻠﺻق ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ‬
Place a bitmap in the layout (insert a
Draw – Bitmap bitmap file).
‫رﺳم ﻧﻘطﺔ‬ ‫وﺿﻊ ﺻورة ﻧﻘطﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط )إدراج ﻣﻠف ﺻورة‬
.(‫ﻧﻘطﯾﺔ‬
Component ‫ﻣﻜﻮن‬
Create a subsystem in the layout.
Create Subsystem
. ‫إﻧﺷﺎء ﻧظﺎم ﻓرﻋﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
‫إﻧﺷﺎء ﻧظﺎم ﻓرﻋﻲ‬
Open a new layout showing the
Look Inside
components in the subsystem.
‫اﻧظر ﺑﺎﻟداﺧل‬
. ‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﺗﺧطﯾط ﺟدﯾد ﯾظﮭر ﻋﻧﺎﺻر ﻓﻲ اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﻔرﻋﻲ‬
Close the current subsystem in the
Close Subsystem
layout.
‫اﻏﻼق اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﻔرﻋﻲ‬
.‫إﻏﻼق اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﻔرﻋﻲ اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
Move the component or subsystem one
Back One layer back in the layout.
‫واﺣد ﻟﻠﺧﻠف‬ ‫ﻧﻘل ﻋﻧﺻر أو اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﻔرﻋﻲ طﺑﻘﺔ واﺣدة إﻟﻰ اﻟﺧﻠف‬
. ‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
36
www.maktbah.net

Move the component or subsystem one

Forward One layer forward in the layout.
‫واﺣد ﻟﻸﻣﺎم‬ ‫ﻧﻘل ﻋﻧﺻر أو اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﻔرﻋﻲ طﺑﻘﺔ واﺣدة إﻟﻰ اﻷﻣﺎم‬
. ‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
Move the component or subsystem to
To Front the front of the layout.
‫اﻟﻰ اﻻﻣﺎم‬ ‫ﻧﻘل ﻋﻧﺻر أو اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﻔرﻋﻲ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺟزء اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻣن‬
. ‫اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
Move the component or subsystem to
To Back the back of the layout.
‫اﻟﻰ اﻟﺧﻠف‬ ‫ﻧﻘل ﻋﻧﺻر أو اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﻔرﻋﻲ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺟزء اﻟﺧﻠﻔﻲ ﻣن‬
.‫اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
Open the properties dialog box for the
Properties
selected component or subsystem.
(Alt+Enter)
‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﻣرﺑﻊ ﺣوار اﻟﺧﺻﺎﺋص ﻟﻌﻧﺻر أو اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﻔرﻋﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺧﺻﺎﺋص‬
.‫اﻟﻣﺣدد‬
Open the results dialog box for the
selected component or subsystem.
Results ‫اﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ‬
‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﻣرﺑﻊ اﻟﺣوار ﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﻟﻣﻛون أو اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﻔرﻋﻲ‬
. ‫اﻟﻣﺣدد‬
Open the script dialog box for the
selected component or subsystem.
Script ‫ﻧص‬
‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﻣرﺑﻊ اﻟﺣوار اﻟﻧﺻﻲ ﻟﻣﻛون أو اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﻔرﻋﻲ‬
. ‫اﻟﻣﺣدد‬
Open the view dialog box for the
selected component or subsystem.
View ‫ﻣﻌﺎﯾﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﻣرﺑﻊ اﻟﺣوار ﻧظرا ﻟﻣﻛون أو اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﻔرﻋﻲ‬
. ‫اﻟﻣﺣدد‬
Disable Graphs Disable all the graphs for the selected
‫ﺗﻌطﯾل اﻟرﺳوم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﯾﺔ‬ components.
. ‫ﺗﻌطﯾل ﻛﺎﻓﺔ اﻟرﺳوم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﯾﺔ ﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻر ﻣﺧﺗﺎرة‬
Enable all the graphs for the selected
Enable Graphs
components.
‫ﺗﻣﻛﯾن اﻟرﺳوم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﯾﺔ‬
. ‫ﺗﻣﻛﯾن ﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻟرﺳوم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﯾﺔ ﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻر ﻣﺧﺗﺎرة‬
Undo the last change made in the active
(current) layout. You can undo all actions
until the last saved operation.
Undo (Ctrl+Z)
‫اﻟﻐﺎء‬ ‫اﻟﺗراﺟﻊ ﻋن اﻟﺗﻐﯾﯾر اﻷﺧﯾر اﻟﻣﺣرز ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
‫ ﯾﻣﻛﻧك اﻟﺗراﺟﻊ ﻋن ﻛﺎﻓﺔ اﻹﺟراءات‬. (‫اﻟﻧﺷط )اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬
. ‫ﺣﺗﻰ ﻋﻣﻠﯾﺔ ﺣﻔظ اﻟﻣﺎﺿﯾﺔ‬

37
www.maktbah.net

Redo the last change made in the active

(current) layout. You can redo an action
immediately after you undo an action to
Redo (Ctrl+Y) reverse the effect of the undo action.
‫اﻋﺎدة‬ ‫إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺗﻐﯾﯾر اﻷﺧﯾر اﻟﻣﺣرز ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻧﺷط‬
‫ ﯾﻣﻛﻧك إﻋﺎدة إﺟراء ﻣﺑﺎﺷرة ﺑﻌد اﻟﺗراﺟﻊ‬. (‫)اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬
. ‫ﻋن إﺟراء ﻟﻌﻛس ﺗﺄﺛﯾر ﻋﻣل اﻟﺣرﻛﮫ‬

Remove all selected objects and place

Cut (Ctrl+X)
them on the clipboard.
‫ﻗطﻊ‬
. ‫إزاﻟﺔ ﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻟﻛﺎﺋﻧﺎت اﻟﻣﺣددة ووﺿﻌﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺣﺎﻓظﺔ‬
Copy selected objects to the clipboard.
The selected objects remain in the active
Copy (Ctrl+C)
project.
‫ﻧﺳﺦ‬
‫ ﺗﺑﻘﻰ اﻟﻛﺎﺋﻧﺎت‬.‫ﻧﺳﺦ اﻟﻛﺎﺋﻧﺎت اﻟﻣﺣددة إﻟﻰ اﻟﺣﺎﻓظﺔ‬
. ‫اﻟﻣﺣددة ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺷروع اﻟﻧﺷط‬
Copy objects from the clipboard and
paste them in a user-defined location-
the same layout, a new subsystem, or a
Paste (Ctrl+V)
new layout.
‫ﻟﺻق‬
‫ ﻧﻔس‬،‫ﻧﺳﺦ اﻟﻛﺎﺋﻧﺎت ﻣن اﻟﺣﺎﻓظﺔ وﻟﺻﻘﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﻛﺎن‬
،‫ ﻧظﺎم ﻓرﻋﻲ ﺟدﯾد‬،‫ﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻣﻌرﻓﺔ ﻣن ﻗﺑل اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدم‬
. ‫أو ﺗﺧطﯾط ﺟدﯾد‬
Use to duplicate a selected component,
subsystem, or layout within the active
Duplicate
(current) layout.
‫ﻣﻛرر‬
‫ أو ﺗﺧطﯾط‬، ‫ ﻓرﻋﻲ‬، ‫اﺳﺗﺧدام ﻟﺗﻛرار اﺧﺗﯾﺎر ﻋﻧﺻر‬
. (‫ﺿﻣن ﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻧﺷط )اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬
Allows you to delete selected objects in
Delete the active (current) layout.
‫ﺣذف‬ ‫ﯾﺳﻣﺢ ﻟك ﻟﺣذف اﻟﻛﺎﺋﻧﺎت اﻟﻣﺣددة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻧﺷط‬
. (‫)اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬
Delete all links attached to a selected
Delete All Links component.
‫ﺣذف ﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻟرواﺑط‬ . ‫ﺣذف ﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻟرواﺑط ﺗﻌﻠق ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﻛون اﻟﻣﺣدد‬

Selects all components in the active

Select All
(current) layout.
‫اﺧﺗر اﻟﻛل‬
. (‫ﺗﺣدﯾد ﻛﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻر ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻧﺷط )اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬
Flip the selected object(s) horizontally.
Flip (Ctrl+F)
. ‫ﻗﻠب اﻟﻛﺎﺋن اﻟﻣﺣدد أﻓﻘﯾﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻠب‬
38
www.maktbah.net

View menu ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض‬

Description Toolbar button View menu item
‫وﺻف‬ ‫زر ﺷرﯾط اﻷدوات‬ ‫ﻋرض ﻋﻧﺻر اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
Toolbars ‫ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻻدوات‬
Select to display the Standard toolbar in the
Standard
main layout.
‫ﻣﻌﯾﺎر‬
‫ﺣدد ھذا اﻟﺧﯾﺎر ﻟﻌرض ﺷرﯾط اﻷدوات اﻟﻘﯾﺎﺳﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
. ‫اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﻲ‬
Select to display the Dockers toolbar in the
Dockers main layout.
‫ﻣﻧﺻﺔ اﻟﺗﺣﻣﯾل‬ ‫ﺣدد ھذا اﻟﺧﯾﺎر ﻟﻌرض ﺷرﯾط اﻷدوات ﻣﻧﺻﺔ اﻟﺗﺣﻣﯾل ﻓﻲ‬
. ‫اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﻲ‬
Select to display the Layout toolbar in the
Layout main layout.
‫ﻧﺳق‬ ‫ﺣدد ھذا اﻟﺧﯾﺎر ﻟﻌرض ﺷرﯾط اﻷدوات اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
. ‫اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﻲ‬
Select to display the Layout Tools toolbar in
the main layout.
Layout Tools
‫ﺣدد ھذا اﻟﺧﯾﺎر ﻟﻌرض ﺷرﯾط أدوات اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
‫أدوات ﺗﺧطﯾط‬
. ‫اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﻲ‬

Select to display the Draw Objects toolbar in

Draw Objects the main layout.
‫رﺳم اﻷﺟﺳﺎم‬ ‫ﺣدد ھذا اﻟﺧﯾﺎر ﻟﻌرض رﺳم ﻛﺎﺋﻧﺎت ﺷرﯾط اﻷدوات ﻓﻲ‬
. ‫اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﻲ‬

Select to display the Layout Operations

Layout
toolbar in the main layout.
Operations
‫ﺣدد ھذا اﻟﺧﯾﺎر ﻟﻌرض ﺷرﯾط ادوات ﻋﻣﻠﯾﺎت اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻣﻠﯾﺎت ﺗﺧطﯾط‬
. ‫اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﻲ‬

Select to display the Script toolbar in the main

Script layout
‫اﻟﻧﺻﻲ‬ ‫ﺣدد ﻟﻌرض ﺷرﯾط اﻷدوات ﻧﺳﺧﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﻲ‬

Select to display the Component Library

Component
docker in the main layout.
Library
‫ﺣدد ھذا اﻟﺧﯾﺎر ﻟﻌرض ﻣﻧﺻﺔ ﺗﺣﻣﯾل اﻟﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ ﻟﻌﻧﺻر ﻓﻲ‬
(Ctrl+1) ‫ﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ‬
. ‫اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺻر‬
Project Select to display the Project Browser docker in
Browser the main layout.
39
‫‪www.maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ اﻟﻣﺷروع‬ ‫ﺣدد ھذا اﻟﺧﯾﺎر ﻟﻌرض ﻣﻧﺻﺔ اﻟﺗﺣﻣﯾل ﻟﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ اﻟﻣﺷروع ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﻲ ‪.‬‬

‫‪Select to display the Description docker in the‬‬

‫‪main layout.‬‬
‫‪Description‬‬
‫ﺣدد ھذا اﻟﺧﯾﺎر ﻟﻌرض اﻟوﺻف ﻟﻣﻧﺻﺔ اﻟﺗﺣﻣﯾل ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
‫وﺻف‬
‫اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﻲ ‪.‬‬

‫‪Select to display the Status Bar in the main‬‬

‫‪Status Bar‬‬ ‫‪layout.‬‬
‫ﺷرﯾط اﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺣدد ھذا اﻟﺧﯾﺎر ﻟﻌرض ﺷرﯾط اﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﻲ ‪.‬‬

‫‪Select the zoom percentage: 10, 50, 75, 100,‬‬

‫‪Zoom‬‬
‫‪150. 200, 400, or 800.‬‬
‫‪Percent‬‬
‫ﺣدد ﻧﺳﺑﺔ اﻟﺗﻛﺑﯾر‪،400 ،200 .150 ،100 ،75 ،50 ،10 :‬‬
‫اﻟﺗﻛﺑﯾر ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺋﺔ‬
‫أو ‪. 800‬‬
‫‪Zoom in on the active (current) layout.‬‬
‫‪Zoom In‬‬ ‫اﻟﺗﻛﺑﯾر ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻧﺷط )اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ( ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻛﺑﯾر‬

‫‪Zoom Out‬‬ ‫‪Zoom out on the active (current) layout.‬‬

‫ﺗﺻﻐﯾر‬ ‫اﻟﺗﺻﻐﯾر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻧﺷط )اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ( ‪.‬‬

‫‪Zoom to‬‬ ‫‪Zoom to the active (current) layout window.‬‬

‫‪Window‬‬ ‫اﻟﺗﻛﺑﯾر إﻟﻰ )اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ( أي ﻧﺎﻓذة اﻟﻣﺧطط اﻟﻧﺷط ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺗﻛﺑﯾر اﻟﻰ اﻟﻧﺎﻓذه‬
‫‪Return the active (current) layout to default‬‬
‫‪size with no zoom.‬‬
‫‪Zoom 1:1‬‬
‫ﻋودة اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻧﺷط )اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ( إﻟﻰ اﻟﺣﺟم اﻟﺳﺎﺑق ﻣﻊ أي‬
‫اﻟﺗﻛﺑﯾر ‪1:1‬‬
‫اﻟﺗﻛﺑﯾر ‪.‬‬

‫‪Display Properties‬‬ ‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻌﺮض‬

‫‪Select to display calculated port signal data in‬‬
‫‪View Signal‬‬ ‫‪the active (current) layout.‬‬
‫ﻋرض ‪Data‬‬
‫ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت اﻹﺷﺎرة‬ ‫ﺣدد ھذا اﻟﺧﯾﺎر ﻟﻌرض ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت إﺷﺎرة اﻟﻣﻧﻔذ اﻟﻣﺣﺳوﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻧﺷط )اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ( ‪.‬‬
‫‪Select to display calculated component‬‬
‫‪View‬‬ ‫‪parameter data in the active (current) layout.‬‬
‫‪Parameters‬‬ ‫ﺣدد ھذا اﻟﺧﯾﺎر ﻟﻌرض ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﺎﻣل اﻟﺗﻐﯾﯾر ﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻋرض ﻣﻌﻠﻣﺎت‬ ‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻧﺷط )اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ( ‪.‬‬

‫‪40‬‬
www.maktbah.net

Select to display calculated component results

data in the active (current) layout.
View Results
‫ﺣدد ھذا اﻟﺧﯾﺎر ﻟﻌرض ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﻣﺣﺳوﺑﺔ ﻟﻌﻧﺻر ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋرض اﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ‬
. (‫اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻧﺷط )اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬

Autoconnect ‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬

Select to automatically create connections
from the input port of a component to the
output port of another component (the closest
Autoconnect
one in the layout) when placing components in
on Drop
the active (current) layout.
‫اﺗﺻﺎل ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺳﺣب‬ ‫ﺣدد ھذا اﻟﺧﯾﺎر ﻹﻧﺷﺎء ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯾﺎ اﻻﺗﺻﺎﻻت ﻣن ﻣدﺧل اﻟﻣﯾﻧﺎء ﻣن‬
(‫اﻟﻣﻛون إﻟﻰ ﻣﻧﻔذ إﺧراج ﻋﻧﺻر آﺧر )اﻷﻗرب ﻓﻲ ﺗﺧطﯾط‬
. (‫ﻋﻧد وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻر ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻧﺷط )اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬

Select to automatically create connections

from the input port of a component to the
output port of another component (the closest
Autoconnect
one in the layout) when moving components
on Move
around in the layout.
‫اﺗﺻﺎل ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻧﻘل‬ ‫ﺣدد ھذا اﻟﺧﯾﺎر ﻹﻧﺷﺎء اﺗﺻﺎﻻت ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯾﺎ ﻣن ﻣدﺧل اﻟﻣﯾﻧﺎء ﻣن‬
(‫اﻟﻣﻛون إﻟﻰ ﻣﻧﻔذ إﺧراج ﻋﻧﺻر آﺧر )اﻷﻗرب ﻓﻲ ﺗﺧطﯾط‬
. ‫ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﺗﺗﺣرك ﻣﻛوﻧﺎت ﺣوﻟﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬

Update displayed port/component data on the

Refresh
active (current) layout.
Layout
‫ ﻋﻧﺻر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻧﺷط‬/ ‫ﺗﺣدﯾث ﻋرض اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻣﻧﻔذ‬
(Ctrl+W)
. (‫)اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺣدﯾث اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬

Layout menu ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬

Description
Toolbar button Layout menu item
‫وﺻف‬
‫زر ﺷرﯾط اﻷدوات‬ ‫ﺗﺧطﯾط ﻋﻧﺻر اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
Create a new blank project layout in the active
(current) project.
‫إﻧﺷﺎء ﺗﺧطﯾط ﻣﺷروع ﻓﺎرغ ﺟدﯾد ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺷروع اﻟﻧﺷط‬
Add Layout .(‫)اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺧطﯾط‬ Note: The new layout is added to the list of
project layouts in the Project Browser.
‫ ﯾﺗم إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺧطﯾط ﺟدﯾد إﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻣن اﻟﺗﺻﺎﻣﯾم‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣظﺔ‬
.‫ﻟﻠﻣﺷروع ﻓﻲ ﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ اﻟﻣﺷروع‬
41
www.maktbah.net

Create a copy of the active (current) project

layout, including all components, parameters,
views, and results.
‫ ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ‬، (‫إﻧﺷﺎء ﻧﺳﺧﺔ ﻣن ﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻣﺷروع اﻟﻧﺷط )اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬
Duplicate ‫ واﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ‬، ‫ اﻟﮭدف‬،‫ وﻣﻌﻠﻣﺎت‬،‫ذﻟك ﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺎت‬
Layout
‫ﺗﻛرار ﺗﺧطﯾط‬ Note: The new layout is added to the list of
project layouts in the Project Browser.
‫ ﯾﺗم إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺧطﯾط ﺟدﯾد إﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻣن اﻟﺗﺻﺎﻣﯾم‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣظﺔ‬
.‫ﻟﻠﻣﺷروع ﻓﻲ ﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ اﻟﻣﺷروع‬

Delete the active (current) layout from the

project.
Delete
. ‫ﺣذف اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻧﺷط )اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ( ﻣن اﻟﻣﺷروع‬
Layout
Note: This operation cannot be undone.
‫ﺣذف ﺗﺧطﯾط‬
.‫ ھذه اﻟﻌﻣﻠﯾﺔ ﻻ ﯾﻣﻛن اﻟﺗراﺟﻊ ﻋﻧﮭﺎ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣظﺔ‬

Set Current Change the parameter sweep iteration

Sweep displayed in the active (current) project layout.
Iteration ‫ﺗﻐﯾﯾر ﺗﻛرار ﻣﻌﻠﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﺳﺢ اﻟﻣﻌروﺿﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻣﺷروع‬
‫ﺗﻌﯾﯾن اﻟﺗﻛرار‬ .(‫اﻟﻧﺷط )اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺢ اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬
Set Total
Sweep
Add or remove sweep iterations to the active
Iterations
(current) layout.
(Ctrl+Home)
.(‫اﺿﺎﻓﺔ أو إزاﻟﺔ ﺗﻛرارات اﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﻟﻠﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻧﺷط )اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﯾﯾن ﻣﺟﻣوع‬
‫ﺗﻛرارات اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬
Previous
Sweep
Iteration Display the sweep iteration prior to the active
(Ctrl+Page (current) iteration.
Up) . (‫ﻋرض ﺗﻛرار اﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﻗﺑل اﻟﺗﻛرار اﻟﻧﺷط )اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻛرار اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬
‫اﻟﺳﺎﺑق‬
Next Sweep
Iteration
Display the sweep iteration after the active
(Ctrl+Page
(current) iteration.
Down)
.(‫ﻋرض ﺗﻛرار اﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺑﻌد اﻟﺗﻛرار اﻟﻧﺷط )اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻛرار اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬
‫اﻟﻘﺎدم‬

42
www.maktbah.net

Parameter
sweeps Open the Parameter Sweeps dialog box.
‫ﻣﺳﺢ اﻟﻣﻌﻠﻣﺔ‬ . ‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﻣرﺑﻊ اﻟﺣوار ﻟﻣﻌﻠﻣﺎت اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬

Parameter
Groups Open the Parameter Group dialog box.
‫ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت‬ ‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﻣرﺑﻊ اﻟﺣواراﻟﻣﻘﯾﺎس اﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻣﻌﻠﻣﺔ‬
Open the Layout Size dialog box for the active
Layout Size
(current) layout.
‫ﺣﺟم اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
. (‫ ﻟﻠﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻧﺷط )اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬، ‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﻣرﺑﻊ اﻟﺣوار ﺣﺟم اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
Open the parameter dialog box for the active
Parameters (current) layout.
‫اﻟﻣﻌﻠﻣﺎت‬ .(‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﻣرﺑﻊ اﻟﺣوار اﻟﻣﻘﯾﺎس ﻟﻠﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻧﺷط )اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬

Open the Layout Properties dialog box for the

Properties
active (current) layout
‫اﻟﺧﺻﺎﺋص‬
(‫ﻟﻠﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻧﺷط )اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬، ‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﻣرﺑﻊ ﺣوار ﺧﺻﺎﺋص اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
Open the Bill of Materials dialog box for the
Bill of
active (current) layout.
Materials
‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﻣرﺑﻊ ﺣوار ﻣن ﻣواد ﻣﺷروع اﻟﻘﺎﻧون ﻟﻠﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻧﺷط‬
‫ﻛﺷف اﻟﻣواد‬
. (‫)اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬

Tools menu ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ أدوات‬

Tools menu
item Toolbar button Description
‫أدوات ﻋﻧﺻر‬ ‫زر ﺷرﯾط اﻷدوات‬ ‫وﺻف‬
‫اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
Optimizations Open the Optimization dialog box.
‫ﺗﺣﺳﯾﻧﺎت‬ . ‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﻣرﺑﻊ اﻟﺣوار اﻷﻣﺛل‬
Calculation
Open the Calculation Scheduler dialog box.
Schedulers
. ‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﻣرﺑﻊ اﻟﺣوار ﻟﺣﺳﺎب اﻟﻣﺑرﻣﺞ‬
‫ﻣﻧظﻣون اﻟﺣﺳﺎب‬
Search
Open the Search Engine dialog box.
Engines
. ‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﻣرﺑﻊ اﻟﺣوار ﻟﻣﺣرك اﻟﺑﺣث‬
‫ﻣﺣرﻛﺎت اﻟﺑﺣث‬
Library Open the Library Management dialog box.
Management . ‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﻣرﺑﻊ اﻟﺣوار ﻹدارة اﻟﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ‬
‫إدارة اﻟﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ‬ Note: The Library Management dialog box can

43
www.maktbah.net

only be
* accessed when there are no projects open in
OptiSystem.
‫ ﻣرﺑﻊ اﻟﺣوار إدارة اﻟﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ ﯾﻣﻛن أن ﯾﻛون ﻓﻘط‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣظﺔ‬
‫* اﻟوﺻول ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﻻ ﯾﻛون ھﻧﺎك ﻣﺷﺎرﯾﻊ ﻣﻔﺗوﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
OptiSystem.
Customize Open the Customize dialog box.
‫ﺗﺧﺻﯾص‬ . ‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﻣرﺑﻊ اﻟﺣوار ﺗﺧﺻﯾص‬
Options Open the Options dialog box.
‫ﺧﯾﺎرات‬ . ‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﻣرﺑﻊ ﺣوار اﻟﺧﯾﺎرات‬

Report menu ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﺮﯾﺮ‬

Window
menu item Toolbar button Description
‫ﻧﺎﻓذة ﻋﻧﺻر‬ ‫زر ﺷرﯾط اﻷدوات‬ ‫وﺻف‬
‫اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
Add Report
Arranges all open project layouts in a
(Ctrl+Shift +
cascading format.
A)
. ‫ﺗﻧظم ﻛل ﻣن اﻟﺗﺻﺎﻣﯾم ﻟﻠﻣﺷروع اﻟﻣﻔﺗوﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻛل ﻣﺗﺗﺎﻟﯾﺔ‬
‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻘرﯾر‬
Remove
Report Arranges all open project layouts in a tile
(Ctrl+Shift + format.
R) . ‫ﺗﻧظم ﻛل ﻣن اﻟﺗﺻﺎﻣﯾم ﻟﻠﻣﺷروع ﻣﻔﺗوﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻛل رﻗﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫إزاﻟﺔ ﺗﻘرﯾر‬
Report
Open the Report option dialog box.
Options
. ‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﻣرﺑﻊ اﻟﺣوار ﺧﯾﺎر ﺗﻘرﯾر‬
‫ﺧﯾﺎرات اﻟﺗﻘرﯾر‬

Script menu ‫اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻨﺼﯿﺔ‬

Add-Ins menu
item Toolbar button Description
‫اﻟوظﺎﺋف اﻹﺿﺎﻓﯾﺔ‬ ‫زر ﺷرﯾط اﻷدوات‬ ‫وﺻف‬
‫ﻟﻌﻧﺻر اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬

Run Runs the current script.

‫ﺗﺷﻐﯾل‬ ‫ﯾﺗم ﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻧﺻﻲ اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬

Generate Generates script, overwrites existing script.

‫ﺗوﻟﯾد‬ ‫ اﻟﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﻓوق اﻟﻧﺻﻲ ﻣوﺟود‬، ‫ﯾوﻟد اﻟﻧﺻﻲ‬
44
www.maktbah.net

Opens Save As dialog box, to save script in

Save a text file.
‫ﺣﻔظ‬ ‫ ﻟﺣﻔظ اﻟﻧﺻﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠف‬، ‫ﯾﻔﺗﺢ ﻣرﺑﻊ اﻟﺣوار ﺣﻔظ ﺑﺎﺳم‬
‫ﻧﺻﻲ‬

Loads an existing script text file into active

Load (current) project file
‫ﺣﻣل‬ ‫ اﻟﻣﻠف اﻟﻧﺻﻲ اﻟﻣوﺟود ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠف‬، ‫ﺗﺣﻣﯾل ﻣﻠف ﻧﺻﻲ‬
. ‫)اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ( اﻟﻣﺷروع اﻟﻧﺷط‬

Add-Ins menu ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻮظﺎﺋﻒ اﻹﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ‬

Add-Ins Toolbar button Description
menu item ‫زر ﺷرﯾط اﻷدوات‬ ‫وﺻف‬

Add-In
Manager Open the Add-In Manager dialog box
‫دارة اﻟوظﺎﺋف‬ ‫ﻓﺗﺢ ادارة اﺿﺎﻓﯾﮫ ﻓﻲ ﻣرﺑﻊ اﻟﺣوار‬
‫اﻹﺿﺎﻓﯾﺔ‬

Window menu ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬة‬

Window menu
Toolbar button Description
item
‫زر ﺷرﯾط اﻷدوات‬ ‫وﺻف‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓذة ﻋﻧﺻر اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬

Arranges all open project layouts in a

Cascade
cascading format.
‫ﺗﺗﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻧظم ﻛل ﻣن اﻟﺗﺻﺎﻣﯾم ﻟﻠﻣﺷروع اﻟﻣﻔﺗوﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻛل ﻣﺗﺗﺎﻟﯾﺔ‬

Arranges all open project layouts in a tile

Tile
format.
‫رﻗﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻧظم ﻛل ﻣن اﻟﺗﺻﺎﻣﯾم ﻟﻠﻣﺷروع ﻣﻔﺗوﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻛل رﻗﯾﻘﺔ‬

(List of) Open

OptiSystem files List of all open OptiSystem project files.
( ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ( اﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎت‬ (OptiSystem) ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻟﺟﻣﯾﻊ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﻣﺷﺎرﯾﻊ‬
‫اﻟﻣﻔﺗوﺣﺔ‬ . ‫اﻟﻣﻔﺗوﺣﮫ‬
OptiSystem

Help menu ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت‬

45
www.maktbah.net

Help menu item Toolbar button Description

‫زر ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻷدوات ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪة ﻋﻨﺼﺮ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫وﺻف‬
Displays help topic information about
Help topics OptiSystem.
‫ﻣﻮاﺿﯿﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت‬ ‫ﯾﻌﺮض ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت اﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮع ﺣﻮل‬
OptiSystem
Provides information about Optiwave-
mailing address, telephone and fax numbers,
About
E-mail address, and URL.
OptiSystem
‫ اﻟﺒﺮﯾﺪﯾﺔ وأرﻗﺎم‬Optiwave ‫ﯾﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺣﻮل ﻋﻨﻮان‬
‫ ﺣﻮل‬OptiSystem
URL.‫ وﻋﻨﻮان‬،‫اﻟﮭﺎﺗﻒ واﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ واﻟﺒﺮﯾﺪ اﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬

Application layout ‫ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﯿﻖ‬

In OptiSystem, the layout and visibility
of the toolbars and dockers can be
changed.
You can create customized toolbars, and
add or remove different commands on
the toolbars.
Note: Create a customized toolbar with
a selection of components or commands
that you use often.
Customizing toolbars
To customize toolbars, perform the
following procedure.
Step Action
1- From the Tools menu, select
Customize.
Customize dialog box appears (see
Figure 9).
2- Make selections and click Reset.
The selected toolbars are modified.
Note: You can modify toolbars on the
Main layout. To add components or
commands, hold down the Alt key,
select the button to be added, and drag
the button onto the toolbar. To remove
buttons from the toolbar, hold down the
Alt key, select the button to be removed,
and drag the button away from the
toolbar.
‫ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ ورؤﯾﺔ‬، OptiSystem ‫ﻓﻲ‬
. ‫أﺷﺮطﺔ اﻷدوات وﻣﻨﺼﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻤﯿﻞ‬
‫ وإﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬،‫ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ إﻧﺸﺎء أﺷﺮطﺔ اﻷدوات اﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ‬
.‫أو إزاﻟﺔ أواﻣﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ أﺷﺮطﺔ اﻷدوات‬
‫ إﻧﺸﺎء ﺷﺮﯾﻂ أدوات ﻣﺨﺼﺺ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت أو اﻷواﻣﺮ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺜﯿﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
.‫اﻷﺣﯿﺎن‬
‫ﺗﺨﺼﯿﺺ أﺷﺮطﺔ اﻷدوات‬
. ‫ ﻧﻔﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ﻟﺘﺨﺼﯿﺺ أﺷﺮطﺔ اﻷدوات‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
. ‫ ﺣﺪد ﺗﺨﺼﯿﺺ‬، ‫ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﮫ اﻻدوات‬-1
.(9 ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﺗﺨﺼﯿﺺ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
.‫ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺘﯿﺎر واﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ‬-2
.‫ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ أﺷﺮطﺔ اﻷدوات اﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎرة‬
‫ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ أﺷﺮطﺔ اﻷدوات ﻋﻠﻰ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
،‫ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت أو اﻷواﻣﺮ‬.‫اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ‬
‫ ﺣﺪد زر اﻟﺘﻲ‬،‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﺑﺪﯾﻞ‬
.‫ واﺳﺤﺐ اﻟﺰر ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻷدوات‬،‫ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ان ﺗﻀﺎف‬
‫ اﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮار‬،‫ﻹزاﻟﺔ أزرار ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻷدوات‬
‫ واﺳﺤﺐ زر ﺑﻌﯿﺪا‬،‫ ﺣﺪد زر ﻹزاﻟﺘﮭﺎ‬،‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﺑﺪﯾﻞ‬
. ‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻷدوات‬

46
www.maktbah.net

Creating a new toolbar ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﺷﺮﯾﻂ أدوات ﺟﺪﯾﺪ‬

To create a toolbar, p erform the ‫ ﻧﻔﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺷﺮﯾﻂ أدوات‬
following procedure.

Step Action ‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

From the Tools menu, select Customize. .‫ ﺣﺪد ﺗﺨﺼﯿﺺ‬،‫ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ أدوات‬-1
The Customize dialog box appears (see .(9 ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﺗﺨﺼﯿﺺ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
Figure 9).

2 Click New. ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﺟﺪﯾﺪ‬-2

The New Toolbar dialog box appears. .‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﺷﺮﯾﻂ أدوات ﺟﺪﯾﺪ‬

3 Type the new toolbar name (in this ،‫ اﻛﺘﺐ اﺳﻢ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻷدوات اﻟﺠﺪﯾﺪ )ﻓﻲ ھﺬا اﻟﻤﺜﺎل‬-2
example, My toolbar) in the ‫ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻷدوات اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻲ ( ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻞ اﺳﻢ‬
Toolbar name field (see Figure 10). (10 ‫ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻷدوات )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

Figure 9 Customize dialog box-Toolbars tab

47
www.maktbah.net

Figure 10 New Toolbar dialog box

4 - Click OK. ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ‬-4

The new toolbar (in this example, My
Toolbar) appears in the list of available
toolbars in the Customize dialog box
(see Figure 11) and as a new toolbar on
the current project layout.
‫ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ‬،‫ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻷدوات اﻟﺠﺪﯾﺪ )ﻓﻲ ھﺬا اﻟﻤﺜﺎل‬
‫اﻷدوات اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻲ( ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ أﺷﺮطﺔ‬
‫اﻷدوات اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﺗﺨﺼﯿﺺ )اﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ وﻛﻤﺎ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ أدوات ﺟﺪﯾﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬،(11 ‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
.‫اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬

Figure 11 Customize dialog box with new toolbar

48
www.maktbah.net

5-To add commands to the new toolbar,
select My Toolbar in the Toolbar
list (see Figure 11), and click the
Commands tab in the Customize
dialog box.
6-Select the type of tool in the
Categories list, select the desired
button, and drag the button onto the
toolbar (see Figure 12).
The button appears in the customized
toolbar.
Note: Selections can be made from more
than one category.
7- Click OK.
8-To place the new toolbar on the
OptiSystem main layout, click and
drag the toolbar to the desired
location.
‫ ﺣﺪد‬،‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻷواﻣﺮ إﻟﻰ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻷدوات اﻟﺠﺪﯾﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻷدوات اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﮫ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻷدوات‬
‫ ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﯾﺐ اﻷواﻣﺮ ﻓﻲ‬،(11 ‫)اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﺗﺨﺼﯿﺺ‬
‫ ﺣﺪد اﻟﺰر‬،‫ ﺣﺪد ﻧﻮع اﻷداة ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻔﺌﺎت‬-6
‫ واﺳﺤﺐ اﻟﺰر ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻷدوات‬،‫اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب‬
.(12 ‫)اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
.‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ زر ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻷدوات اﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺘﻄﻔﺎت ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ أﻛﺜﺮ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
.‫ﻣﻦ ﻓﺌﺔ واﺣﺪة‬
.‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ‬-7
‫ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻷدوات اﻟﺠﺪﯾﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬-8
‫ اﻧﻘﺮ واﺳﺤﺐ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ‬،OptiSystem ‫اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ‬
.‫اﻷدوات إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب‬

Figure 12 Dragging button into customized toolbar

Display properties ‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻌﺮض‬

The display properties of the ‫ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻌﺮض ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﯿﻖ‬
OptiSystem application can be changed. OptiSystem.
Note: The options made available for ‫ اﻟﺨﯿﺎرات اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
you to change the display properties is (OptiSystem) ‫اﻟﻌﺮض ﯾﻘﻮم ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻄﺒﯿﻖ ﻣﻌﯿﻦ‬
based on the specific application ‫وﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﺘﺴﺠﯿﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل )اﺳﺘﻨﺎدا إﻟﻰ اﺳﻢ‬
49
www.maktbah.net

(OptiSystem) and the specific logged-on .(‫ﺗﺴﺠﯿﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل وﯾﻨﺪوز‬

user (based on the Windows logon
name).
There are four different categories: : ‫ھﻨﺎك أرﺑﻊ ﻓﺌﺎت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
· General ‫ﻋﺎم‬
· Grid ‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬
· Workspace ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
· Folder Setting ‫إﻋﺪاد ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‬
Changing the application properties ‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﯿﻖ‬
To change application properties, . ‫ ﻧﻔﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬، ‫ﻟﺘﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﯿﻖ‬
perform the following procedure.
Step Action ‫اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺧﻄﻮة‬
1 -Select Tools > Options. .‫اﺧﺘﺮ اﻷدوات < اﻟﺨﯿﺎرات‬.1
The Options dialog box appears (see .(13 ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﺧﯿﺎرات )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
Figure 13).
Select the General, Grid, Workspace, or ‫ أو ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬،‫ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ‬،‫ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬،‫ ﺣﺪد ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬.2
Folder Setting tab, make your .‫ ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ‬،‫اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ إﻋﺪاد إﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﻐﯿﯿﺮات‬
changes, and click OK.
The Options dialog box closes and any ‫إﻏﻼق ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار اﻟﺨﯿﺎرات وﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﯿﻖ أي‬
changes are applied . ‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮات‬
General ‫ﻋﺎم‬

Use the General tab to change the ‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ ﻋﺎم ﻟﺘﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺳﻤﺎت ﻋﺎﻟﻤﯿﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
global attributes of OptiSystem. .OptiSystem

Figure 13 Options-General tab

50
www.maktbah.net

Tracker Style ‫ﺗﻌﻘﺐ اﻟﻨﻤﻂ‬

available options include Solid Line, ‫ ظﻞ‬،‫ ﺧﻂ ﻣﻨﻘﻂ‬،‫وﺗﺸﻤﻞ اﻟﺨﯿﺎرات اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
Dotted Line, Hatched or Hatched ‫ أﺳﻠﻮب ﺗﻌﻘﺐ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ھﻮ ﻣﻨﻘﻂ‬.‫أو اﻟﺤﺪود ﻣﻈﻠﻠﺔ‬
Border. The default tracker style is ‫اﻟﺨﻂ‬
Dotted Line.

Undo ‫اﻟﺘﺮاﺟﻊ ﻋﻦ‬

determines the number of `undo' ‫ﯾﺤﺪد ﻋﺪد `ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎت اﻟﺘﺮاﺟﻊ" اﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮح ﺑﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
operations allowed in the application. ‫اﻟﺘﻄﺒﯿﻖ‬
· Infinite: allows an infinite number of ‫ ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻌﺪد ﻻ ﺣﺼﺮ ﻟﮫ ﻣﻦ `ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎت‬: ‫ﻻﻧﮭﺎﺋﯿﺔ‬
`undo' operations "‫اﻟﺘﺮاﺟﻊ‬
· Limited to: specify the number of ‫ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻋﺪد `ﺗﺮاﺟﻊ" ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎت‬: ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﯿﻞ اﻟﺤﺼﺮ‬
`undo' operations

Purge Undo ‫ﺗﺮاﺟﻊ أﺳﮭﻞ‬

allows you to clear the `undo' stack. ‫ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻟﻤﺴﺢ `ﺗﺮاﺟﻊ" ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻜﺪﺳﺔ‬

Zoom factor ‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﺘﻜﺒﯿﺮ‬

changes the zoom factor. The default .٪120 ‫ اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﯿﺔ ھﻲ‬.‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﺘﻜﺒﯿﺮ‬
value is 120%. This affects the amount ‫وھﺬا ﯾﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﯿﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻜﺒﯿﺮ ﺗﻔﻌﯿﻠﮭﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل‬
of zoom activated by the plus and minus .‫أزرار زاﺋﺪ وﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﺘﻜﺒﯿﺮ‬
zoom factor buttons.
The percentage of zoom must be
between 100 and 150%. .٪150 ‫ و‬100 ‫وﯾﺠﺐ أن ﺗﻜﻮن ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﻜﺒﯿﺮ ﺑﯿﻦ‬
Note: If the Zoom Factor is set to
100%, nothing changes when the plus ‫ ﻻ‬،٪100 ‫ إذا ﺗﻢ ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ اﻟﺘﻜﺒﯿﺮ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ إﻟﻰ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
and minus zoom buttons are pressed ‫ﺷﻲء ﯾﺘﻐﯿﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﯾﺘﻢ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ أزرار زاﺋﺪ‬
because, in effect, you are asking to see ‫ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺄل ﻟﺮؤﯾﺔ‬،‫ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮاﻗﻊ‬،‫وﻧﺎﻗﺺ اﻟﺘﻜﺒﯿﺮ ﻷﻧﮫ‬
the layout at 100% of normal size. .‫ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﺠﻢ اﻟﻌﺎدي‬٪100 ‫ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻓﻲ‬
Workbook mode ‫وﺿﻊ ﻣﺼﻨﻒ‬
determines whether the tabs available ‫ﯾﺤﺪد ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ طﻮل‬
along the bottom of the project layout ‫ ﯾﺘﻢ‬.‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ﺗﻈﮭﺮ‬
window appear. The tabs are used to .‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻋﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﯾﻞ ﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﯾﻊ‬
switch between projects.
‫ﻻ ﯾﺰال ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ اﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﯾﻊ ﻋﻦ طﺮﯾﻖ‬
You can still move between projects by ‫ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ أﺷﺮطﺔ اﻷدوات‬
selecting the project from the ‫ ﯾﺘﻢ‬.‫ﺗﺨﺼﯿﺺ إذا ﻋﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﺮﺋﯿﺔ‬
Customizing toolbars menu if the tabs . ‫ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺼﻨﻒ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ‬
are not visible. The default Workbook
mode is selected.
Save Monitor Data ‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺑﯿﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
saves generated monitor data when ‫ﯾﺤﻔﻆ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺘﻮﻟﯿﺪ واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﺻﺪ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﻨﺪ إﻏﻼق‬
OptiSystem is closed. .OptiSystem

51
www.maktbah.net

Save Report Page Data ‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺮ ﺑﯿﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬

saves generated report data when
OptiSystem is closed.
Backup files
saves a backup copy of the current
project to the `Local settings' folder:
Documents and Settings\ Username\
Local Settings\ Temp \OptiSystem
Temp Dir.
Number of backup files
determines the maximum number of
backup files.
Grid
Use the Grid tab to change the
properties of the grid in the project
layout.
‫اﻹﻏﻼق‬ ‫ﯾﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﯿﺎﻧﺎت ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺮ وﻟﺪت ﻋﻨﺪ‬
OptiSystem.
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﻨﺴﺦ اﻻﺣﺘﯿﺎطﻲ‬
‫ﯾﺤﻔﻆ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ اﺣﺘﯿﺎطﯿﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ إﻟﻰ‬
\ ‫ اﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖ وإﻋﺪادات‬:"‫اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ `اﻹﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﻮﺿﻌﯿﺔ‬
\ ‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم \ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﯿﺔ إﻋﺪادات \ اﻟﺤﺮارة‬
.‫ اﻟﺤﺮارة‬OptiSystem
‫ﻋﺪد ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﻨﺴﺦ اﻻﺣﺘﯿﺎطﻲ‬
‫ﯾﺤﺪد اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻌﺪد ﻣﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﻨﺴﺦ اﻻﺣﺘﯿﺎطﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬
.‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬

Figure 14 Options-Grid tab

Show grid ‫ﻋﺮض اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬

determines whether the grid is visible or ‫ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ‬.‫ﯾﺤﺪد ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺮﺋﯿﺎ أم ﻻ‬
not. The default is selected. .‫اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ‬

52
www.maktbah.net

Snap objects to grid ‫اﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎت ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻧﺰع‬

determines whether the components in ‫ﯾﺤﺪد ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن ﯾﻀﻄﺮ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
the layout are forced to conform to the ‫ إذا ﻟﻢ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻧﻄﺒﺎق‬.‫ﻟﺘﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺳﺎﺣﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
squares of the grid. If Snap to Grid is ‫ وﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت رﺳﻤﮭﺎ ﺧﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻟﻠﺮاﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬،‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
not selected, the drawn components are ‫ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ‬.‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ أي ﻣﻮﻗﻒ‬
free to rest over the grid in any position.
The default is selected.

Horizontal/Vertical spacing ‫ ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺪ‬/ ‫أﻓﻘﻲ‬

determines the size of the squares in the ‫ ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﯾﻜﻮن رﻗﻢ‬.‫ﯾﺤﺪد ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺮﺑﻌﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
grid. The number must be between 1 and 10 ‫ اﻟﻘﯿﻢ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﯿﺔ ھﻲ‬.100 ‫ و‬1 ‫ﺑﯿﻦ‬
100. The default values are 10.

Workspace ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

Use the Workspace tab for editing the ‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﯾﺮ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬
properties of the workspace. .‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

Figure 15 Options- Workspace tab

Save workspace on exit ‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺨﺮوج‬

determines whether the layout of the ‫ﯾﺤﺪد ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن ﯾﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
workspace is automatically saved. The .‫ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ‬.‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ‬
default is selected.
53
www.maktbah.net

Load workspace at startup ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺪء اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ‬

determines whether the last saved ‫ﯾﺤﺪد ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
workspace layout is loaded on startup. ‫ وھﺬا ﯾﺸﻤﻞ أي‬.‫اﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮظﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺪء اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ‬
This includes any changes made to the ‫ ﯾﺘﻢ‬.‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮات ﯾﺘﻢ إﺟﺮاؤھﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ أﺷﺮطﺔ اﻷدوات‬
toolbars. The default is selected. . ‫ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ‬

Save Workspace ‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

saves the (active) current layout ‫ﯾﺤﻔﻆ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ )اﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ( )ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚ وﺿﻊ‬
(including toolbar placement and tools .(‫ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻷدوات واﻷدوات ﻓﻲ أﺷﺮطﺔ اﻷدوات‬
in the toolbars).

Folder Setting ‫إﻋﺪاد ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‬

Use the Folder Setting tab for editing ‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ إﻋﺪاد ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﯾﺮ‬
the properties of the workspace. . ‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

Figure 16 Options- Folder Setting tab

Us

54
www.maktbah.net
ird ‫ااﻟﻔﺼﻞﻞ ااﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬
Chapter thi
third
Use window default temp folder
uses the default folder location for
saving/locating data folders. The default
is selected.
Select your own folder
allows you to select an alternative folder
location for saving/locating data folders.
Click the Browse button to open the
determines whether the last saved
workspace layout is loaded on startup.
This includes any changes made to the
toolbars. The default is selected.
Project layout
Project layout window
The Project layout window is the
largest area in the OptiSystem
application (see Figure 1). When you
open OptiSystem, the Project layout
window area is empty. Once you create
a new project or you open an existing
project, the Project layout window area
displays the contents of that project (see
Figure 2 for an example of a newly
opened project).
Figure 1 OptiSystem GUI
Figure 2 Project layout window
55
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻧﺎﻓﺬة ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ اﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ‬
‫ﯾﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ﻟﺤﻔﻆ او ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ‬
.‫ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ‬.‫اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪات اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت‬
‫ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻚ‬
‫ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﺒﺪﯾﻞ ﻟﺤﻔﻆ أو ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ‬
‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق اﻟﺰر اﺳﺘﻌﺮاض ﻟﻔﺘﺢ‬.‫اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪات اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ وھﺬا ﯾﺸﻤﻞ أي‬. ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮظﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺪء اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ‬
‫ ﯾﺘﻢ‬.‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮات ﯾﺘﻢ إﺟﺮاؤھﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ أﺷﺮطﺔ اﻷدوات‬
.‫ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬة ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬة ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ھﻮ أﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﯿﻖ‬
‫ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ‬.(1 ‫ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬OptiSystem
‫ وﻣﺸﺮوع ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬،OptiSystem
‫ ﺑﻤﺠﺮد إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺸﺮوع ﺟﺪﯾﺪ أو ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺸﺮوع‬.‫ﻓﺎرﻏﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﯾﻌﺮض ﻣﺸﺮوع ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫( ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل‬2 ‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﯾﺎت ھﺬا اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
.(‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺜﺎل ﻣﺸﺮوع اﻟﺬي اﻓﺘﺘﺢ ﺣﺪﯾﺜﺎ‬
www.maktbah.net

Figure 2 Project layout window

Project layout window tabs ‫ﻣﺸﺮوع ﻋﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬة اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬

When you open a new project, several ‫ ﻋﺪد ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ‬،‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺸﺮوع ﺟﺪﯾﺪ‬
sub-tabs become visible at the bottom of ‫اﻟﻔﺮﻋﯿﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﺮﺋﯿﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
the work area (see Figure 3). .(3 ‫اﻟﻌﻤﻞ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

Figure 3 Project layout - sub-tabs

Project tab ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﯾﺐ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬

The first level of tabs displays the
name of the project. In Figure 4, there is
only one project open, Project 1.
When more than one project is open at
the same time, you can use the tabs to
switch between them. In Figure 4, there
are three projects, Project 1, Project 2,
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻷول ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ ﯾﻌﺮض اﺳﻢ‬
‫ وھﻨﺎك ﻣﺸﺮوع واﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ‬،(4) ‫ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬.‫اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
1 ‫ وﯾﺴﻤﻰ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬،‫ﻣﻔﺘﻮح‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﯾﻜﻮن أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺮوع واﺣﺪ ﻣﻔﺘﻮح ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻋﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﯾﻞ‬،‫اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
،‫ وھﻨﺎك ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﺸﺎرﯾﻊ‬،(4) ‫ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬.‫ﺑﯿﻨﮭﻤﺎ‬
‫ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬.3 ‫ وﻣﺸﺮوع ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ‬،‫ ﻣﺸﺮوع‬2 ،1 ‫ﻣﺸﺮوع‬

56
www.maktbah.net
and Project 3. Project 3 is currently
selected.
Figure 4 Main Layout - Multiple project tabs
Project window tabs
In the project window, there are three tabs:
Layout
displays the current project layout.
Report
displays the report editing window
Script
displays the script editing window.
Layout tab
The Layout tab shows all of the
components that are in the project. The
Layout tab itself has several sub-tabs
located directly above it, including the
Main Layout tab and any tabs for
subsystems that have been created and
opened (see Figure 5).
Figure 5 Layout tab
57
‫ ﺣﺎﻟﯿﺎ‬3
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎت ﺗﺒﻮﯾﺐ إطﺎر اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
‫ وھﻨﺎك ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺎت ﺗﺒﻮﯾﺐ‬،‫ﻓﻲ إطﺎر اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
‫ﻧﺴﻖ‬
‫ﯾﻌﺮض ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺮ‬
‫ﯾﻌﺮض ﻧﺎﻓﺬة ﺗﺤﺮﯾﺮ اﻟﺘﻘﺮﯾﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻨﺼﻲ‬
‫ﯾﻌﺮض إطﺎر ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺤﺮﯾﺮ اﻟﻨﺺ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮض ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ ﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻧﻔﺴﮭﺎ‬. ‫ھﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
، ‫ﻟﺪﯾﮭﺎ اﻟﻌﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﻔﺮﻋﯿﺔ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻓﻮﻗﮫ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ و أي‬
‫ وﻓﺘﺤﮭﺎ‬،‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎت ﻟﻸﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﯿﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ إﻧﺸﺎؤھﺎ‬
.(5 ‫)اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
www.maktbah.net

Main Layout tab ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ‬

displays the top level of the project in ‫ﯾﻌﺮض أﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮوع ﻓﻲ إطﺎر ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
the Project Layout window (see .(6 ‫اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
Figure 6).

Note: You must select the Layout tab ‫ ﯾﺠﺐ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ أن‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
before you can select the Main Layout . ‫ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ‬
tab.

Figure 6 Main Layout tab

Report tab ‫ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻟﺘﻘﺮﯾﺮ‬

The Report tab displays the report ‫ﺗﻌﺮض ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻟﺘﻘﺮﯾﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ ﻓﻲ إطﺎر‬
editing window and all associated report ‫ﺗﺤﺮﯾﺮ اﻟﺘﻘﺮﯾﺮ وﺗﻘﺮﯾﺮﺟﻤﯿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﯿﺔ‬
sub-tabs (see Figure 7). .(7 ‫اﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﮭﺎ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

Figure 7 Report tab

Script tab ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ اﻟﻨﺼﻲ‬

The Script tab displays the script editing ‫ﺗﻌﺮض ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ اﻟﻨﺼﻲ ﻓﻲ إطﺎر ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
window (see Figure 8). .(8 ‫اﻟﺘﺤﺮﯾﺮ اﻟﻨﺼﻲ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

58
www.maktbah.net

Figure 8 Script tab

Project layout context menu ‫ﻣﺸﺮوع ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬

The Project layout context menu lists
available actions for the active project in
the Project layout window, and actions
also found in the Edit menu.
Note: The items available in the menu
are dependent on the current status of
the project, component, or layout. For
example, if a component in the Project
layout is selected, options are available
relevant to components, in addition to
the general items listed.
Figure 9 Project layout context menu example
‫ﻣﺸﺮوع ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ھﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع اﻟﻨﺸﻂ ﻓﻲ إطﺎر ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫ واﻹﺟﺮاءات وﺟﺪت أﯾﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬،‫اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﯾﻊ‬
. ‫اﻟﺘﺤﺮﯾﺮ‬
‫ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬: ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
. ‫اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮوع أو اﻟﻤﻜﻮن أو اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫ إذا ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬،‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل‬
‫ ھﻲ اﻟﺨﯿﺎرات اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ذات اﻟﺼﻠﺔ‬،‫اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﯾﻊ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ اﻟﻤﺪرﺟﺔ‬،‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬

59
www.maktbah.net

Edit menu items ‫ﺗﺤﺮﯾﺮ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬

The following items are defined in the ‫ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟﻘﻮاﺋﻢ واﻷزرار‬
OptiSystem menus and buttons section: :OptiSystem
- Cut (Ctrl+X) ‫ﻗﺺ‬
- Copy (Ctrl+C) ‫ﻧﺴﺦ‬
- Paste (Ctrl+V) ‫ﻟﺼﻖ‬
- Duplicate ‫ﻣﻜﺮر‬
- Delete ‫ﺣﺬف‬
Delete All Links ‫ﺣﺬف ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻟﺮواﺑﻂ‬-
- Select All ‫اﺧﺘﺮ اﻟﻜﻞ‬
- Create Subsystem ‫إﻧﺸﺎء اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
- Look Inside ‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺪاﺧﻞ‬
- Close Subsystem ‫ﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
- Port Properties ‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ‬
- Component Properties (Alt+Enter) ( ‫)اﻟﻤﻜﻮن ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬
- Component Results ‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﻤﻜﻮن‬
- Component Script ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﻮن‬
- View ‫ﻣﻌﺎﯾﻨﺔ‬
- Layout Properties ‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
- Bill of Materials ‫ﻓﺎﺗﻮره اﻟﻤﻮاد‬
- Back One ‫واﺣﺪة اﻟﻰ اﻟﻮراء‬
- Forward One ‫واﺣﺪة اﻟﻰ اﻻﻣﺎم‬
- To Front ‫اﻟﻰ اﻻﻣﺎم‬
- To Back ‫اﻟﻰ اﻟﺨﻠﻒ‬
- Disable Graphs ‫ﺗﻌﻄﯿﻞ اﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ‬
- Enable Graphs ‫ﺗﻤﻜﯿﻦ اﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ‬
Update Visualizer(s) ‫ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺚ ﻣﺘﺨﯿﻞ‬

Port Properties ‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ‬

Opens the Port properties dialog box ‫ﯾﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻓﻲ‬
for the selected port in the Project . ‫ﺗﺼﻤﯿﻢ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
layout.
Component Properties ‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‬
Opens the Component properties ‫ﯾﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻤﻜﻮن ﻟﻠﻤﻜﻮن اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‬
dialog box for the selected component in . ‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﯾﻊ‬
the Project layout.
Layout Properties ‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
Opens the Layout properties dialog box ‫ﯾﻔﺘﺢ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
for the active project layout in the . ‫اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع اﻟﻨﺸﻂ ﻓﻲ إطﺎر ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻣﺸﺮوع‬
Project layout window..
Update Visualizer(s) ‫ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺚ ﻣﺘﺨﯿﻞ‬
Update project browser for selected . ‫ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺚ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﻣﺸﺮوع ﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت وﺗﺨﯿﻼت ﻣﺤﺪده‬

60
www.maktbah.net

components and visualizers.

Main layout ‫اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ‬

Layout size ‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
The Main layout work area is initially ‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺪاﯾﺔ إﻟﻰ‬
set to 3000 X 2000 units. This is not a ‫ ھﺬا ﻟﯿﺲ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ وﯾﻤﻜﻦ‬. ‫ وﺣﺪة‬2000 X 3000
fixed size and can be changed to suit the ‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮھﺎ ﻟﺘﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ اﺣﺘﯿﺎﺟﺎت ﻣﺸﺎرﯾﻊ أﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
needs of different systems projects. . ‫ ھﻨﺎك ﻋﺪة طﺮق ﻟﺘﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬.
There are several ways to change the
size of the layout.

Figure 10 Layout size

Changing the size of the layout ‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬

To change the size of the layout, . ‫ وﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬، ‫ﻟﺘﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
perform the following procedure.
Action ‫ﻧﺸﺎط‬
1- On the Layout toolbar, Select the ‫ ﺣﺪد أداة ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬، ‫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻷدوات ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬- 1
Layout Size tool. . ‫اﻟﺤﺠﻢ‬
The Layout Size dialog box appears (see .(12 ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺤﺠﻢ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
Figure 12).
2- Change Width and/or Height to ‫ أو اﻻرﺗﻔﺎع إﻟﻰ اﻷﺣﺠﺎم‬/‫ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ اﻟﻌﺮض و‬- 2
desired sizes. . ‫اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‬
3 -Click OK. . ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ‬- 3
OR
Step Action ‫أداء اﻟﻨﺸﺎط‬
1- On the Menu toolbar, select Layout < ‫ ﺣﺪد ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬، ‫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ ادوات اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬- 1
> Layout Size (see Figure 11). .(11 ‫ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺤﺠﻢ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
The Layout Size dialog box appears (see
61
www.maktbah.net

Figure 12). ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺤﺠﻢ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

.(12
2- Change Width and/or Height to ‫ أو اﻻرﺗﻔﺎع إﻟﻰ اﻷﺣﺠﺎم‬/‫ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ اﻟﻌﺮض و‬- 2
desired sizes. . ‫اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‬

3-lick OK. . ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ‬- 3

Figure 11 Layout menu

Figure 12 Layout Size dialog box

Or

62
www.maktbah.net

Step Action ‫ﺧﻄﻮه اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

1- On the Layout Tools toolbar, select ‫ ﺣﺪد أداة‬، (‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻷدوات )أدوات ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬- 1
the Layout tool. . ‫ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬

2-Press and hold the Shift and Ctrl .‫ وﻣﻔﺎﺗﯿﺢ اﻟﺴﯿﻄﺮة‬Shift ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ‬- 2
keys.
3- Click in the layout work area. .‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬- 3
4-Drag the mouse in different directions ‫اﺳﺤﺐ اﻟﻤﺎوس ﻓﻲ اﺗﺠﺎھﺎت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺣﺠﻢ‬- 4
to manipulate the size of the work area. . ‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

Note: You can use the same methods to ‫ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻧﻔﺲ اﻷﺳﺎﻟﯿﺐ ﻟﺘﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ‬: ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
change the size of the work area in a . ‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎم ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
subsystem.
Placing components in the Main layout ‫وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ‬
To place components into the Main ‫ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ‬، ‫ﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ‬
layout, perform the following action. . ‫اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
Action ‫ﻋﻤﻞ‬
· Drag the component from the ‫· اﺳﺤﺐ ﻣﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻣﻜﻮن ﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ‬
Component Library to the Main .(13 ‫)اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
layout (see Figure 13).

Figure 13 Placing components in the Main layout

Auto connect feature ‫ﻣﯿﺰة اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬

By default, the Auto Connect on Drop ‫ اﻧﺨﻔﺎض اﻟﺮﺑﻂ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﯿﺰة‬، ‫اﻓﺘﺮاﺿﯿﺎ‬
feature is active. There are two ways that ‫ ھﻨﺎك ﻧﻮﻋﺎن ﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﺮق اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﯿﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬.‫اﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ‬
components can auto connect: : ‫اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
· Auto Connect on Drop: When you ‫ ﻋﻨﺪ وﺿﻊ ﻣﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ‬:‫اﻧﺨﻔﺎض اﻟﺮﺑﻂ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
63
www.maktbah.net
place a component from the Component
Library in the Main layout, the input
port of the component connects
automatically to the nearest output port
of another component.
· Auto Connect on Move: When you
move a component in the Main layout,
the input port of the component connects
automatically to the nearest output port
of another component.
Turning the Auto connect feature off
and on
To turn the Auto connect feature off
and on, perform the following
procedure.
Step Action
1- To turn the Auto connect feature off,
click the active Auto Connect on Drop
button and the Auto Connect on Move
button on the Layout Operations
toolbar.
The buttons are inactive (see Figure 14)
and the components no longer connect
automatically to each other.
Figure 14 Inactive Auto connect buttons
2-To turn the auto connect feature back
on, click the inactive Auto Connect on
Drop button and the Auto Connect on
Move button on the Layout Operations
toolbar.
The buttons are active (see Figure 15)
and the components connect
automatically to each other.
64
‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ وﻣﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﯾﺮﺑﻂ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ إﻟﻰ أﻗﺮب ﻣﻨﻔﺬ إﺧﺮاج ﻣﻜﻮن‬
. ‫آﺧﺮ‬
‫ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ‬: ‫اﻟﺮﺑﻂ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ وﻣﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﯾﺮﺑﻂ‬
. ‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ إﻟﻰ أﻗﺮب ﻣﻨﻔﺬ إﺧﺮاج ﻣﻜﻮن آﺧﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﯾﻞ وﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﻣﯿﺰة اﻟﺮﺑﻂ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ ﻧﻔﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء‬، ‫ﻟﺖﺣﻮﯾﻞ وﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﻣﯿﺰة اﻟﺮﺑﻂ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
.‫اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮه اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ اﻧﻘﺮ‬،‫ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﻣﯿﺰة اﻟﺮﺑﻂ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻌﯿﺪ‬-1
‫ﻓﻮق زر اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎض اﻟﺘﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ وﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﺮﺑﻂ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬
.‫ﺷﺮﯾﻂ أدوات ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎت اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫( وﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﻟﻢ‬14 ‫اﻷزرار ﻏﯿﺮ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
.‫ﯾﻌﺪ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ إﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﻀﮭﺎ اﻟﺒﻌﺾ‬
‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق‬،‫ﻟﺘﺤﻮﯾﻞ ﻣﯿﺰة اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‬
‫زر ﻋﺪم ﺗﻔﻌﯿﻞ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ و ﻋﻠﻰ زر ﻋﺪم‬
‫اﻟﺮﺑﻂ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ أي ﻋﻠﻰ زر ﺷﺮﯾﻂ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻷدوات‬
.‫ﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿﺎت اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫( وﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬15 ‫اﻷزرار اﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ إﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﻀﮭﺎ اﻟﺒﻌﺾ‬
www.maktbah.net

Figure 15 Active Auto connect buttons

Layout properties ‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬

Accessing the layout properties
You can access the project layout
properties by several methods:
Step Action
1- In the Project Browser, right-click on
the layout name (see Figure 16).
The Project Browser context menu
appears.
2- Select Properties.
The Layout Properties dialog appears
(see Figure 19).
Figure 16 Project Browser - Layout name > Properties selection
‫اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ﻣﻦ‬
: ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻋﺪة طﺮق‬
‫اﺟﺮاء ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر اﻟﻤﺎوس‬،‫ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬-1
.(16 ‫اﻷﯾﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﺳﻢ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺴﯿﺎق ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
.‫ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻻﺧﺘﯿﺎر‬-2
‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
.(19

65
www.maktbah.net

Or
Step Action ‫اﺟﺮاء اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
1- Right-click on the Main layout view. ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر اﻟﻤﺎوس اﻷﯾﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﮫ ﻋﺮض‬- 1
.‫اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ‬
2- Select Layout Properties (see
Figure 17). .(17 ‫ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬2 ‫ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬-2
The Layout Properties dialog box ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ )اﻧﻈﺮ‬
appears (see Figure 19) .(19 ‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

Figure 17 Context menu - Layout Properties selection

66
www.maktbah.net

Or
Action ‫اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
· From the Menu toolbar, select Layout < ‫ ﺣﺪد ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬، ‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ أدوات اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
> Properties (see Figure 18). .(18 ‫اﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

The Layout Properties dialog box ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ )اﻧﻈﺮ‬
appears (see Figure 19). .(19 ‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

Figure 18 Menu bar - Layout > Properties selection

67
www.maktbah.net

Figure 19 Layout Properties dialog box

Figure 19 Layout Properties dialog box

Name ‫أﺳﻢ‬
displays the name of the layout. ‫ﯾﻌﺮض اﺳﻢ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
Note: You can input the name of the ‫ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ إدﺧﺎل اﺳﻢ ﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﮭﺎ ھﻨﺎ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻆ ة‬
scripted layout here.
Author ‫ﻣﺆﻟﻒ‬
displays the name of the person who ‫ أو ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ‬/ ‫ﯾﻌﺮض اﺳﻢ اﻟﺸﺨﺺ اﻟﺬي ﻗﺎم ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء و‬
created and/or modified the layout. . ‫ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
Date ‫ﺗﺎرﯾﺦ‬
displays the date that the layout was .‫ ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻠﮭﺎ‬/ ‫ﯾﻌﺮض اﻟﺘﺎرﯾﺦ اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ إﻧﺸﺎؤه ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
created/modified. Use the arrow buttons . ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام أزرار اﻷﺳﮭﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﯿﻤﯿﻦ ﻟﺘﻐﯿﯿﺮ اﻟﺘﺎرﯾﺦ‬
on the right to change the date. The large .‫ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﺴﮭﻢ اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮ ﯾﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻮﯾﻢ‬
arrow button opens up a drop down
calendar.
Description ‫وﺻﻒ‬
allows you to enter a more elaborate ‫ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺈدﺧﺎل وﺻﻔﺎ أﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻔﺼﯿﻼ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
description of the current layout. ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬
Layout properties header ‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ رأس اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬
The layout properties can also be seen in ‫وﯾﻤﻜﻦ أﯾﻀﺎ أن ﺗﻨﻈﺮ إﻟﻰ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻓﻲ‬
the header at the top of the Main layout ‫اﻟﺮأس ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﻌﻠﻮي ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
view. . ‫اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ‬

Note: Layout properties cannot be . ‫ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﻌﺪل ھﻨﺎ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬

edited here.
68
www.maktbah.net

Figure 20 Layout properties header.

The current sweep iteration and the total
number of sweep iterations for the
layout are displayed at the far right side
of the Layout properties header.
Layout parameters
In addition to the generic properties, you
can assign specific parameters to a
project layout.
Accessing the layout parameters
To access the layout parameters,
perform one of the following actions.
‫ﯾﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﺗﻜﺮار اﻟﻤﺴﺢ )ﺗﻐﻄﯿﺔ( اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ وﻋﺪد ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻜﺮارات اﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺑﺤﺜﺎ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻓﻲ أﻗﺼﻰ‬
.‫اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻷﯾﺴﺮ ﻣﻦ رأس ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬،‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬
. ‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻣﺤﺪدة ﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
‫اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫ ﻧﻔﺬ أﺣﺪ اﻹﺟﺮاءات‬،‫ﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﯾﯿﺮ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ‬

Action
· Double-click in the Main layout view
The Layout Parameters dialog box
appears (see Figure 21).
Or
Action
On the Menu toolbar, select Layout >
Parameters.
The Layout Parameters dialog box
appears (see Figure 21).
The Layout Parameters dialog box is ‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﯾﺲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﮫ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﯾﺲ‬
similar to the Component Parameters ‫ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺠﻤﯿﻊ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺎت إﻟﻰ‬.‫اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار‬
dialog box. The parameters are grouped
into different categories for easy
reference.
You can switch between the categories
by selecting the category tabs. Within
these categories, there are several
different but related layout parameters.
Figure 21 shows the layout called
Layout 1 with five different parameter
categories:
· Simulation
· Signals
· Spatial effects
· Noise Signal tracing
‫ﻧﺸﺎط‬
.‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮا ﻣﺰدوﺟﺎ ﻓﻮق ﻋﺮض اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ‬
(‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﯾﺲ )ﻋﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﺘﻐﯿﯿﺮ‬
(21 ‫)اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ اﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ < اﻟﻤﻘﺎﯾﺲ‬، ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ أدوات اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﯾﺲ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
.(21
. ‫ﻓﺌﺎت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﮭﯿﻞ اﻟﺮﺟﻮع إﻟﯿﮭﺎ‬
‫ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﺘﺒﺪﯾﻞ ﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﻔﺌﺎت ﻋﻦ طﺮﯾﻖ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻋﻼﻣﺎت‬
‫ وھﻨﺎك اﻟﻌﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﻦ‬، ‫ ﺿﻤﻦ ھﺬه اﻟﻔﺌﺎت‬. ‫ﺗﺒﻮﯾﺐ اﻟﻔﺌﺔ‬
. ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ وﻟﻜﻨﮭﺎ ذات ﺻﻠﺔ‬
‫ ﻣﻊ ﺧﻤﺲ‬1 ‫ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﯾﺴﻤﻰ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬21 ‫وﯾﺒﯿﻦ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
: ‫ﻓﺌﺎت ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﻛﺎة‬
‫إﺷﺎرات‬
‫ﻟﻶﺛﺎر اﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﯿﺔ‬
· ‫ﺗﺘﺒﻊ اﺷﺎرة اﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء‬

69
www.maktbah.net

Figure 21 Layout Parameters dialog box

Layout Parameters dialog box ‫ﺗﺼﻤﯿﻢ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﯾﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار‬

Table 1 shows describes the information ‫ اﻟﺬي ﯾﺼﻒ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬1 ‫ﯾﺒﯿﻦ اﻟﺠﺪول‬
found in the Layout Parameters dialog . ‫اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار‬
box.
Table 1 Description of columns in the ‫ ﯾﺼﻒ اﻷﻋﻤﺪة ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬1 ‫اﻟﺠﺪول‬
Layout Parameters dialog box ‫اﻟﻤﻘﺎﯾﺲ‬

Column Description
‫ﻋﻣود‬ ‫اﻟوﺻف‬

Displays the layout's parameter names. This is a read-only column and

Name
cannot be changed.
‫اﻻﺳم‬
.‫ﯾﻌرض ﺗﺧطﯾط أﺳﻣﺎء اﻟﻣﻘﺎﯾﯾس ھذا ﻋﻣود ﻟﻠﻘراءة ﻓﻘط وﻻ ﯾﻣﻛن ﺗﻐﯾﯾرھﺎ‬

Displays the value of the parameters. You can edit the value of the
Value
parameters from this column.
‫اﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ‬
.‫ ﯾﻣﻛﻧك ﺗﻌدﯾل ﻗﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻠﻣﺎت ﻣن ھذا اﻟﻌﻣود‬.‫ﯾﻌرض ﻗﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻘﺎﯾس‬

70
www.maktbah.net

Units Displays the units available for each parameter.

‫اﻟوﺣدات‬ .‫ﯾﻌرض اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﻣﺗوﻓرة ﻟﻛل ﻣﻘﯾﺎس‬

Indicates what mode the parameter is in. The Mode option is limited in
the Layout Parameters window since these settings are created by the
system. For this reason, you cannot change the Mode of the
parameters.
Mode ‫ﯾﺷﯾر اﻟﻰ وﺿﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﻌﻠﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﻓﯾﮭﺎ ﺧﯾﺎر اﻟوﺿﻊ وﯾﻘﺗﺻر ھذا ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻓذة ﺗﺧطﯾط‬
‫اﻟطرﯾﻘﺔ‬ ‫ وﻻ ﯾﻣﻛن ﺗﻐﯾﯾر اﻟوﺿﻊ ﻣن‬،‫ ﻟﮭذا اﻟﺳﺑب‬.‫اﻟﻣﻌﻠﻣﺎت وﯾﺗم إﻧﺷﺎء ھذه اﻹﻋدادات ﻣن ﻗﺑل اﻟﻧظﺎم‬
.‫اﻟﻣﻌﻠﻣﺎت‬
You can choose between Normal and Sweep when you create a new
layout parameter.
. ‫ﯾﻣﻛﻧك اﻻﺧﺗﯾﺎر ﺑﯾن اﻟﻘﯾﺎﺳﻲ واﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﻋﻧد إﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﻘﯾﺎس ﺗﺧطﯾط ﺟدﯾدة‬

Changing the value of a parameter ‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻗﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬

To change the value of a parameter,
complete the following procedure.
Step Action
1- Click in the Value column beside the
parameter that you want to change.
2- Enter the new value.
3- Click OK.
Note: If you enter an invalid value, the
Value column beside the parameter that
you are changing turns red when you
click OK. The status box indicates that
the value is invalid, and a range of
possible valid values appears.
Changing the unit of a parameter
To change the unit of a parameter,
perform the following procedure.
. ‫ إﻛﻤﻞ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬، ‫ﻟﺘﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻗﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻮد اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﯾﺪ‬- 1
. ‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮھﺎ‬
. ‫ أدﺧﻞ اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﺪﯾﺪة‬-2
. ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ‬-3
‫ ﻋﻤﻮد‬،‫ إذا ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈدﺧﺎل ﻗﯿﻤﺔ ﻏﯿﺮ ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺔ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس اﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﯾﺼﺒﺢ‬
‫ ﯾﺸﯿﺮ اﻟﻤﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ أن‬. ‫أﺣﻤﺮا ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ‬
‫ وﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﯿﻢ‬، ‫اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ ﻏﯿﺮ ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ وﺣﺪة اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬
. ‫ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬، ‫ﻟﺘﻐﯿﯿﺮ وﺣﺪة اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺔ‬

Step Action ‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

1- Click in the Unit column beside the ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻮد اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﯾﺪ‬-1
parameter that you want to change. . ‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮھﺎ‬

If there are other units available, they ‫ وﺳﻮف ﯾﺘﻢ‬، ‫إذا ﻛﺎن ھﻨﺎك وﺣﺪات أﺧﺮى ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ‬
will be shown in a drop-down menu . ‫ﻋﺮﺿﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ‬
2- To select a unit, click on the unit name ‫ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‬، ‫ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‬- 2
in the drop-down menu. . ‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ‬

3- Press Enter. . Enter ‫ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح‬- 3

71
www.maktbah.net

After you press Enter, the number in the ‫ اﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻮد ﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ‬، Enter ‫ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
Value column recalculates . ‫إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺤﺴﺎب ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ وﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﮫ‬
automatically to display the appropriate
value.
Note: The available units vary according ‫ إذا‬. ‫ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﻮﺣﺪات اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﯾﺲ‬: ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
to the parameter. If there is only one ‫ ﻓﺈﻧﻚ ﻟﻦ‬، ‫ﻛﺎن ھﻨﺎك وﺣﺪة واﺣﺪة ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﯿﺎس‬
unit available for a parameter, you will . ‫ﺗﺮى أي ﺧﯿﺎرات ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻮد اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‬
not see any options when you click in
the Unit column

Adding new parameters to the layout ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﯾﯿﺮ ﺟﺪﯾﺪة ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬

OptiSystem allows you to enter
additional project layout parameters in
the Layout Parameters dialog box (see
Figure 22).
Once you add a new parameter to the
layout, it becomes a top-level parameter.
You can then use it for scripting by any
of the components within the layout.
You can add new parameters under any
of the Layout Parameter categories. As
an option, you can also add a category
tab for new parameters. Table 2
describes the Layout Parameter
categories.
‫ ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺈدﺧﺎل ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﯾﺲ‬OptiSystem
‫ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار وﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﯾﺲ‬
.(22 ‫)اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
،‫ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻘﯿﺎس ﺟﺪﯾﺪ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫ ﺛﻢ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬.‫ﯾﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﻘﯿﺎس ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﻋﺎل‬
‫ذﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ أي ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت داﺧﻞ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﯾﯿﺮ ﺟﺪﯾﺪة ﺗﺤﺖ أي ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﺌﺎت‬
‫ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ أﯾﻀﺎ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬،‫ ﻛﺨﯿﺎر‬. ‫ﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﯾﺲ‬
‫ ﻓﺌﺎت‬2 ‫ ﯾﺼﻒ اﻟﺠﺪول‬.‫ﺗﺒﻮﯾﺐ اﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﯾﺲ ﺟﺪﯾﺪة‬
. ‫ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس‬

Figure 22 Add Parameter dialog box

72
www.maktbah.net

Table 2 Layout Parameter categories

Category Description
‫اﻟﻔﺋﺔ‬ ‫اﻟوﺻف‬

Name The name of the parameter.

‫اﻷﺳم‬

You can select from the following parameter types.

· floating (e.g. 3.21)

Type · integer (e.g. 8)
‫اﻟﻧوع‬ · boolean (e.g. ON/OFF)
· string-filename (e.g. "c:\myfile.txt")
· string-regular (e.g. "Hello")
· choice

Category Allows you to choose from Simulation, Signals and Noise.

‫اﻟﻔﺋﺔ‬

The minimum value of the parameter.

Minimum value
‫اﻟﺣد اﻷدﻧﻰ ﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻘﯾﺎس‬
‫ﻗﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﺣد اﻷدﻧﻰ‬

The maximum value of the parameter.

‫اﻟﺣد اﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻘﯾﺎس‬

Maximum value Note: OptiSystem will not allow you to set either the
‫اﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﻘﺻوى‬ Minimum or Maximum values outside the valid range of the
parameter.
‫ ﺳوف ﻻ ﯾﺳﻣﺢ ﻟك ﺑﺗﻌﯾﯾن أي اﻟﺣد اﻷدﻧﻰ أو اﻟﻘﯾم‬OptiSystem :‫ﻣﻼﺣظﺔ‬
. ‫اﻟﻘﺻوى ﺧﺎرج اﻟﻧطﺎق اﻟﺻﺎﻟﺢ اﻟﻣﻘﯾﺎس‬

The default value of the parameter. The Current value must

Current value fall between the Minimum and Maximum values.
‫اﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﺣﺎﻟﯾﺔ‬ ‫ ﯾﺟب أن ﺗﻘﻊ اﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﺣﺎﻟﯾﺔ ﺑﯾن اﻟﺣدﯾن اﻷدﻧﻰ‬. ‫اﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ اﻻﻓﺗراﺿﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻘﯾﺎس‬
. ‫واﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬

User-created parameters can only have one unit. OptiSystem

does not allow changing between different units for user-
Units created parameters.
‫اﻟوﺣدات‬ . ‫ ﻣﻣﻛن اﻧﺷﺎء اﻟﻣﻘﺎﯾس ﺑﺣﯾث ﯾﻛون وﺣدة واﺣدة ﻓﻘط‬- ‫اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدم‬
Note: OptiSystem does not allow you to edit the OptiSystem
system parameters.
73
www.maktbah.net
. ‫ﻻ ﯾﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺗﺧدم اﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺗﻐﯾرة ﺑﯾن وﺣدات ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻘﺎﯾس‬
Choice list Displays a list of choices.
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻻﺧﺗﯾﺎر‬ ‫اﻟﺧﯾﺎرات‬
Accessing a new layout parameter for
scripting
To access a new layout parameter for
scripting, perform the following
procedure.
Note: The new layout parameter created
for this example is called
NewLayoutParameter. The component
used is the CW Laser Measured, and
the parameter is Convert noise bins.
Step Action
1- Double-click on the CW Laser
Measured component in the Main
layout.
2-Select Script from the Mode column
of the parameter you want to change.
3- Press Enter
4- Click the button in the Value
column of the Convert noise bins
parameter.
5- Select Insert Layout Parameter.
The drop-down menu of available layout
parameters appears.
6-Select NewLayoutParameter.
NewLayoutParameter appears in the
VBScriptExpression field
(see Figure 21).
7- Click Evaluate.
The results of the script evaluation
appears in the Output box in the
Parameter Script Editor dialog (see
Figure 23).
74
‫ﯾﻌرض ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻣن‬
‫اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس ﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﺟﺪﯾﺪة ﻟﻠﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔ‬
‫ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ‬،‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﯿﺎس ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﺟﺪﯾﺪة ﻟﻠﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔ‬
.‫اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ ﯾﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﺟﺪﯾﺪة ﺗﻢ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
.New Layout Parameter ‫إﻧﺸﺎؤھﺎ ﻟﮭﺬا اﻟﻤﺜﺎل‬
‫ واﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس‬، ‫ ﻗﯿﺎس‬CW ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ھﻮ ﻟﯿﺰر‬
. ‫ھﻮ ﺗﺤﻮﯾﻞ ﺻﻨﺎدﯾﻖ اﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ ﻟﻠﯿﺰر‬CW ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮا ﻣﺰدوﺟﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻗﯿﺎس‬-1
. ‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ‬
‫ ﺣﺪد اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻮد وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﯾﺪ‬-2
.‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮھﺎ‬
.Enter ‫ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح‬-3
‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق زر ﻗﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻮد اﻟﺬي ﯾﺤﻮي‬-4
.‫ﺻﻨﺎدﯾﻖ اﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء‬
. ‫ ﺣﺪد إدراج ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس‬-5
.‫ﺗﻈﮭﺮ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﯾﺲ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﺘﺎح‬
.NewLayoutParameter ‫ اﺧﺘﺮ‬-6
‫ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎل‬NewLayoutParameter ‫ﯾﺒﺪو‬
.(21 ‫ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬VBScriptExpression
. ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﺗﻘﯿﯿﻢ‬-7
‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺗﻘﯿﯿﻢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻧﺼﻲ ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻮار اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس ﻣﺤﺮر اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻨﺼﯿﺔ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
.(23
www.maktbah.net

Figure 23 Parameter Script Editor dialog box

8- Click OK. .‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ‬-8

The Component Properties dialog .‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻤﻜﻮن‬
appears.

9-Click Evaluate Script.

The value of the new parameter displays .‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﺗﻘﯿﯿﻢ اﻟﻨﺺ‬- 9
at the bottom of the Component ‫ﯾﻌﺮض ﻗﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس اﻟﺠﺪﯾﺪة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ‬
Properties window (see Figure 24). .(24 ‫ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻤﻜﻮن )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

Figure 24 Scripted parameter-Component dialog

75
www.maktbah.net

Removing new parameters from the ‫ازاﻟﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﯾﯿﺮ ﺟﺪﯾﺪة ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬

layout
To remove new parameters that you ‫ﻹزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﯾﺲ اﻟﺠﺪﯾﺪة اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺋﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
have created in the Layout Parameters . ‫ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫اﻟﺤﻮار ﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺎت‬
dialog box, perform the following
procedure.

Note: You cannot remove system . ‫ ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ إزاﻟﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﯾﺲ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬

parameters.

Step Action ‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

1- In the Layout Parameters dialog ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق‬، ‫ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﯾﺲ‬-1
box, click in the Value column beside ‫ﻋﻤﻮد اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﯾﺪ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮھﺎ‬
the parameter that you want to change.

2 -Click Remove Par. . ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى ﻓﻮق إزاﻟﺔ‬-2

The parameter is removed. . ‫ﺗﺘﻢ إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس‬

Editing existing parameters in the ‫ﺗﺤﺮﯾﺮ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼت اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬

layout
To edit the parameters that you create in ‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﯾﻞ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﯾﺲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺋﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار‬
the Layout Parameters dialog box, .‫ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬، ‫ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﯾﺲ‬
perform the following procedure.

Step Action ‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

1- In the Layout Parameters dialog
box, click in the Value column beside ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق‬، ‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﯾﺲ‬- 1
the parameter that you want to change. .‫ﻋﻤﻮد اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﯾﺪ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮھﺎ‬

2- Click Edit Param. . ‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﺗﺤﺮﯾﺮ اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس‬- 2

The Edit Parameters dialog appears. . ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﺗﺤﺮﯾﺮ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﯾﺲ‬
Note: For more information about the ‫ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﯾﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺣﻮل‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
parameter categories. ‫اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس‬
‫س‬ ‫ﻓﺌﺎت‬

Note: The OptiSystem system ‫ ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ‬OptiSystem ‫ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﻤﻘﺎﯾﺲ‬: ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬

parameters cannot be edited. If you ‫ ﺳﻮف ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬،‫ إذا ﺣﺎوﻟﺖ اﻟﻘﯿﺎم ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬.‫ﺗﺤﺮﯾﺮھﺎ‬
attempt to do so, the Edit Parameter (‫ﺣﻮار ﺗﺤﺮﯾﺮ اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس ﻣﻊ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻت )اﻟﻤﯿﺎدﯾﻦ‬
dialog box will appear with all fields .(26 ‫ﻟﻠﻘﺮاءة ﻓﻘﻂ )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
read-only (see Figure 26).
76
www.maktbah.net

Figure 25 Edit Parameter dialog box

Figure 26 Edit system parameters dialog box

Adding a project layout ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬

To create a new blank project layout, ‫ ﻋﻠﯿﻚ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ‬،‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﺟﺪﯾﺪ ﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ﻓﺎرغ‬
perform the following action. . ‫اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
77
www.maktbah.net
Action
· Click the Add Layout button on the
Layout toolbar.
A new blank layout is created. The new
layout is added to the list of layouts in
the projects shown in the Project
Browser (see Figure 27).
Figure 27 Project browser- added layout
Deleting a project layout
To delete a project layout, one of the
following actions.
Note: There must be at least one layout
in a project; you cannot delete all the
layouts in a project. This operation
cannot be undone.
Step Action
1- In the Project Browser, select the
layout and click the Delete Layout
button on the Layout toolbar.
A warning dialog appears (see
Figure 29).
2-Click Yes.
The selected layout is deleted. The
layout is removed from the list of layouts ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻄﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﯾﻊ ھﻮ ﻣﺒﯿﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫· اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق زر إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ أدوات‬
. ‫اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫ ﯾﺘﻢ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﺟﺪﯾﺪ‬.‫ﯾﺘﻢ إﻧﺸﺎء ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﺟﺪﯾﺪ ﻓﺎرغ‬
‫إﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻄﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﯾﻊ ھﻮ ﻣﺒﯿﻦ ﻓﻲ‬
.(27 ‫ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
‫ﺣﺬف ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
‫ طﺒﻖ واﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻹﺟﺮاءات‬،‫ﻟﺤﺬف ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
.‫اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ‬
‫ ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﯾﻜﻮن ھﻨﺎك ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ واﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫اﻷﻗﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع؛ ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﺬف ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻟﺘﺼﺎﻣﯿﻢ‬
.‫ ھﺬه اﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿﺔ ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺘﺮاﺟﻊ ﻋﻨﮭﺎ‬.‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ﺣﺪد اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ واﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬-1
.‫زر ﺣﺬف اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ أدوات اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
.(29 ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار ﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
.‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﻧﻌﻢ‬-2
‫ ﺗﺘﻢ إزاﻟﺔ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻣﻦ‬.‫ﯾﺘﻢ ﺣﺬف اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‬
78
www.maktbah.net

in the projects shown in the Project .‫اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬

Browser.

OR
Step Action
1- Right-click on the Project Browser.
2 -Select Delete Layout (see Figure 28).
A warning dialog appears (see
Figure 29).
3 -Click Yes.
The selected layout is deleted. The
layout is removed from the list of layouts
in the projects shown in the Project
Browser.
‫اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺧﻄﻮة‬
.‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر اﻟﻤﺎوس اﻷﯾﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬-1
.(28 ‫ اﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺬف ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬-2
.(29 ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار ﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
.‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﻧﻌﻢ‬-3
‫ ﺗﺘﻢ إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻣﻦ‬.‫ﯾﺘﻢ ﺣﺬف اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻄﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﯾﻊ اﻟﺬي ھﻮ ﻣﺒﯿﻦ ﻓﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬

Figure 28 Project Browser context menu

79
www.maktbah.net
Figure 29 Delete Current Layout - warning dialog
Duplicating a layout
To duplicate a project layout, perform
the following action.
Action
In the Project Browser, select the
project layout, then click the Duplicate
Layout button on the Layout toolbar.
The selected layout is duplicated. The
new layout is added to the list of layouts
in the projects shown in the Project
Browser (see Figure 31).
Note: The new layout is a copy of all
components, parameters, views, and
results from the selected layout.
OR
Step Action
1- Right-click on the Project Browser.
2-Select Duplicate Layout (see
Figure 30).
The selected layout is duplicated. The
new layout is added to the list of layouts
in the projects shown in the Project
Browser (see Figure 31).
Note: The new layout is a copy of all
components, parameters, views, and
results from the selected layout.
80
‫ﺗﻜﺮار ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
.‫ ﻋﻠﯿﻚ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ﻟﺘﻜﺮار ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ‬،‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ﺣﺪد ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
.‫ﻓﻮق زر ﺗﻜﺮار اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ أدوات اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫ ﯾﺘﻢ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﺟﺪﯾﺪ إﻟﻰ‬.‫ﺗﺘﻜﺮر اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻄﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﯾﻊ ھﻮ ﻣﺒﯿﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬
.(31 ‫اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﯿﻢ اﻟﺠﺪﯾﺪ ھﻮ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﯿﻊ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ واﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﻦ‬،‫ واﻟﻔﻜﺮة‬،‫ واﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺎت‬،‫اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬
.‫اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
.‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر اﻟﻤﺎوس اﻷﯾﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬-1
.(30 ‫ ﺣﺪد ﺗﻜﺮار اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬- 2
‫ ﯾﺘﻢ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﺟﺪﯾﺪ‬.‫ﺗﺘﻜﺮر اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻄﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‬
‫إﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻄﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﯾﻊ وھﻮ ﻣﺒﯿﻦ ﻓﻲ‬
.(31 ‫ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﯿﻢ اﻟﺠﺪﯾﺪ ھﻮ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﯿﻊ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ واﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﻦ‬،‫ واﻟﻔﻜﺮة‬،‫ واﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺎت‬،‫اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬
.‫اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‬
www.maktbah.net

Figure 30 Project Browser context menu

Figure 31 Layout tab - duplicated layout

81
www.maktbah.net
Selecting multiple components
To select multiple components,
perform the following procedure.
3-Click on a component.
The component is highlighted.
4-Press the Shift key, hold it, and
select another component.
The components are linked together
in a selection box (see Figure 32).
5-To release the selection, click
outside the selection box in the Main
layout.
Or
Step Action
1- Click in the Main layout.
2-Drag the rubber band selection over all
the desired components.
3-Release the mouse.
All the components within the band are
linked together in a selection box
(see Figure 32).
4-To release the selection, click outside
the selection box in the Main layout.
Figure 32 Selecting multiple components
Duplicating components
To duplicate components using the
layout tool, perform the following
procedure.
‫اﺧﺘﯿﺎر ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة‬
. ‫ ﻧﻔﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬، ‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة‬
. ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‬3
‫وﺣﺪد ﻋﻨﺼﺮ اﺧﺮ‬
‫ وﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﻜﻮن‬،‫ ﻷﻧﮫ ﯾﺮﺑﻂ‬، Shift ‫ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح‬4
.‫آﺧﺮ‬
‫وﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﻣﻌﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﺧﺘﯿﺎر )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
.(32
‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﺧﺎرج ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬،‫ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﯾﺮ اﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ‬5
. ‫اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮه اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
. ‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ‬- 1
‫ اﺳﺤﺐ اﻟﻤﻤﺤﺎة اﺧﺘﯿﺎر ااﻟﺸﺮﯾﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﯿﻊ‬-2
. ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‬
. ‫اﻻﻓﺮاج ﻋﻦ اﻟﻤﺎوس‬- 3
‫وﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت داﺧﻞ اﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﻣﻌﺎ ُ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
.(32 ‫اﺧﺘﯿﺎر )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﺧﺎرج ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻓﻲ‬، ‫ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﯾﺮ اﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ‬-4
. ‫اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺮار اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬
‫ ﻋﻠﯿﻚ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ‬، ‫ﻟﺘﻜﺮار اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام أداة اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
. ‫اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
82
www.maktbah.net
Step Action
1- Press Ctrl and click on a component.
2-Drag the component to another
position in the layout.
The duplicated component contains all
the same properties as the initial
component
Connecting components manually
The only connectable ports are those
which have the same type of signal
being transferred between them.
The exception to this rule is the ports
that can be added to a sub-system and
certain components in the library that
have ports, which support any type of
signal (for example, Forks).
Note: You can only connect output to
input ports and vice versa.
Figure 33 Rubber Band cursor
The rubber band cursor appears when
you place the cursor over a port.
To connect components using the layout
tool, perform the following procedure.
Step Action
1- Place the cursor over the initial port.
The cursor changes to the rubber band
cursor (chain link) (see Figure 33).
A tool tip appears that indicates the type
of signal that is available on this port
(see Figure 34).
2- Click and drag to the port to be
connected.
The ports are connected.
83
‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
. ‫ واﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬Ctrl ‫ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬- 1
.‫ اﺳﺤﺐ اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ إﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ آﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬-2
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ اﻟﺬي ﺗﺘﻜﺮر ﯾﺤﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬
. ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ھﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻜﻮن اﻷول‬
‫اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﺑﻂ ﯾﺪوﯾﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ اﻟﻮﺣﯿﺪة ھﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﺪﯾﮭﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻨﻮع‬
. ‫ﻣﻦ اﻹﺷﺎرات اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﺠﺮي اﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﯿﻨﮭﻤﺎ‬
‫واﻻﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ﻟﮭﺬه اﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪة ھﻮ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن‬
‫ﺗﻀﺎف إﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم ﻓﺮﻋﻲ وﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ‬
‫ واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ أي ﻧﻮع ﻣﻦ إﺷﺎرة‬، ‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﺪﯾﮭﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ‬
. (‫ ﻓﻮرﻛﺲ‬،‫)ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل‬
‫ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻓﻘﻂ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل و اﻹﺧﺮاج إﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
. ‫اﻹدﺧﺎل واﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ‬
‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻟﻤﻤﺤﺎة ﻋﻨﺪ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻓﻮق‬
.‫اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ‬
‫ﻹﯾﺼﺎل اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﮭﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام أداة اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
. ‫ ﻧﻔﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬،
‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
. ‫ ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ اﻷوﻟﻲ‬- 1
‫ﯾﺘﻐﯿﺮ اﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻟﻤﻤﺤﺎة )وﺻﻠﺔ‬
.(33 ‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ او رﺑﻂ اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس اﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ( )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻈﮭﺮ اداة اﻟﺘﻠﻤﯿﺢ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﯿﺮ إﻟﻰ ﻧﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻹﺷﺎرات‬
.(34 ‫اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﻋﻠﻰ ھﺬا اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
. ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ واﺳﺤﺐ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﻤﺮاد ﺗﻮﺻﯿﻠﺔ‬- 2
. ‫ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ‬
www.maktbah.net

Figure 34 Connecting components symbol

Figure 35 Connecting ports

Selecting links ‫اﺧﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﺮواﺑﻂ‬

To select a link between components,
perform the following procedure.
Action
Click on the link in the layout.
The link changes from its existing color
to a red solid line (see Figure 36).
Note: There can only be one link
selected at a time.
‫ ﻧﻔﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬، ‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ وﺟﻮد ﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ‬
. ‫· اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮاﺑﻂ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮات اﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮن اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ إﻟﻰ ﺧﻂ أﺣﻤﺮ‬
.(36 ‫اﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﯾﻜﻮن ھﻨﺎك إﻻ راﺑﻂ واﺣﺪة‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
. ‫ﻣﺨﺘﺎرة ﻓﻲ وﻗﺖ واﺣﺪ‬

Figure 36 Selecting links

84
www.maktbah.net
Deleting links
To delete a link between components,
perform the following procedure.
Action
· Right-click on the link in the layout
and press Delete.
The link is deleted.
Non-compatible connections
If you try to link two non-compatible
ports, a special icon appears, and no
operation is performed (see Figure 37).
Figure 37 Non-compatible ports icon
Multiple visualizers connected to a
port
Normally, multiple connections cannot
be made from the same port to different
components. However, if a monitor has
been installed on a port, multiple
connections can be made to visualizers
(see Figure 38).
If you try to delete a monitor that has
visualizers connected to it, a warning is
displayed (see Figure 39).
Figure 38 Port with multiple visualizers
85
‫ﺣﺬف اﻟﺮواﺑﻂ‬
.‫ ﻧﻔﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬، ‫ﻟﺤﺬف اﻻرﺗﺒﺎط ﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫· اﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر اﻟﻤﺎوس اﻷﯾﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮاﺑﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
. ‫واﺿﻐﻂ ﺣﺬف‬
. ‫ﺗﻢ ﺣﺬف اﻟﺮاﺑﻂ‬
‫اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻟﻐﯿﺮ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﮫ‬
‫ ﯾﻈﮭﺮ‬،‫إذا ﺣﺎوﻟﺖ رﺑﻂ اﺛﻨﯿﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ‬
.(37 ‫ وﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ أي ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺔ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬،‫رﻣﺰ ﺧﺎص‬
‫ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﻘﯿﺎس اﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪد اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﻣﺘﺨﯿﻠﻮن‬
‫ اﻟﻮﺻﻼت اﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪدة ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ‬،‫ﻋﺎدة‬
‫ إذا ﺗﻢ‬،‫ وﻣﻊ ذﻟﻚ‬.‫ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ وﯾﻤﻜﻦ إﺟﺮاء اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬،‫ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ ﺟﮭﺎز ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ‬
.(38 ‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة إﻟﻰ اﺟﮭﺰة اﻟﻘﯿﺎس )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫إذا ﺣﺎوﻟﺖ ﺣﺬف اﻟﻤﺮاﻗﺐ واﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﮭﺎ اﺟﮭﺰة ﻗﯿﺎس‬
.(39 ‫ ﯾﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬،‫ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﮫ‬
www.maktbah.net

Figure 39 Visualizer disconnection dialog box

Modifying port properties ‫ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ‬

To modify the properties of a port, .‫ ﻧﻔﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﯾﻞ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ‬
perform the following procedure.
Step Action ‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
1- Select the Layout tool, move the tool ‫ ﻧﻘﻞ أداة ﻋﺒﺮ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ واﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر‬،‫ ﺣﺪد أداة اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬- 1
over the port and right-click. .‫اﻟﻤﺎوس اﻷﯾﻤﻦ‬
The Layout context menu appears. .‫ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺳﯿﺎق ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
2- Select Port Properties. .‫ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ‬-2
The Port Properties dialog box appears ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
(see Figure 40). .(40

3- Modify the port properties. .‫ ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ‬-3

4- Click OK. .‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ‬-4

Figure 40 Port Properties dialog box

86
www.maktbah.net
Signal
Indicates the type of signal port.
Location
Top:
positions the port at the top of the
layout.
Edge: Left, Right, Bottom
positions the port on the edge of the
layout you select.
Position:
type or use the slide bar to specify the
exact location position of the port.
Label
enter a customized port label.
Drawing a Rectangle in the layout
The component selection feature is more
effective when used in collaboration
with the rectangle tool.
To select components in a layout using
the rectangle tool, perform the following
procedure.
Step Action
1- On the Draw Objects toolbar, select
the rectangle tool.
2- Draw a rectangle over the
components you wish to select (see
Figure 41).
Figure 41 Rectangle Tool - selected components
87
‫إﺷﺎرة‬
.‫ﯾﺸﯿﺮ إﻟﻰ ﻧﻮع ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ اﻹﺷﺎرة‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬
:‫أﻋﻠﻰ‬
.‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﻌﻠﻮي ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫ أﺳﻔﻞ‬،‫ ﯾﻤﯿﻦ‬،‫ ﯾﺴﺎر‬:‫ﺣﺎﻓﺔ‬
.‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺬي ﺗﺤﺪده‬
:‫ﻣﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫اﻛﺘﺐ أو اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻟﺸﺮﯾﺤﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬
.‫اﻟﺪﻗﯿﻖ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻔﺬ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺼﻖ‬
.‫إدﺧﺎل ﺗﺴﻤﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﻄﻠﺐ‬
‫رﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﯿﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫ﻣﯿﺰة اﺧﺘﯿﺎر ﻋﻨﺼﺮ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﮭﺎ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻻﺷﺘﺮاك ﻣﻊ أداة ﻣﺴﺘﻄﯿﻞ‬
،‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام أداة اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﯿﻞ‬
.‫ﻧﻔﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺧﻄﻮة‬
‫ ﺣﺪد أداة‬،‫ ﻣﻦ رﺳﻢ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎت ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻷدوات‬- 1
.‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﯿﻞ‬
‫ رﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﯿﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ‬- 2
.(41 ‫ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪھﺎ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
www.maktbah.net
3- Select the Layout tool on the Layout
Tools toolbar.
4- Click on the rectangle outline
The rectangle is highlighted (see
Figure 42).
Figure 42 Rectangle Tool - highlighted components
5-Double-click inside the rectangle
The Rectangle Properties dialog box
appears (see Figure 43).
Figure 43 Rectangle properties dialog box
6-Click on the Change color button (see
Figure 43).
The Color properties dialog box
appears.
7- Select a color, and click OK.
The Color properties dialog box closes.
8- Select Fill rectangle.
9- Click OK.
88
.‫ ﺣﺪد أداة اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ أدوات اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬-3
‫ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺨﻄﻂ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﯿﻞ‬-4
(42 ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﯿﻞ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮا ﻣﺰدوﺟﺎ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﯿﻞ‬-5
‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﯿﻞ )اﻧﻈﺮ‬
.(43 ‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
.(43 ‫ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ اﻟﻠﻮن )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬-6
.‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻠﻮن‬
.‫ ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ‬،‫ ﺣﺪد ﻟﻮﻧﺎ‬-7
.‫إﻏﻼق ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻠﻮن‬
.‫ ﺣﺪد ﻣﻞء اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﯿﻞ‬-8
. ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ‬-9
www.maktbah.net

The rectangle is highlighted and ‫ واﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬،‫واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﻠﻮن‬

colored, and the components are not .‫اﻟﻐﯿﺮ ﻣﺮﺋﯿﺔ‬
visible.
10- Select the rectangle in the layout and ‫ ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﯿﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ واﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر اﻟﻤﺎوس‬-10
right-click. .‫اﻷﯾﻤﻦ‬
.‫ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
The Layout context menu appears.
11- Select To Back. .‫ﺣﺪد إﻟﻰ اﻟﺨﻠﻒ‬- 11
The components become visible inside ‫اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﺮﺋﯿﺔ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﻤﯿﺰ )اﻧﻈﺮ‬
the highlighted rectangle (see .(44 ‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
Figure 44).

Figure 44 Layout Order - highlighted

Drawing a circle in the layout ‫رﺳﻢ داﺋﺮة ﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬

To draw a circle in the layout, perform . ‫ ﻧﻔﯿﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬، ‫ﻟﺮﺳﻢ داﺋﺮة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
the following procedure.

Step Action ‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

1-On the Draw Objects toolbar, select ‫ ﺣﺪد أداة اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة‬، ‫ﻣﻦ رﺳﻢ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎت ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻷدوات‬- 1
the Circle tool. .

The cursor changes to a cross. . ‫ﯾﺘﻐﯿﺮ اﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺼﻠﯿﺐ‬

2-Move the cursor into the layout and ‫ﺣﺮك اﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ إﻟﻰ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ ورﺳﻢ داﺋﺮة ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﺠﻢ‬- 2
draw a circle of the desired size. .‫اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب‬

89
www.maktbah.net
Figure 45 Layout - circle
3- Select the Layout tool on the Layout
Tools toolbar.
4- Double-click inside the circle.
The Circle Properties dialog box
appears (see Figure 46).
Figure 46 Circle Properties dialog box
Note: In this box, you can change the
properties as well as the fill color of the
circle.
Drawing a line in the layout
To draw a line in the layout, perform the
following procedure.
Step Action
1- On the Draw Objects toolbar, select
the Line Arrow tool.
2-Click in the layout and draw a line.
The line is created with an arrow head
(see Figure 47).
90
.‫ ﺣﺪد أداة اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ أدوات اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬-3
.‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮا ﻣﺰدوﺟ ًﺎ داﺧﻞ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة‬-4
‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة )اﻧﻈﺮ‬
.(46 ‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬،‫ ﻓﻲ ھﺬا اﻹطﺎر‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
. ‫وﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻮن اﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة‬
‫رﺳﻢ ﺧﻂ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
.‫ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺧﻂ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ ﺣﺪد أداة ﺧﻂ‬،‫ ﻣﻦ رﺳﻢ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎت ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻷدوات‬- 1
.‫اﻟﺴﮭﻢ‬
.‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ وارﺳﻢ اﻟﺨﻂ‬-2
.(47 ‫ﯾﺘﻢ إﻧﺸﺎء ﺧﻂ ﻣﻊ رأس اﻟﺴﮭﻢ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
www.maktbah.net
Figure 47 Layout - line
3- Select the Layout tool on the Layout
Tools toolbar.
4- Double-click on the line.
The Line Properties dialog box appears
(see Figure 48).
Figure 48 Line Properties dialog box
5- If you do not want an arrow head on
the line, clear the Draw Arrow Head
checkbox.
The arrow head is removed from the
line.
Adding text to the layout
To add text to the layout, perform the
following procedure.
Step Action
1- On the Draw Objects toolbar, select
the Draw Text Label tool.
The cursor becomes a cross.
2-Click in the layout.
The Label Properties dialog appears
(see Figure 49).
3- Type any text to be displayed on the
layout.
4- Click OK.
The text appears in the layout.
91
.‫ ﺣﺪد أداة ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ أدوات أدات اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬-3
.‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮا ﻣﺰدوﺟﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺨﻂ‬-4
‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﺨﻂ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
.(48
‫ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء‬،‫ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺮﯾﺪ رأس اﻟﺴﮭﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺨﻂ‬-5
.‫ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ اﺧﺘﯿﺎر رﺳﻢ رأس اﻟﺴﮭﻢ‬
‫إزاﻟﺔ رأس اﻟﺴﮭﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺨﻂ‬
‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﺺ إﻟﻰ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
.‫ ﻧﻔﯿﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﺺ إﻟﻰ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ ﺣﺪد أداة رﺳﻢ‬،‫ ﻣﻦ رﺳﻢ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎت ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻷدوات‬-1
.‫ﻧﺺ اﻟﺘﺴﻤﯿﺔ‬
.‫ﯾﺼﺒﺢ اﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ اﻟﺼﻠﯿﺐ‬
.‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬-2
‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﺘﺴﻤﯿﺔ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
.(49
‫ اﻛﺘﺐ أي ﻧﺺ ﻟﯿﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬-3
.‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ‬-4
.‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ اﻟﻨﺺ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
www.maktbah.net

Figure 49 Label Properties dialog box

Modifying the text in the layout ‫ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ اﻟﻨﺺ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬

To modify the text in the layout,
perform the following procedure.
Step Action
1 - On the Layout Tools toolbar, select
the Layout tool.
2- Double-click on the text in the layout.
The Label Properties dialog box
appears.
3- Click Font.
The Font dialog box appears (see
Figure 50).
4- Make font choices and click OK.
The font is changed in the layout.
.‫ ﻧﻔﯿﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﯾﻞ اﻟﻨﺺ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ ﺣﺪد أداة‬،‫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻷدوات أدوات اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬-1
.‫اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
.‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮا ﻣﺰدوﺟﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﺺ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬-2
.‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﺘﺴﻤﯿﺔ‬
.‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق اﻟﺨﻂ‬- 3
.(50 ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار اﻟﺨﻂ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
.‫ اﺧﺘﯿﺎرات اﻟﺨﻂ ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ‬-4
‫ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ اﻟﺨﻂ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬

Figure 50 Font dialog

92
www.maktbah.net
Drawing a Bitmap in the layout
To draw a bitmap in the layout, perform
the following procedure.
Step Action
1- Select the Draw Bitmap tool on the
Draw Objects toolbar.
2- Draw a rectangle in the layout where
you want to insert the bitmap.
The Open dialog box appears (see
Figure 51).
3- Select the file to insert (Jpeg,
Windows Bitmap, PC Exchange).
4- Click Open.
Figure 51 BitMap Image - Open dialog
Layout depth order
Sometimes, components are placed in
the same position in the Main layout
work area, a situation that can become
quite confusing if it is a particularly
complicated layout
93
‫رﺳﻢ ﺻﻮرة ﻧﻘﻄﯿﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫ ﻧﻔﯿﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء‬،‫ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺻﻮرة ﻧﻘﻄﯿﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
.‫اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ ﺣﺪد أداة رﺳﻢ اﻟﺼﻮرة اﻟﻨﻘﻄﯿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ رﺳﻢ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎت‬- 1
.‫ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻷدوات‬
‫ رﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﯿﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﺣﯿﺚ ﺗﺮﯾﺪ إدراج‬- 2
.‫اﻟﺼﻮرة اﻟﻨﻘﻄﯿﺔ‬
.(51 ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﻓﺘﺢ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
،‫ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة ﻧﻘﻄﯿﺔ‬، (Jpeg) ‫ ﺣﺪد ﻣﻠﻒ ﻹدراج‬- 3
.(PC ‫وﺗﺤﻮﯾﻞ‬
.‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﻓﺘﺢ‬- 4
‫طﻠﺐ ﻋﻤﻖ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫ ﯾﺘﻢ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ‬،‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻷﺣﯿﺎن‬
‫ اﻷﻣﺮ‬،‫اﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ ﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺬي ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻜﺔ ﺟﺪا إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻘﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎص‬
www.maktbah.net
Figure 52 Layout Depth Order
Choosing the layout depth order
position
There are several methods available to
determine the layout depth order
position.
To choose the layout depth order
position, perform one of the following
procedures.
Step Action
1- Select the component you wish move.
The component is highlighted.
2- Right-click on the component.
The layout context menu appears (see
Figure 53).
3- Select Back One or Forward One to
move the component or subsystem one
layer only in the layout. Select To Back
or To Forward to move the component
or subsystem to the back or front of the
layout.
94
‫اﺧﺘﯿﺎر طﻠﺐ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻋﻤﻖ‬
‫ھﻨﺎك اﻟﻌﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﺮق اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ طﻠﺐ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬
.‫ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻋﻤﻖ‬
‫ ﻧﻔﺬ أﺣﺪ‬، ‫ﻻﺧﺘﯿﺎر ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻋﻤﻖ‬
.‫اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮه اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
.‫ ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﻜﻮن اﻟﺬي ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﺨﻄﻮة ﻋﻠﯿﺔ‬-1
.‫ووﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
.‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر اﻟﻤﺎوس اﻷﯾﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬- 2
.(53 ‫ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻧﻤﻂ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ اﺧﺘﺮ واﺣﺪة اﻟﻰ اﻟﻮراء أو إﻟﻰ اﻷﻣﺎم واﺣﺪة ﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬-3
.‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮ أو طﺒﻘﺔ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ واﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫ﺣﺪد إﻟﻰ اﻟﺨﻠﻒ أو إﻟﻰ اﻷﻣﺎم ﻟﺘﺤﺮﯾﻚ اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ أو‬
.‫اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ أو اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
www.maktbah.net

Figure 53 Layout Depth Order-component context menu

Step Action ‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

1- Select Edit > Component (see .(54 ‫ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬1 ‫اﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺤﺮﯾﺮ < ﻣﻜﻮن‬-1
Figure 54).

2-Select Back One or Forward One to
move the component or subsystem one
layer only in the layout. Select To Back
or To Forward to move the component
or subsystem to the back or front of the
layout.
‫ ﺣﺪد واﺣﺪة اﻟﻰ اﻟﻮراء أو إﻟﻰ اﻷﻣﺎم واﺣﺪة ﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬- 2
‫ ﺣﺪد‬.‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮ أو طﺒﻘﺔ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ واﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫إﻟﻰ اﻟﺨﻠﻒ أو إﻟﻰ اﻷﻣﺎم ﻟﺘﺤﺮﯾﻚ اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ أو اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
.‫إﻟﻰ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ أو اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬

95
www.maktbah.net
Figure 54 Layout Depth Order - main menu access
Or
Step Action
1- On the Project Browser docker, select
Layout.
2- Select the component or subsystem in the
project layout list and right-click.
The layout context menu appears.
3- Select Back One or Forward One to
move the component or subsystem one
layer only in the layout. Select To Back or
To Forward to move the component or
subsystem to the back or front of the layout.
96
‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻤﯿﻞ ﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ﺣﺪد‬- 1
.‫ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫ ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﻜﻮن أو اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬-2
.‫ﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع واﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر اﻟﻤﺎوس اﻷﯾﻤﻦ‬
.‫ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺳﯿﺎق اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫اﺧﺘﺮ واﺣﺪة اﻟﻰ اﻟﻮراء أو إﻟﻰ اﻷﻣﺎم واﺣﺪة ﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬-3
‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮ أو طﺒﻘﺔ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم ﻓﺮﻋﻲ واﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ ﺣﺪد إﻟﻰ اﻟﺨﻠﻒ أو إﻟﻰ اﻷﻣﺎم ﻟﺘﺤﺮﯾﻚ‬.‫اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ أو اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ أو اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‬
.‫ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
www.maktbah.net
Figure 55 Layout Depth Order-Project Browser access
Subsystems
A subsystem simplifies the layout of the
components. A designated amount of
components can be in the layout, but by
grouping certain ones into subsystems,
you get a better overview of their
functionality within the system.
Creating a subsystem
To create a subsytem perform the
following procedure.
Step Action
1- Select the component(s) in the Main
layout view.
2- Right-click inside the selection box
around the components.
97
‫ﻓﺮﻋﯿﺔ‬
‫ وھﻨﺎك ﻛﻤﯿﺔ‬.‫واﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﯾﺒﺴﻂ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬
،‫ﻣﻌﯿﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﯾﻜﻮن ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
،‫وﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﺗﺠﻤﯿﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻨﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﯿﺔ‬
.‫وﺗﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺮة أﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ وظﺎﺋﻔﮭﺎ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬
‫إﻧﺸﺎء اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
.‫ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬subsytem ‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫( ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬S) ‫ ﺣﺪد اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬-1
.‫اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ‬
‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر اﻟﻤﺎوس اﻷﯾﻤﻦ داﺧﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﺼﻨﺪوق‬-2
.‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬
www.maktbah.net
The layout context menu appears (see
Figure 56).
3- Select Create Subsystem from the
menu.
Figure 56 Layout context menu
Creating an empty subsystem
To create an empty subsystem, perform
the following procedure.
Step Action
1- Right-click in the Main layout view.
2- Select Create Subsystem from the
menu.
A glass box subsystem icon appears in
the Main layout.
3-Select the subsystem icon and right-
98
.(56 ‫ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺳﯿﺎق ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﺣﺪد إﻧﺸﺎء اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬- 3
‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻓﺎرغ‬
.‫ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ اﻟﻔﺎرغ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر اﻟﻤﺎوس اﻷﯾﻤﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬-1
.‫اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ‬
.‫ ﺣﺪد إﻧﺸﺎء اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬-2
‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ رﻣﺰ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﺻﻨﺪوق زﺟﺎﺟﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
.‫اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ‬
‫ ﺣﺪد رﻣﺰ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ واﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر اﻟﻤﺎوس‬- 3
www.maktbah.net

click. .‫اﻷﯾﻤﻦ‬

The Layout context menu appears. .‫ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺳﯿﺎق ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬

4- Select Look Inside. .‫ اﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻈﺮة داﺧﻞ‬-4

The subsystem opens in the layout and ‫ﯾﻔﺘﺢ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ وﯾﻈﮭﺮ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ‬
the Subsystem tab appears. .‫اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬

Or
Step Action ‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
1- Select Edit > Component > Create .‫ اﺧﺘﺎر ﺗﺤﺮﯾﺮ< اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت< إﻧﺸﺎء اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬-1
Subsystem.
A glass box subsystem icon appears in ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ رﻣﺰ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﺻﻨﺪوق ﺷﻔﺎﻓﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
the Main layout. .‫اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ‬
2- Select the subsystem icon and right- ‫ ﺣﺪد رﻣﺰ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ واﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر اﻟﻤﺎوس‬-2
click. .‫اﻷﯾﻤﻦ‬
The Layout context menu appears. .‫ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺳﯿﺎق ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬

3- Select Look Inside. .‫ اﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻈﺮة داﺧﻠﯿﺔ‬-3

The subsystem opens in the layout and ‫ﯾﻔﺘﺢ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ وﯾﻈﮭﺮ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬
the Subsystem tab appears. .‫اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬

Figure 57 Subsystem Properties dialog box

99
www.maktbah.net

Label ‫ﻣﻠﺼﻖ‬
Displays the name of the subsystem. .‫ﯾﻌﺮض اﻻﺳﻢ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
Image tab ‫ﺻﻮرة ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ‬
Subsystem Representation ‫اﻟﺘﻤﺜﯿﻞ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
GlassBox Image: ‫ﺻﻮرة ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟﻲ‬

Allows you to see the components that ‫ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ أن ﺗﺮى اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ھﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬
are in the subsystem and how they are .(58 ‫ وﻛﯿﻒ ﺗﺮﺑﻄﮭﻢ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬،‫اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
connected (see Figure 58).

Figure 58 Subsystem-GlassBox Image

User Image ‫ﺻﻮرة اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬

Allows you to select any image as your
subsystem icon (see Figure 59). The
User Image does not display the
components or the connections in the
subsystem.
‫ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ أي ﺻﻮرة ورﻣﺰ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ ﺻﻮرة اﻟﻌﻀﻮ ﻻ‬.(59 ‫اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻚ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
.‫ﯾﻌﺮض ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت أو اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬

Figure 59 Subsystem - User Image

100
www.maktbah.net
To select a User Image, perform the
following procedure.
Step Action
1- Double-click on the subsystem.
The Subsystem Properties dialog box
appears (see Figure 57).
2-Click the Value cell beside
Subsystem Representation.
A drop-down list appears.
3-Select User Image.
4- In the Value cell beside Image
Filename, click
5- Select the image that you want to use,
and click Open.
The name of the image you selected
appears in the Value cell.
6-Click OK.
The image you selected appears as the
subsystem icon.
Default Icon
Default setting. Allows you to select the
standard OptiSystem subsystem Default
Icon (see Figure 60). The Default Icon
does not display the components or the
connections in the subsystem.
Figure 60 Subsystem - Default Icon
To select the Default Icon, perform the
following procedure.
101
.‫ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ﻻﺧﺘﯿﺎر ﺻﻮرة اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
.‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮا ﻣﺰدوﺟﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬-1
‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ )اﻧﻈﺮ‬
.(57 ‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﻗﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﺨﻠﯿﺔ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺗﻤﺜﯿﻞ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬- 2
.‫اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
.‫ﺗﻈﮭﺮ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ‬
.‫اﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻮرة اﻟﻌﻀﻮ‬- 3
،‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﻗﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﺨﻠﯿﺔ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺻﻮرة اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬- 4
‫ ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق‬،‫ ﺣﺪد اﻟﺼﻮرة اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﯾﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﮭﺎ‬-5
.‫ﻓﺘﺢ‬
.‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ اﺳﻢ اﻟﺼﻮرة اﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﺪدﺗﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﺨﻠﯿﺔ‬
.‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ‬-6
.‫اﻟﺼﻮرة اﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﺪدﺗﮭﺎ ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻛﺮﻣﺰ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺮﻣﺰ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ‬
‫ ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﻌﯿﺎر‬.‫اﻹﻋﺪادات اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﯿﺔ‬
‫ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ أﯾﻘﻮﻧﺔ )اﻧﻈﺮ‬OptiSystem
‫ أﯾﻘﻮﻧﺔ اﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ﻻ ﯾﻌﺮض ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت أو‬.(60 ‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
.‫اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
.‫ ﻧﻔﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻟﺮﻣﺰ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ‬
www.maktbah.net
Step Action
1- Double-click on the subsystem.
The Subsystem Properties dialog box
appears (see Figure 57).
2- Click the Value cell beside
Subsystem Representation.
A drop-down list appears.
3- Select Default Icon, and click OK.
The Default Icon appears as the
subsystem icon.
Image Filename
Displays the name of the file displayed
as the subsystem icon.
Stretch Image
Allows you to stretch the subsystem
image in the layout.
Opening a subsystem layout
After you create a subsystem in the
project, you can open the subsystem to
view and work with the components
inside it. To open a subsystem layout,
perform the following procedure.
Step Action
1- Select the subsystem in the Main
layout.
The subsystem is highlighted.
2- Select Edit > Component > Look
Inside.
Or
Step Action
1- Select the subsystem in the Main
layout.
The subsystem is highlighted.
2- Right-click on the subsystem.
The Layout context menu appears.
3- Select Look Inside.
The subsystem opens.
Once you open the subsystem, a
Subsystem tab automatically appears
102
‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
.‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮا ﻣﺰدوﺟﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬-1
‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ )اﻧﻈﺮ‬
.(57 ‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﻗﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﺨﻠﯿﺔ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﺘﻤﺜﯿﻞ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬-2
.‫اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
.‫ﺗﻈﮭﺮ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ‬
.‫ ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ‬،‫ اﺧﺘﺮ اﻟﺮﻣﺰ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ‬-3
‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ اﻟﺮﻣﺰ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ﻛﺮﻣﺰ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻮرة ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺤﻚ‬
.‫ﯾﻌﺮض اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوض ﻛﺮﻣﺰ ﻧﻈﺎم ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻮرة ﺗﻤﺘﺪ‬
.‫ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﻤﺪﯾﺪ ﺻﻮرة اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻓﺘﺢ‬،‫ﺑﻌﺪ إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻈﺎم ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
.‫اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﻟﻌﺮض واﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت داﺧﻠﮫ‬
.‫ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
.‫ ﺣﺪد اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ‬1
.‫ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﻤﯿﯿﺰ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
.‫ اﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺤﺮﯾﺮ< اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت < ﻧﻈﺮة داﺧﻞ‬2
‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬.
.‫ – ﺣﺪد اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ‬1
.‫ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﻤﯿﯿﺰ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
.‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر اﻟﻤﺎوس اﻷﯾﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬-2
.‫ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺳﯿﺎق اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
.‫ اﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻈﺮة داﺧﻞ‬-3
.‫ﯾﻔﺘﺢ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﯾﺐ‬،‫ﺑﻤﺠﺮد ﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
www.maktbah.net
beside the Main layout tab at the
bottom of the window (see Figure 61).
Each subsystem has its own tab.
Figure 61 Subsystem tab
Note: You must select the Layout tab
before you can access the Subsystem
tabs.
Closing a subsystem layout
You do not delete a subsystem when
you close it. Closing a subsystem closes
the subsystem work area and removes
the Subsystem tab from beside the
Main layout tab. The subsystem itself
remains in the Main layout window.
To close a subsystem layout, perform
the following procedure.
Step Action
1- Right-click in the subsystem work
area.
The Layout context menu appears.
2- Select Close Subsystem.
Or
Step Action
1- Right-click in the subsystem work
area.
The Layout context menu appears.
2- Select Edit > Component > Close
Subsystem from the Menu toolbar.
Placing components in subsystems
Once you create a subsystem, you can
add components to it. Perform the
following procedure to place a
component in a subsystem.
103
‫اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬة )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
.‫ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻈﺎم ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻟﮫ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﮫ‬.(61
‫ ﯾﺠﺐ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﯾﺐ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻗﺒﻞ أن‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺎت ﺗﺒﻮﯾﺐ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬
.‫اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫إﻏﻼق ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ إﻏﻼق ﻧﻈﺎم‬.‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺤﺬف اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ إﻏﻼﻗﮫ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﯾﻐﻠﻖ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ وﯾﺰﯾﻞ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫ ﻻ ﯾﺰال اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﮫ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة‬.‫اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ‬
.‫اﻟﻤﺨﻄﻂ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ‬
.‫ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ﻟﻐﻠﻖ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر اﻟﻤﺎوس اﻷﯾﻤﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬- 1
.‫اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
.‫ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺳﯿﺎق ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
.‫ اﺧﺘﺮ إﻏﻼق اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬-2
‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر اﻟﻤﺎوس اﻷﯾﻤﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬-1
.‫اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
.‫ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺳﯿﺎق اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫ اﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺤﺮﯾﺮ < اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت < اﻧﮭﯿﺎر اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬-2
.‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻷدوات اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﯿﺔ‬
‫ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬،‫ﺑﻤﺠﺮد إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻈﺎم ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬.‫إﻟﯿﮭﺎ‬
.‫اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
www.maktbah.net
Or
Step Action
1- Select the subsystem tab in the
Project Layout window.
The subsystem work area opens.
2- Select a component from the
Component Library and drag the
component to the Main layout window.
Note: The Subsystem tab is only visible
in the Main layout window if the
subsystem is open
Closing a subsystem window
To close a subsystem window (and
therefore eliminate the tab at the bottom
of the work area), perform the following
procedure.
Step Action
1- Select the Subsystem tab.
2- Right click in an open section of the
Subsystem layout work area.
The Layout context menu appears.
3- Select Close Subsystem.
You return to the Main layout view.
Subsystem input and output port tools
When you work in the Subsystem
window, two tools become active on the
Layout toolbar-the Input and Output
Port tools. These two draw tools allow
you to insert input and output ports into
subsystems.
Assigning an input or output port to a
subsystem
To assign an input or output port to a ،‫ﻟﺘﻌﯿﯿﻦ اﻹدﺧﺎل أو اﻹﺧﺮاج اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
subsystem, perform the following
procedure.
104
‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ ﺣﺪد ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﻓﻲ إطﺎر‬- 1
.‫ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻣﺸﺮوع‬
.‫ﺗﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺠﺎل ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ ﺣﺪد ﻣﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﻮن واﺳﺤﺐ اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬- 2
.‫إﻟﻰ إطﺎر اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ‬
‫ ﻟﺴﺎن اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﻣﺮﺋﯿﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺨﻄﻂ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﻣﻔﺘﻮح‬
‫اﻏﻼق ﻧﺎﻓﺬة ﻓﺮﻋﯿﺔ‬
‫ﻹﻏﻼق اﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬة اﻟﻔﺮﻋﯿﺔ )وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ اﻟﻘﻀﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ ﻧﻔﺬ‬،(‫اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
.‫اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
.‫ ﺣﺪد ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬-1
‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر اﻟﻤﺎوس اﻷﯾﻤﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮح‬-2
.‫ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﮫ ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺳﯿﺎق اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
.‫ اﺧﺘﺮ إﻏﻼق اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬-3
.‫ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﻌﻮدة إﻟﻰ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺪﺧﻼت واﻟﻤﺨﺮﺟﺎت ﻷدوات اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ‬
‫ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ أداﺗﯿﻦ‬،‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ إطﺎر اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ وﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﺪﺧﻼت‬،‫ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻷدوات‬
‫ ھﺬه اﻷدوات ﺗﻌﺎدل اﺛﻨﯿﻦ‬.‫واﻟﻤﺨﺮﺟﺎت أدوات اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻹدراج ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ اﻹدﺧﺎل واﻹﺧﺮاج ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﯿﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ اﻻدﺧﺎل أو ﻣﻨﻔﺬ اﻹﺧﺮاج إﻟﻰ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬
‫اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﯿﻚ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
www.maktbah.net

Step Action ‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

1- Select the subsystem in the Main
layout.
The subsystem is highlighted.
2- Right click on the subsystem.
The Layout context menu appears.
-1 ‫ﺣﺪد اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ‬
‫ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﻤﯿﯿﺰ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
-2‫ﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر اﻟﻤﺎوس اﻷﯾﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺳﯿﺎق اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬

3- Select Look Inside -3‫ﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻈﺮة داﺧﻞ‬

Note: If this option disables the menu, ‫ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬،‫ إذا ﻛﺎن ھﺬا اﻟﺨﯿﺎر ﺗﻌﻄﯿﻞ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
the subsystem is already open. Click on ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ‬.‫اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﻣﻔﺘﻮح ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
the Subsystem tab in the Main layout ‫اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮض ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ إذا ﻛﺎن ھﺬا ھﻮ‬
view if this is the case. ‫اﻟﺤﺎل‬

4- Click on either the Draw - Input ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﺣﺪ اﻟﺮﺳﻮم – وارﺳﻢ أداة ﻣﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ‬-4
Port Tool or Draw - Output Port Tool ‫ إﺧﺮاج أداة اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻷدوات‬- ‫أو رﺳﻢ‬
on the Layout Tools toolbar. ‫أدوات ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬

5- Move your cursor over to the edge of 5 ‫ﺣﺮك اﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬-
the subsystem work area. "‫ﯾﺘﻐﯿﺮ اﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ إﻟﻰ إﻣﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "اﻟﺨﺮوج" أو "دﺧﻮل‬
The cursor changes to either the word
"Out" or "In".

6- Click to place the port. ‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ‬- 6

Note: A component inside of the ‫ ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﯾﻜﻮن ﻋﻨﺼﺮ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
subsystem must have an output port if ‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ اﻻﻧﺘﺎج اذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﯾﺪ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ أن ﯾﻜﻮن ﻟﮭﺎ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ‬
you want the subsystem to have an ‫ ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﯾﻜﻮن ﻋﻨﺼﺮ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬،‫ وﺑﺎﻟﻤﺜﻞ‬.‫إﺧﺮاج‬
output port. Likewise, a component ‫اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﻟﻤﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﯾﺪ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
inside the subsystem must have an input ‫ﻧﻔﺴﮫ أن ﯾﻜﻮن ﻟﮭﺎ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ‬
port if you want the subsystem itself to
have an input port.
.
Figure 62 Subsystem Input and Output ports

105
www.maktbah.net
7- Click on the Layout tool in the
Layout Tools toolbar
8- Click on the component's output/input
port and drag it to the subsystem's new
output/input port.
The connection is created.
Figure 63 Subsystem Input and Output ports-created links
Subsystem port properties
Modifying subsystem port properties
Once a port has been added to a
subsystem, you can change its
properties. To change the subsystem
port properties, perform one of the
following procedures.
Action
Double-click on the subsystem port.
The Port Properties dialog box appears.
Or
Step Action
1- Right-click on the subsystem port.
The Layout context menu appears.
2 -Select Port Properties.
The Port Properties dialog box appears.
106
‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ أداة اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ أدوات‬-7
.‫اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ إدﺧﺎل ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‬/ ‫ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﻮن اﻟﺨﺮاج‬-8
.‫ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ اﻻدﺧﺎل‬/ ‫واﺳﺤﺒﮫ إﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ إﺧﺮاج‬
.‫ﯾﺘﻢ إﻧﺸﺎء اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
،‫ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة ﺗﻢ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ ﻟﺘﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻤﯿﻨﺎء‬.‫ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺼﮫ‬
.‫ ﻧﻔﺬ أﺣﺪ اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ‬،‫اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
.‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮا ﻣﺰدوﺟﺎ ﻓﻮق ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
.‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر اﻟﻤﺎوس اﻷﯾﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬-1
.‫ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺳﯿﺎق اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
.‫ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ‬-2
.‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ‬
www.maktbah.net

Figure 64 Output Port Properties dialog box

Signal
displays the type of signal at the port.
Edge
allows you to set the port on either the
top, bottom, left, or right edge of the
subsystem icon.
‫إﺷﺎرة‬
.‫ﯾﻌﺮض ﻧﻮع ﻣﻦ إﺷﺎرة ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ أو‬،‫ ﯾﺴﺎر‬،‫ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﻌﯿﯿﻦ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ إﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ أﻋﻠﻰ أو أﺳﻔﻞ‬
.‫اﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﯿﻤﻨﻰ ﻣﻦ رﻣﺰ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬

Position
allows you to set at what point on the
chosen edge the port will be. 0.0 is one
corner, 0.5 is the halfway point and 1.0
is the far corner.
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﺎ ھﻲ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ اﺧﺘﯿﺎر‬
‫ ھﻮ‬0.5 ‫ و‬،‫ ﻣﻦ زاوﯾﺔ واﺣﺪة‬0.0 .‫اﻟﻤﯿﻨﺎء ﺳﯿﻜﻮن‬
‫ ھﻮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺰاوﯾﺔ‬1.0 ‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ اﻟﻄﺮﯾﻖ و‬
.‫اﻟﺒﻌﯿﺪة‬

Label
allows you to change the name of the
port. The new name appears when you
move the mouse over the port in the
layout (see Figure 65).
‫اﻟﺘﺴﻤﯿﺔ‬
‫ وﯾﻈﮭﺮ اﺳﻢ ﺟﺪﯾﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ‬.‫ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﻐﯿﯿﺮ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﯾﻚ اﻟﻤﺎوس ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ )اﻧﻈﺮ‬
.(65 ‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

107
www.maktbah.net
Figure 65 Renamed port
In Figure 65, the output port has been
renamed Relabelled Output Port.
Subsystem properties
Subsystem properties are very similar to
layout parameters and component
properties.
Viewing subsystem properties
To view subsystem properties, perform
the following procedure.
Action
Double-click on the subsystem icon in
the Main layout.
The Subsystem Properties dialog box
appears.
Or
Step Action
1- Select the subsystem in the Main
layout.
The subsystem is highlighted.
2- Right click on the subsystem.
The Layout context menu appears
3- Select Component Properties.
The Subsystem Properties dialog box
appears.
Step Action
1- On the Project Browser docker,
select the subsystem in the project layout
list and right-click.
108
‫ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ إﺧﺮاج ﺗﻤﺖ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺴﻤﯿﺘﮫ‬،65 ‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
.(Relabelled ‫ﺑـ)ﻣﯿﻨﺎء اﻹﺧﺮاج‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ھﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﮭﺔ ﺟﺪا ﻟﻤﻘﺎﯾﺲ‬
.‫ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ وﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻤﻜﻮن‬
‫ﻋﺮض ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ ﻧﻔﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ﻟﻌﺮض ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮا ﻣﺰدوﺟﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ أﯾﻘﻮﻧﺔ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
.‫اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ‬
.‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
.‫ ﺣﺪد اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ‬-1
.‫ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﻤﯿﯿﺰ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
.‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر اﻟﻤﺎوس اﻷﯾﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬-2
.‫ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺳﯿﺎق اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
.‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻣﻜﻮن اﺧﺘﺮ‬-3
.‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺧﻄﻮة‬
‫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﯿﻨﺎء ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ﺣﺪد اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬-1
‫اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع واﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر‬
.‫اﻟﻤﺎوس اﻷﯾﻤﻦ‬
www.maktbah.net

The Layout context menu appears. .‫ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺳﯿﺎق اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬

2- Select Component Properties. ‫ اﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻤﻜﻮن‬-2
The Subsystem Properties dialog box .‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
appears.

Figure 66 Subsystem properties dialog box

Table 3 shows describes the information ‫ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار و ﯾﺒﯿﻦ‬3 ‫ﯾﺼﻒ اﻟﺠﺪول‬
in the Subsystem Layout Properties .‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
dialog box.

Table 3 Description of columns in the Subsystem Layout Properties dialog box

Column Description
‫اﻟﻌﻤﻮد‬ ‫اﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
Checkbox that determines whether the value of a parameter is
Disp
displayed in the layout.
.‫اﻟﻤﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺬي ﯾﺤﺪد ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن ﯾﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﻗﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
Displays the subsystem parameter names.
Name Note: This is a read-only column and cannot be changed.
‫اﺳﻢ‬ .‫ﯾﻌﺮض أﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
.‫ ھﺬا ھﻮ ﻋﻤﻮد ﻟﻠﻘﺮاءة ﻓﻘﻂ وﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮھﺎ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
Displays the value of the parameters. You can edit the value of
Value
the parameters from this column.
‫اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ‬
.‫ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ ﻗﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﯾﺲ ﻣﻦ ھﺬا اﻟﻌﻤﻮد‬. ‫ﯾﻌﺮض ﻗﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﯾﺲ‬

109
www.maktbah.net

Units Displays the units available for each parameter.

‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‬ . ‫ﯾﻌﺮض وﺣﺪة ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻘﯿﺎس‬
Indicates what mode the parameter is in. The Mode option is
limited in the Layout Parameters window since these settings
are created by the system. For this reason, you cannot change
the Mode of the parameters.
Mode You can choose between Normal and Sweep when you create
‫اﻟﻄﺮﯾﻘﺔ‬ a new subsystem parameter.
‫ﯾﺸﯿﺮ ﻣﺎھﻲ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس وﺧﯿﺎر اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﯾﻘﺘﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻣﻘﺎﯾﺲ ﻣﻨﺬ ﯾﺘﻢ‬
‫ ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﻦ‬،‫ ﻟﮭﺬا اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬.‫إﻧﺸﺎء ھﺬه اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬
.‫اﻟﻤﻘﺎﯾﺲ‬
.‫ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﻻﺧﺘﯿﺎر ﺑﯿﻦ ﻋﺎدي واﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﻋﻨﺪ إﻧﺸﺎء اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﺟﺪﯾﺪة‬

Changing the value of a subsystem ‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻗﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬

parameter
To change the value of a parameter, .‫ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬، ‫ﻟﺘﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻗﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس‬
perform the following procedure.

Step Action ‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

1- Click in the Value column beside the
parameter you wish to change.
2- Enter the new value.
3- Click OK.
Note: If the value that you enter is
invalid, the Value column turns red
when you click OK. In addition, the
status box indicate that the entered value
is invalid and displays the correct value
range.
‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻮد اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ‬- 1
.‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮھﺎ‬
.‫ أدﺧﻞ اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﺪﯾﺪة‬-2
.‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ‬-3
‫ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺈدﺧﺎﻟﮭﺎ ﻏﯿﺮ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ ﯾﻜﻮن ﻋﻤﻮد اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ أﺣﻤﺮا ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق‬،‫ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺔ‬
‫ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺸﯿﺮ إﻟﻰ‬،‫ وﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ ذﻟﻚ‬.‫ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ‬
‫أن اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ إدﺧﺎﻟﮭﺎ ﻏﯿﺮ ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺔ وﯾﻌﺮض‬
.‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻗﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺢ‬

Changing the subsystem parameter ‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ وﺣﺪة اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬

unit
To change the unit for the parameter, .‫ ﻋﻠﯿﻚ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬، ‫ﻟﺘﻐﯿﯿﺮ وﺣﺪة اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس‬
perform the following procedure.

Step Action ‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

1- Click in the Unit column beside the
parameter you wish to change.
If there are other units available, a
drop-down menu appears to make a
selection from.
‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻮد وﺣﺪة ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ‬- 1
.‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮھﺎ‬
‫ ﺗﻈﮭﺮ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬،‫إذا ﻛﺎن ھﻨﺎك وﺣﺪات أﺧﺮى ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ‬
.‫اﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﻟﺠﻌﻞ اﺧﺘﯿﺎر ﻣﻦ ﺑﯿﻨﮭﺎ‬

110
www.maktbah.net
2- Press Enter.
The number in the Value column
automatically recalculates to show the
appropriate value.
Note: The units available vary from
parameter to parameter
Adding new parameters to a subsystem
OptiSystem allows you to enter
additional parameters into the
Subsystem Properties window.
To add additional parameters to a
subsystem, perform the following
procedure.
Step Action
1- Click in the Value column beside the
parameter you wish to change.
2- Select Add Param.
The Add Parameter dialog box appears
(see Figure 67).
Figure 67 Add Parameter window
111
.Enter ‫اﺿﻐﻂ‬- 2
‫اﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻗﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻮد ﯾﻜﻮن اﺣﺘﺴﺎﺑﮫ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ ﻹظﮭﺎر‬
.‫اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫ اﻟﻮﺣﺪات اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﯿﺎس إﻟﻰ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﯿﺎس أﺧﺮى‬
‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﯾﯿﺮ ﺟﺪﯾﺪة إﻟﻰ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺈدﺧﺎل ﻣﻘﺎﯾﺲ إﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ ﻓﻲ‬OptiSystem
.‫إطﺎر ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ ﻋﻠﯿﻚ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ‬،‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﯾﺲ إﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
.‫اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻮد اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ‬-1
.‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮھﺎ‬
.(‫ اﺧﺘﺮ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺎراﻣﺘﺮ )ﻣﺘﻐﯿﺮ‬-2
‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
.(67
www.maktbah.net

Table 4 Subsystem Layout Parameter categories

Category Description
‫اﻟﻔﺋﺔ‬ ‫اﻟوﺻف‬
Name The name of the parameter. .(‫اﺳم اﻟﻣﻘﯾﺎس )اﻟﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﻣﺗﻐﯾﯾر‬
‫اﻻﺳم‬
You can select from the following ‫ﯾﻣﻛﻧك اﻻﺧﺗﯾﺎر ﻣن ﺑﯾن أﻧواع‬
parameter types. ‫اﻟﻣﻘﺎﯾس اﻟﺗﺎﻟﯾﺔ‬
· floating (e.g. 3.21 ) ‫اﻟزاﺋف‬
· integer (e.g. 8) ‫ﻋدد ﺻﺣﯾﺢ‬
Type
· boolean (e.g. ON/OFF) ‫ﻣﻧطﻘﯾﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻧوع‬ ‫ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ اﺳم اﻟﻣﻠف‬
· string-filename (e.g.
"c:\myfile.txt") ‫ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﻣﻧﺗظﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺧﯾﺎر‬
· string-regular (e.g. "Hello")
· choice
Allows you to choose from ،‫ﯾﺳﻣﺢ ﻟك أن ﺗﺧﺗﺎر ﻣن اﻟﻣﺣﺎﻛﺎة‬
Category
Simulation, Signals and Noise. .‫اﻹﺷﺎرات واﻟﺿوﺿﺎء‬
‫اﻟﻔﺋﺔ‬
Minimum The minimum value of the
value parameter. ‫اﻟﺣد اﻷدﻧﻰ ﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻘﺎﯾس‬
‫ﻗﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﺣد اﻻدﻧﻰ‬
The maximum value of the ‫اﻟﺣد اﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻘﯾﺎس‬
parameter. ‫ ﺳوف ﻻ ﯾﺳﻣﺢ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣظﺔ‬
Maximum OptiSystem ‫ﻟك ﻟﺗﻌﯾﯾن أي اﻟﺣد‬
Note: OptiSystem will not allow you
value ‫اﻷدﻧﻰ أو اﻟﻘﯾم اﻟﻘﺻوى ﺧﺎرج‬
to set either the Minimum or
‫اﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﻘﺻوى‬ . ‫اﻟﻧطﺎق اﻟﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﻟﻠﻣﻘﯾﺎس‬
Maximum values outside the valid
range of the parameter.
The default value of the parameter. ‫ ﯾﺟب‬. ‫اﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ اﻻﻓﺗراﺿﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻘﯾﺎس‬
Current value The Current value must fall ‫أن ﺗﻘﻊ اﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﺣﺎﻟﯾﺔ ﺑﯾن اﻟﺣدﯾن‬
‫اﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﺣﺎﻟﯾﺔ‬ between the Minimum and ‫اﻷدﻧﻰ واﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬
Maximum values.
User-created parameters can only ‫ﯾﻣﻛن اﻧﺷﺎء اوﺧﻠق ﻣﻘﺎﯾس اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدم‬
have one unit. OptiSystem does not .‫ﻋﻠﻰ أن ﯾﻛون وﺣدة واﺣدة ﻓﻘط‬
allow changing between different ‫ وﻻ ﯾﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺗﺧدم‬OptiSystem
Units ‫إﻧﺷﺎء اﻟﻣﺗﻐﯾرة ﺑﯾن وﺣدات ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ‬
units for user-created parameters.
‫وﺣدات‬ . ‫ﻟﻠﻣﻘﺎﯾس‬
Note: OptiSystem does not allow
you to edit the system parameters. :‫ﻣﻼﺣظﺔ‬OptiSystem ‫ﻻ ﯾﺳﻣﺢ‬
.‫ﻟك ﻟﺗﻌدﯾل ﻣﻘﺎﯾس اﻟﻧظﺎم‬
Choice list Displays a list of subsystem ‫ﯾﻌرض ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻣن ﺧﯾﺎرات اﻟﻣﻘﯾﺎس‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻻﺧﺗﯾﺎر‬ parameter choices. .‫اﻟﻔرﻋﻲ‬

112
www.maktbah.net
Removing a new subsystem layout
parameter
You can remove parameters that you
have created in the Subsystem
Properties dialog box.
To remove a new subsystem layout
parameter, perform the following
procedure.
Note: You cannot remove system
parameters.
Step Action
1- Click in the Value column beside the
parameter you wish to change.
2- Select Remove Par.
A dialog appears prompting you to
respond (see Figure 68).
Figure 68 Delete parameter message
Editing new parameters in the
subsystem
To edit the new parameters that you
create in the Subsystem Properties
window, perform the following
procedure.
Step Action
1- Click in the Value column beside the
parameter you wish to change.
2- Select Edit Param
The Edit Parameter dialog box appears
Note: For more information about the
parameter categories, see "Subsystem
Layout Parameter categories" on
page 83.
113
‫إزاﻟﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ اﻟﺠﺪﯾﺪ‬
‫ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﯾﺲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺋﮫ اﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
.‫اﻟﺤﻮار وﻣﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ‬،‫ﻹزاﻟﺔ ﻣﻘﯿﺎس اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ اﻟﺠﺪﯾﺪة‬
.‫اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
.‫ ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ إزاﻟﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﯾﺲ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻮد اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻣﻠﻘﯿﺎس اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ‬-1
.‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮھﺎ‬
.‫ ﺣﺪد إزاﻟﺔ اﻻﺳﻤﯿﺔ‬-2
.(68 ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار طﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻟﻠﺮد )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﯾﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﯾﯿﺮ ﺟﺪﯾﺪة ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﯾﻞ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﯾﺲ اﻟﺠﺪﯾﺪة اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺋﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ إطﺎر‬
.‫ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻮد اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ‬-1
.‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮھﺎ‬
(‫ اﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺤﺮﯾﺮ ﺑﺎراﻣﯿﺘﺮ)اﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﻤﺘﻐﯿﺮ‬-2
‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﺗﺤﺮﯾﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﯾﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺣﻮل‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ راﺟﻊ "ﻓﺌﺎت اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬،‫ﻓﺌﺎت اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس‬
.83 ‫ﻣﻘﯿﺎس" ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬
www.maktbah.net

Note: The OptiSystem system ‫ ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ‬OptiSystem ‫ ﻣﻘﯿﺎس اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬

parameters cannot be edited. If you ‫ ﺳﻮف ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬،‫ إذا ﺣﺎوﻟﺖ اﻟﻘﯿﺎم ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬.‫ﺗﺤﺮﯾﺮھﺎ‬
attempt to do so, the Edit Parameter ‫اﻟﺤﻮار ﺗﺤﺮﯾﺮ ﻣﻘﯿﺎس ﻣﻊ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻت ﻟﻠﻘﺮاءة ﻓﻘﻂ‬
dialog box will appear with all fields (70 ‫)اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
read-only (see Figure 70).

Figure 69 Edit parameter dialog box

Figure 70 Edit system parameters dialog box

114
www.maktbah.net

Add-Ins ‫اﻟﻮظﺎﺋﻒ اﻹﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ‬

OptiSystem has incorporated Add-Ins, ‫ اﻟﺘﻲ‬،‫ اﻟﻮظﺎﺋﻒ اﻹﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ‬OptiSystem ‫وﻗﺪ أدرﺟﺖ‬
which extend the functionality of the ‫ﺗﻨﺸﺮ وظﯿﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم دون إﻋﺎدة ﺑﻨﺎء أو إﻋﺎدة‬
system without rebuilding or restarting. ‫ وﯾﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺘﻤﻜﯿﻦ أو اﻟﺘﻌﻄﯿﻞ أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬.‫ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ‬
They can be enabled or disabled while .OptiSystem
using OptiSystem.

There are two types of add-ins: :‫ھﻨﺎك ﻧﻮﻋﺎن ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮظﺎﺋﻒ اﻹﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ‬

· Background: operate with OptiSystem ‫ وﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ إﺟﺮاءات‬OptiSystem ‫ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ‬:‫· اﻟﺨﻠﻔﯿﺔ‬
and perform actions dependent on what ‫ ھﺬه اﻟﻮظﺎﺋﻒ‬.‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﯾﺤﺪث داﺧﻞ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
is occurring within the program. These ‫اﻹﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻷدوات ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة اﻟﻤﺨﻄﻂ‬
add-ins generate a toolbar on the main .‫اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺸﯿﻄﮭﺎ‬
layout window when they are activated.

· Command: perform a single function, ‫ وﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻠﯿﺔ ﻣﻊ‬،‫ أداء وظﯿﻔﺔ واﺣﺪة‬:‫·اﻟﺴﯿﻄﺮة‬
and are not interactive with OptiSystem. ‫ ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎت ﻓﻲ‬.OptiSystem
You cannot perform operations in .‫ أﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻘﯿﺎدة اﻹﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ‬OptiSystem
OptiSystem while running a Command
add-in.

OptiSystem add-ins are divided into .‫ اﻟﻮظﺎﺋﻒ اﻹﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ وﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ إﻟﻰ ﻓﺌﺎت‬OptiSystem
categories. Each category can have both ‫ﻛﻞ ﻓﺌﺔ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﯾﻜﻮن ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪ ﺳﻮاء اﻟﺨﻠﻔﯿﺔ واﻟﻘﯿﺎدة‬
Background and Command add-ins. .‫اﻟﻮظﺎﺋﻒ اﻹﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ‬

Installing an Add-In ‫ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﻮظﯿﻔﺔ اﻹﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ‬

To install an Add-In feature, perform
the following procedure. .‫ ﻧﻔﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ﻟﺘﺜﺒﯿﺖ ﻣﯿﺰة اﻹﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ‬
Step Action ‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
1- Select Add-Ins > Add-In Manager. ‫ اﺧﺘﺎر اﻟﻮظﺎﺋﻒ اﻹﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ< إدارة اﻟﻮظﺎﺋﻒ‬-1
.‫اﻹﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ‬
The Add-In Manager dialog box .‫ﺗﻈﮭﺮ اﻟﻮظﯿﻔﺔ اﻹﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار إدارة‬
appears. (see Figure 71). .(71 ‫)اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

2- Select the Background or Command .‫ ﺣﺪد ﺧﻠﻔﯿﺔ أو ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ اﻷواﻣﺮ‬-2

tab.
3- Select Install. .‫ ﺣﺪد ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ‬-3
The Open file dialog box appears (see .(73 ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻠﻒ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
Figure 73).

4- Select the Add-In from the list. ‫ ﺣﺪد اﻟﻮظﯿﻔﺔ اﻹﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬-4
5- Click Open. .‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﻓﺘﺢ‬-5

The Add-In is activated in OptiSystem. .OptiSystem ‫ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺸﯿﻂ اﻟﻮظﺎﺋﻒ اﻹﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ ﻓﻲ‬

115
www.maktbah.net

Uninstalling an Add-In ‫إﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﻮظﯿﻔﺔ اﻹﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ‬

To uninstall an Add-In feature, perform .‫ ﻧﻔﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻣﯿﺰة اﻹﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ‬
the following procedure
.

Step Action ‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

1- Select Add-Ins > Add-In Manager. ‫ اﺧﺘﺎر اﻟﻮظﺎﺋﻒ اﻹﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ < إدارة اﻟﻮظﺎﺋﻒ‬-1
.‫اﻹﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ‬
The Add-In Manager dialog box ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار إدارة اﻟﻮظﺎﺋﻒ اﻹﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ )اﻧﻈﺮ‬
appears (see Figure 71). .(71 ‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

2- Select the Background or Command ‫ ﺣﺪد ﺧﻠﻔﯿﺔ أو ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ اﻷواﻣﺮ‬-2

tab.

3- Select the Add-In from the list. .‫ ﺣﺪد اﻟﻮظﯿﻔﺔ اﻹﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬-3
4- Select Uninstall. .‫ ﺣﺪد إﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﺘﺜﺒﯿﺖ‬-4
The Add-In is uninstalled. .‫ﯾﺘﻢ إﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﻮظﯿﻔﺔ اﻹﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ‬
Figure 71 Add-In Manager dialog box- Background tab

Note: The Background add-ins include
information about whether they are
currently running in OptiSystem, and
the startup time. If you select the Show
empty category names box, categories
without any add-ins will be displayed in
the list.
‫ ﺧﻠﻔﯿﺔ اﻟﻮظﺎﺋﻒ اﻹﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻮل ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﯿﺪ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﯿﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ إذا ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ‬.‫ ووﻗﺖ ﺑﺪء اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ‬،OptiSystem
‫ ﺳﯿﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض‬، ‫ﻣﺸﺎھﺪة ﻣﺮﺑﻊ أﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﻔﺌﺎت ﻓﺎرﻏﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺌﺎت دون اﻟﻮظﺎﺋﻒ اﻹﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬

116
www.maktbah.net

Figure 72 Add-In Manager dialog box-Command tab

Figure 73 Open dialog box

117
www.maktbah.net

118
www.maktbah.net

chapter fourth ‫اﻟﻔﺻل اﻟراﺑﻊ‬

Exporting an OptiPerformer project OptiPerformer ‫ﺗﺼﺪﯾﺮ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﺸﺮوع‬

file
After the project file is built in
OptiSystem, it must be exported to
OptiPerformer.
To export an OptiSystem project file to
OptiPerformer, perform the following
procedure (with the project file open in
OptiSystem).
Step Action
1- From the File menu, select Export >
OptiPerformer > Export.
A warning dialog appears.
2- If you wish to save the full
OptiSystem file along with saving the
OptiPerformer
erformer file, click Yes.
‫ ﻓﺈﻧﮫ‬،OptiSystem ‫ﺑﻌﺪ إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﻠﻒ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ﻓﻲ‬
.OptiPerformer ‫ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺼﺪﯾﺮھﺎ إﻟﻰ‬
‫ إﻟﻰ‬OptiSystem ‫ﻟﺘﺼﺪﯾﺮ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﺸﺮوع‬
‫ ﻧﻔﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ )ﻣﻊ ﻣﻠﻒ‬،OptiPerformer
.(OptiSystem ‫اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
<‫ﺗﺼﺪﯾﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪد‬ ،‫ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ‬-1
.‫< ﺗﺼﺪﯾﺮ‬OptiPerformer
.‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار ﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ‬
‫إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ‬- 2
،OptiPerformer ‫ ﻣﻊ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻠﻒ‬OptiSystem
.‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﻧﻌﻢﻢ‬

The Save As dialog box appears (see Figure 1).

Figure 1 Save As dialog box

119
www.maktbah.net

3- Select the company logo image file, ‫ ﻧﻮع‬،‫ ﺣﺪد ﻣﻠﻒ ﺻﻮرة ﺷﻌﺎر اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‬-3
type business contact information, and ‫ وﺗﻘﺪﯾﻢ أي ﺗﻔﺎﺻﯿﻞ‬،‫اﻟﻌﻤﻞ وﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‬
provide any other pertinent project ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮوع ذات اﻟﺼﻠﺔ اﻷﺧﺮى ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ‬
details in the Info tab fields (see .(2 ‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
Figure 2).
4-Click Preview to see a preview of the ‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎﯾﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺮؤﯾﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﯾﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﻮق‬ ‫اﻧﻘﺮ‬ -4
OptiPerformer About dialog box (see ‫ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﺣﻮل )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬OptiPerformer
Figure 3). .(3
5-Select global parameters to export ‫ ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﯿﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﺪﯾﺮ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻠﻒ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬-5
with the OptiPerformer project file ‫ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﯾﺐ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺎت‬OptiPerformer
using the Parameters tab (see .(4 ‫)اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
Figure 4).
6- Select files to attach to the OptiPerformer ‫ ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت ﺛﻢ إرﻓﺎق ﻣﻠﻒ‬-6
OptiPerformer file using the .‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﯾﺐ اﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺎت‬
Attachments tab.
7- Click OK. .‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ‬- 7
The OptiPerformer Settings dialog box ‫ﺑﺈﻋﺪادات‬ ‫اﻟﺨﺎص‬ ‫اﻟﺤﻮار‬ ‫إﻏﻼق ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
closes. .OptiPerformer
Info tab Image ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺻﻮرة اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ‬
Load an image file to generate the ‫ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺻﻮرة ﻟﺘﻮﻟﯿﺪ ﺷﻌﺎر اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬
company logo in the About The Design ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق اﺳﺘﻌﺮاض ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎل‬.‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار اﻟﺘﺼﻤﯿﻢ‬
dialog box. .‫إﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ اﻟﺼﻮرة واﺳﺘﯿﺮاد اﻟﻤﺴﺎر ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻞ اﻟﺼﻮر‬
Click Browse to navigate to the image ‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق اﺳﺘﻌﺮاض ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎل إﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ اﻟﺼﻮرة‬
file and import the path into the Image .‫واﺳﺘﯿﺮاد اﻟﻤﺴﺎر ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻞ اﻟﺼﻮرة‬
field.
Preview ‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﯾﻨﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار اﻟﺘﺼﻤﯿﻢ ﻣﻊ‬
Click to preview the About The Design .‫ﺻﻮرة ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ‬
dialog box with the loaded image.
Contact Info ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‬
Type company contact information into ‫اﻛﺘﺐ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻘﻮل و ﻓﻲ‬
the fields within the Contact Info panel. :‫ ﯾﺸﻤﻞ‬.‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‬
Includes:
· Primary E-Mail ‫· اﻟﺒﺮﯾﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ‬
· Secondary E-Mail ‫· إﯾﻤﯿﻞ ﺛﺎﻧﻮي‬
· Web Address ‫· ﻋﻨﻮان ﺻﻔﺤﺔ اﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬
· Phone Number ‫· رﻗﻢ اﻟﮭﺎﺗﻒ‬
· Fax Number ‫· رﻗﻢ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬
· Address ‫· ﻋﻨﻮان‬
Additional Info ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ‬
Type any additional information ‫ واﻷﻋﻤﺎل‬،‫اﻛﺘﺐ أي ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت إﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ‬
regarding the company, business, and .‫ وﻏﯿﺮھﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﯿﻞ ذات اﻟﺼﻠﺔ‬،‫اﻟﺘﺠﺎرﯾﺔ‬
other relevant details.

120
www.maktbah.net

Figure 2 OptiPerformer Settings dialog box-Info tab

Figure 3 About The Design dialog box

121
www.maktbah.net

Parameters tab ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﯾﺐ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺎت‬

The global parameters created in ‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﯿﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ إﻧﺸﺎؤھﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
OptiSystem can be exported into the ‫ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺼﺪﯾﺮھﺎ إﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬OptiSystem
OptiPerformer project file. .OptiPerformer

Figure 4 OptiPerformer Settings dialog box-Parameters tab

Select/deselect the global parameters to
export in the Parameter Selection
panel.
Attachments tab
You can attach relevant files to the
OptiPerformer project file by adding
them in the Attachments tab.
Note: You must have the necessary
program installed to access any file you
attach to the OptiPerformer project
file.
‫ إﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﯾﺲ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﯿﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﺪﯾﺮ ﻣﻦ‬/ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ‬
.‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﺧﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﯾﺐ اﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺎت‬
‫ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ إرﻓﺎق اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت ذات اﻟﺼﻠﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
‫ ﻋﻦ طﺮﯾﻖ إﺿﺎﻓﺘﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬OptiPerformer
.‫اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ اﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺎت‬
‫ ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﯾﻜﻮن ﻟﺪﯾﻚ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻀﺮوري‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ أي ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﺸﺮوع‬
.OptiPerformer

122
www.maktbah.net
Figure 5 OptiPerformer Settings dialog box-Attachments tab
To attach a file, click Add. The Open
dialog box appears. Navigate to the file
you want to attach and click Open. The
file path appears in the Attachment
List.
To remove an attachment, select the file
in the Attachment List, and click
Remove.
Library Management
A key feature of OptiSystem is
management of the component library.
The library management:
· allows you to enable/disable user-
selected component libraries while using
the software, thereby maximizing your
memory resources
· allows you to install/uninstall libraries
from your system, also maximizing your
memory resources
· supplies an expanded view of the
component library in the Library
Management window.
Library Management tool
Using the Library Management tool
To access and use the Library
123
‫ ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬.‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق إﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬،‫ﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
‫ اﻧﺘﻘﻞ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ اﻟﺬي ﺗﺮﯾﺪ إرﻓﺎﻗﮫ ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ‬.‫اﻟﺤﻮار‬
‫ ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺴﺎر اﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺎت‬.‫ﻓﻮق ﻓﺘﺢ‬
‫ ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ‬،‫ ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺎت‬،‫ﻹزاﻟﺔ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ‬
.‫ﻓﻮق إزاﻟﺔ‬
‫إدارة اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ‬
‫ ھﻲ إدارة‬OptiSystem ‫وﻣﻦ اﻟﺴﻤﺎت اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ ﻟـ‬
:‫ إدارة اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ‬.‫ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﻮن‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻄﯿﻞ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺎت ﻣﻜﻮن اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة‬/ ‫* ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﻤﻜﯿﻦ‬
‫ وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﻮارد اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‬
‫ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺎت إﻟﻐﺎء ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺨﺎص‬/ ‫· ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﯿﺖ‬
‫ وأﯾﻀﺎ ازدﯾﺎد ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻻﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻤﺼﺎدر اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‬،‫ﺑﻚ‬
‫اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‬
‫· ﻟﻮازم وﺟﮭﺔ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻮﺳﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻣﻜﻮن ﻓﻲ إطﺎر‬
.‫إدارة اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ‬
‫أداة إدارة اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام أداة إدارة اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ‬
‫ ﻧﻔﺬ‬،‫اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ واﺳﺘﺨﺪام أداة إدارة اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ‬
www.maktbah.net
Management tool, perform the
following procedure:
Step Action
Select Tools > Library Management.
The Library Management dialog box
appears (see Figure 6).
Figure 6 Library Management dialog
In the Registered Libraries window, a
list of the Component and Signal
libraries, Schedulers, and Optimizations
is displayed.
Note: You can only access the Library
Management tool when no projects are
open.
Disabling libraries
To disable libraries in OptiSystem,
perform the following action.
Action
· Clear the check box beside the library
to be disabled.
A dialog box appears stating that the
124
:‫اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
.‫اﺧﺘﺎر أدوات < إدارة اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ‬
.(6 ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار إدارة ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﯾﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ‬،‫ﻓﻲ إطﺎر اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ‬
،‫ اﻟﻤﻨﻈ ُﻤﻮن‬،‫ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺎت اﻹﺷﺎرة‬، ‫اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬
.‫واﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻨﺎت‬
‫ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ﻓﻘﻂ إﻟﻰ أداة إدارة اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
.‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﯾﻊ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻄﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺎت‬
‫ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء‬،OptiSystem ‫ﻟﺘﻌﻄﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺎت ﻓﻲ‬
.‫اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫· ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﯿﺎر ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻟﯿﺘﻢ‬
.‫ﺗﻌﻄﯿﻠﮭﺎ‬
.‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار ﺗﻔﯿﺪ أﻧﮫ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻌﻄﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة‬
www.maktbah.net

selected library is disabled.

Enabling libraries ‫ﺗﻤﻜﯿﻦ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺎت‬
To enable libraries in OptiSystem, ‫ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء‬،OptiSystem ‫ﻟﺘﻤﻜﯿﻦ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺎت ﻓﻲ‬
perform the following action. .‫اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬

Action
· Select the check box beside the library
to be enabled
A dialog box appears stating that the
selected library is enabled.
‫ﻋﻤﻞ‬
.‫ﺣﺪد ﺧﺎﻧﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﯿﺎر ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻟﺘﻤﻜﯿﻨﮭﺎ‬
.‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار ﺗﻔﯿﺪ أﻧﮫ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻤﻜﯿﻦ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة‬

Installing libraries ‫ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺎت‬

To install libraries in OptiSystem, ‫ ﻧﻔﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء‬،OptiSystem ‫ﻟﺘﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺎت ﻓﻲ‬
perform the following procedure. .‫اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬

Step Action ‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

1- In the Library Registration window, .‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ‬،‫ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة ﺗﺴﺠﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ‬-1
click Install.
The Open dialog appears (see .(7 ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار ﻓﺘﺢ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
Figure 7). ،‫ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‬، ‫ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﺧﺘﯿﺎر إﺷﺎرة اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺎت‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ أو ﺟﺪوﻟﺔ‬،‫ﻣﺤﺴﻦ‬
Note: You can select signal, component,
optimizer, or scheduler libraries.
2- Select the library you want to install. .‫ ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﯾﺪ ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺘﮭﺎ‬-2
The library is highlighted .‫وﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ‬

3- Click Open. .‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﻓﺘﺢ‬-3

The Loaded Successfully dialog .(8 ‫وﯾﻈﮭﺮ اﻟﺤﻮار ﺑﻨﺠﺎح ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
appears (see Figure 8).

4- Click OK. .‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ‬-4

The library appears in the list of ‫ﺣﻮار إدارة‬ ‫ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺎت ﻓﻲ‬
libraries in the Library Management .‫اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ‬
dialog.

5- Click Close. .‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق إﻏﻼق‬-5

The system settings and dialog view are ‫ إﻏﻼق‬.‫ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺚ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻨﻈﺎم وﻋﺮض اﻟﺤﻮار‬
updated. The Library Management .‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار إدارة اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ‬
dialog box closes.

125
www.maktbah.net

Figure 7 Open dialog

Figure 8 Library Loaded Successfully dialog box

Uninstalling libraries ‫اﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺎت‬

To uninstall libraries in OptiSystem, ‫ ﻧﻔﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء‬،OptiSystem ‫ﻹﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺎت ﻓﻲ‬
perform the following procedure. .‫اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
Step Action ‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
1-Select the library you wish to .‫ ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﯾﺪ إﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺘﮭﺎ‬-1
uninstall. .‫ورﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ‬
The library is highlighted.
2-In the Library Registration window, .‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق إﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﺘﺜﺒﯿﺖ‬،‫ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة ﺗﺴﺠﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ‬-2
click Uninstall. .(9 ‫وﯾﻈﮭﺮ اﻟﺤﻮار ﺑﻨﺠﺎح ﺗﻢ ﻣﺴﺤﮭﺎ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
The Unloaded Successfully dialog
126
www.maktbah.net

appears (see Figure 9).

3- Click OK. .‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ‬-3
The library is removed from the list of ‫ﺗﺘﻢ إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻮار إدارة‬
libraries in the Library Management ‫اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ‬
dialog.
4- Click Close. .‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق إﻏﻼق‬-4
The system settings and dialog view are ‫ إﻏﻼق‬.‫ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺚ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻨﻈﺎم وﻋﺮض اﻟﺤﻮار‬
updated. The Library Management .‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار إدارة اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ‬
dialog box closes.

Figure 9 Library Unloaded Successfully dialog box

Viewing component details ‫ﻋﺮض ﺗﻔﺎﺻﯿﻞ اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

To view details about components in the ‫ وﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ‬،‫ﻟﻌﺮض ﺗﻔﺎﺻﯿﻞ ﺣﻮل اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺎت‬
libraries, perform the following .‫اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
procedure.

Step Action ‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

1- Select the library that contains the .‫ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‬- 1
component.

The library is highlighted. .‫و رﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ‬

2-Select the component from the list to .‫ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﯾﻤﯿﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺎت‬-2
the right of the list of libraries.
The component is highlighted. .‫ﺳﻠﻂ اﻟﻀﻮء ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬ َ ‫و‬
Note: The detailed information about the ‫ ﺗﻢ اﻟﻌﺜﻮر ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻣﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﺣﻮل‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
selected component is found in the area .‫اﻟﻤﻜﻮن اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ أﺳﻔﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
below the component list. This .‫وﻟﻠﻘﺮاءة ﻓﻘﻂ ھﺬه اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬
information is read-only.

127
www.maktbah.net

Figure 10 Component details in Library Management dialog box

Author ‫ﻣﺆﻟﻒ‬
author of the component library. .‫ﻣﺆﻟﻒ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﻮن‬
Copyright ‫ﺣﻘﻮق اﻟﻨﺸﺮ‬
owner of the copyright for the .‫ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺣﻘﻮق اﻟﻄﺒﻊ واﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﻮن‬
component library.
Name ‫اﺳﻢ‬
name of the component library. .‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻣﻜﻮن‬
Version ‫اﻹﺻﺪار‬
version number of the component .‫رﻗﻢ إﺻﺪار ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻣﻜﻮن‬
library.
Folder ‫ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‬
name of the folder that contains the .(‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﺬي ﯾﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ)ﻣﻜﻮن‬
component.
Description ‫وﺻﻒ‬
description of the component. .‫وﺻﻒ اﻟﻤﻜﻮن‬
Icon ‫أﯾﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
component icon. .‫رﻣﺰ ﻣﻜﻮن‬
For more information about the Library ،‫ﻟﻤﺰﯾﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺣﻮل اﻟﺤﻮار إدارة اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ‬
128
www.maktbah.net

Management dialog, look in the ‫اﺑﺤﺚ ﻓﻲ إطﺎر اﻷﺳﻄﻮرة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
Legend window at the bottom of the .‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار‬
dialog box.

Note: OptiSystem is updated ‫ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻨﻘﺮ‬OptiSystem ‫ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺚ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬

automatically when you click Close to .‫ﻓﻮق إﻏﻼق ﻹﻧﮭﺎء ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار إدارة اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ‬
exit the Library Management dialog
box.

Dockers ‫واﺟﮭﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻤﯿﻞ‬

There are three dockers available in ‫ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ‬ ‫ھﻨﺎك ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻨﺼﺎت‬
OptiSystem. They are: :‫ ھﻲ‬.OptiSystem
· Component Library ‫· ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‬
· Project Browser ‫· ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﻣﺸﺮوع‬
· Description ‫· وﺻﻒ‬

Component Library ‫ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

OptiSystem provides a component
library with hundreds of components
available to build your projects. You can
import single components or entire
component libraries into OptiSystem,
and use the search feature to look for
components in the library.
‫ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻣﻜﻮن ﻣﻊ ﻣﺌﺎت ﻣﻦ‬OptiSystem ‫ﯾﻮﻓﺮ‬
‫ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬.‫اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﻟﺒﻨﺎء اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﯾﻊ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‬
‫اﺳﺘﯿﺮاد اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت واﺣﺪة أو ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺎت اﻟﻤﻜﻮن ﺑﺄﻛﻤﻠﮫ‬
‫ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ‬، ‫ واﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﯿﺰة اﻟﺒﺤﺚ‬،OptiSystem ‫إﻟﻰ‬
.‫ﻋﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ‬

There are several component library :‫ھﻨﺎك ﻋﺪة ﻓﺌﺎت ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻣﻜﻮن‬
categories:
· Default: displays the default ‫ ﯾﻌﺮض ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺎت اﻟﻤﻜﻮن اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ‬:‫· اﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ‬
component libraries and components ‫وﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬
· Custom: used to create and include ‫ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﺨﻠﻖ وﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ‬:‫· ﻣﺨﺼﺺ‬
user-defined custom components and ‫اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ واﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺎت‬
libraries

· Favorites: used to include your most ‫ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﺘﺸﻤﻞ ﺑﻚ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻷﻛﺜﺮ‬:‫· اﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‬
often used components for easy access ‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﺎ ﻟﺴﮭﻮﻟﺔ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل‬

· Recently Used: displays the ten most ‫ ﯾﻌﺮض ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﻌﺸﺮة اﻟﺘﻲ‬:‫· اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺆﺧﺮا‬
recently used components. .‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﻣﺆﺧﺮا‬
There are two views available for the ‫ ﯾﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬،‫ھﻨﺎك وﺟﮭﺘﺎ ﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬
Component Library, one uses icons, and .‫ وﻏﯿﺮھﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﺎت اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬،‫اﺣﺪ اﻟﺮﻣﻮز‬
the other uses a list.

129
www.maktbah.net

Using the Component Library ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻣﻜﻮن‬

To use the Component Library, :‫ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ‬،‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻣﻜﻮن‬
perform the following action:

Action ‫ﻋﻤﻞ‬
· Double-click on the Default Library ‫· اﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮا ﻣﺰدوﺟﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ أﯾﻘﻮﻧﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﯿﺔ‬
icon (see Figure 11). .(11 ‫)اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
The Component Library icons appear .(12 ‫ﺗﻈﮭﺮ اﻟﺮﻣﻮز ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
(see Figure 12).

Or
· Click in the library description bar ‫· اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ )وﺟﺪت أﺳﻔﻞ‬
(found underneath the window title bar). .(‫ﺷﺮﯾﻂ ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬة‬
The Component Library list appears ‫ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻣﻜﻮن )اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ( )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
(see Figure 13). .(13
Note: The library description bar is ‫ ﯾﻄﻮق ﺷﺮﯾﻂ وﺻﻒ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮن‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
circled in the color of the folder, for ‫ واﻷﺣﻤﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ‬،‫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل‬،‫اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‬
example, red for the Default library (see ‫ اﻷﺧﻀﺮ‬،‫اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﯿﺔ‬
Figure 12), green for the custom library,
Blue for the favorites library, Yellow for ‫ اﻷﺻﻔﺮ‬،‫ اﻷزرق ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‬،‫ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ‬
the recently used library (see .(12 ‫ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺆﺧﺮا )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
Figure 12).
Figure 11 Component Library

130
www.maktbah.net

Figure 12 Component Library icons

Figure 13 Component Library list

131
www.maktbah.net

Moving (down) through the ‫ﺗﺘﺤﺮك )أﺳﻔﻞ( ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬

Component Library
Action ‫ﻋﻤﻞ‬
· Double-click the file folder icon until ‫· اﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮا ﻣﺰدوﺟﺎ ﻓﻮق رﻣﺰ ﻣﻠﻒ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
you reach the component you are ‫ﺗﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﻜﻮن اﻟﺬي ﯾﺒﺤﺜﻮن ﻋﻦ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
searching for (see Figure 12). .(12

Or

· Click the expansion icon until you ‫· اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ أﯾﻘﻮﻧﺔ اﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﻜﻮن‬
reach the component you are searching .(13 ‫اﻟﺬي ﯾﺒﺤﺜﻮن ﻋﻦ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
for (see Figure 13).
Moving (up) through the Component ‫ﺗﺘﺤﺮك )أﻋﻠﻰ( ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬
Library
Action ‫ﻋﻤﻞ‬
· Double-click the up arrow file folder ‫· اﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮا ﻣﺰدوﺟﺎ ﻓﻮق اﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﯾﺼﻞ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
icon until you reach the level you are ‫اﻟﺴﮭﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ )اﻧﻈﺮ‬
searching for (see Figure 14). .(14 ‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

Figure 14 Component Library up arrow

Or
· Click the item in the component library ‫· اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﻮن )اﻧﻈﺮ‬
list (see Figure 13). .(13 ‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

Component Library context menu ‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺳﯿﺎق اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ‬

If you right-click in the Component ‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر اﻟﻤﺎوس اﻷﯾﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻤﯿﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
Library docker, the context menu ‫ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺴﯿﺎق و اﻟﻤﺒﯿﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬،‫ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﻮن‬
shown in Figure 15 appears. .15

Note: You access the context menu ‫ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺴﯿﺎق ﻋﻨﺪ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
when the component library is in icon ،(12 ‫ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻣﻜﻮن ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ رﻣﺰ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
mode (see Figure 12), not list mode (see .(13 ‫وﻟﯿﺲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
Figure 13).

132
www.maktbah.net

Figure 15 Component Library context menu

Browse ‫ﺗﺼﻔﺢ‬
takes you to the component library in ‫ﯾﺄﺧﺬك إﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻣﻜﻮن ﻓﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺷﺠﺮة ﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬
tree format to browse the available .‫اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮة‬
components.
Find Component ‫ﺑﺤﺚ اﻟﻤﻜﻮن‬
opens the component search dialog, and ‫ وﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ‬،‫ﯾﻔﺘﺢ ﺣﻮار ﺑﺤﺚ اﻟﻤﻜﻮن‬
allows you to search for a specific .‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻌﯿﻦ‬
component.
Add Folder ‫أﺿﻒ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‬
allows you to add a customized folder to .‫ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻣﻜﻮن‬
the component library. To add a custom ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮا ﻣﺰدوﺟﺎ ﻓﻮق‬،‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻣﺨﺼﺺ‬
folder, double-click on the Custom ‫ ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‬.‫اﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻣﺨﺼﺺ‬
library icon. The New Folder dialog ‫ﺟﺪﯾﺪ وﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ اﻛﺘﺐ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
appears and allows you to type the name .(16
of the folder (see Figure 16).
Note: This is only active when using the ‫ ھﺬا ھﻮ اﻟﻨﺸﻂ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻔﺌﺔ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
Custom category. ‫ﻣﺨﺼﺺ‬

Delete ‫ﺣﺬف‬
allows you to delete a customized folder. ،‫ ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‬.‫ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻟﺤﺬف ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﻄﻠﺐ‬
Select the folder, right-click to access the ،‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر اﻟﻤﺎوس اﻷﯾﻤﻦ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺴﯿﺎق‬
context menu, and select Delete. ‫واﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺬف‬
Note: You cannot delete any folders ‫ ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﺬف أي ﻣﺠﻠﺪات أﺧﺮى ﻏﯿﺮ ﺗﻠﻚ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
133
www.maktbah.net
other than user-created ones in the
Custom library.
Add Bar
allows you to add a new bar to the
component library docker, so you can
access frequently used library locations
without using the normal method to
browse through the libraries. To create a
bar, select the library/component and
click Add Bar.
Delete Current Bar
allows you to delete a customized library
bar from the Component Library
docker.
Large Icons
displays large icons in the Component
Library docker.
Small Icons
displays small icons in the Component
Library docker (see Figure 17).
Add to Favorites
allows you to select a component and
add it to your list of favorites. This
makes it easier to access commonly used
components.
Figure 16 New folder dialog
Figure 17 Component Library - small icons
134
.‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﻨﺸﺌﮭﺎ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻣﺨﺼﺺ‬
‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ‬
‫ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ ﺟﺪﯾﺪ إﻟﻰ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﯿﻨﺎء ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ‬
‫ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ ﻣﻮاﻗﻊ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ‬،‫ﻣﻜﻮن‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر دون اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻷﺳﻠﻮب‬
،‫ إﻧﺸﺎء ﺷﺮﯾﻂ‬.‫اﻟﻄﺒﯿﻌﻲ ﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺎت‬
.‫ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ واﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺎر‬/ ‫ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺬف ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻟﺤﺬف ﺷﺮﯾﻂ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻣﯿﻨﺎء‬
.‫ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬
‫أﯾﻘﻮﻧﺎت ﻛﺒﯿﺮة‬
‫ﯾﻌﺮض رﻣﻮز ﻛﺒﯿﺮة ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﯿﻨﺎء ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ‬
.‫اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬
‫أﯾﻘﻮﻧﺎت ﺻﻐﯿﺮة‬
‫ﯾﻌﺮض أﯾﻘﻮﻧﺎت ﺻﻐﯿﺮة ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﯿﻨﺎء ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ‬
.(17 ‫اﻟﻤﻜﻮن )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫أﺿﻒ اﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‬
‫ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ وإﺿﺎﻓﺘﮫ إﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ ھﺬا ﯾﺠﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺴﮭﻞ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ‬.‫اﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‬
.‫اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﺎدة‬
www.maktbah.net
For information about managing the
Component Library, see "Exporting an
OptiPerformer project file" on page 91.
Project Browser
The Project Browser lists information
about the project. Use the Project
Browser to customize the view of the
project, as it allows you to select what
information is visible, calculated, used
in reports, and plotted in graphs.
Figure 18 shows the Project Browser
in Default view.
The components in the list are
synchronized with the project layout
window. When you click a component
in the Project Browser, the component
is highlighted in the layout. This also
works in reverse, from the project layout
to the Project Browser.
To expand the components, click the
plus sign to the left of the component
name. The ports, parameters, results,
and graphs items related to the
component appear in the list. To expand
on any of these items, click the plus sign
to the left of the name.
Figure 18 Project Browser-Default view
135
،‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺣﻮل إدارة ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬
‫ ﻓﻲ‬OptiPerformer" ‫اﻧﻈﺮ "ﺗﺼﺪﯾﺮ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﺸﺮوع‬
.91 ‫اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
.‫ﯾﺴﺮد ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﻣﺸﺮوع اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻋﻦ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ﻟﻠﺘﺨﺼﯿﺺ ﻋﺮض‬
‫ ﻛﻤﺎ أﻧﮫ ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﺎ ھﻲ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬،‫ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮوع‬
‫ وﺗﺂﻣﺮ ﻓﻲ‬،‫ وﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻘﺎرﯾﺮ‬،‫ وﺗﺤﺴﺐ‬،‫ﻣﺮﺋﯿﺔ‬
.‫اﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ﻓﻲ طﺮﯾﻘﺔ‬18 ‫وﯾﺒﯿﻦ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮض اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﯿﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻢ ﻣﺰاﻣﻨﺔ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺮض‬.‫اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
.‫ وﺳﻠﻂ اﻟﻀﻮء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬،‫ﻣﺸﺮوع‬
‫ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬،‫ھﺬا ﯾﻌﻤﻞ أﯾﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻻﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻛﺲ‬
.‫اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع إﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﻋﻼﻣﺔ زاﺋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﯾﺴﺎر‬،‫ﻟﺘﻮﺳﯿﻊ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬
،‫ واﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬،‫ واﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺎت‬،‫ وﯾﺒﺪو أن اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ‬.‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻜﻮن‬
‫وﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق‬،‫ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﻓﻲ أي ﻣﻦ ھﺬه اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬.‫اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
.‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺠﻤﻊ إﻟﻰ ﯾﺴﺎر اﻻﺳﻢ‬
www.maktbah.net

The following items are available in the ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮض ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺮض‬
default Project Browser view :(18 ‫اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
(see Figure 18):

Name column ‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﻌﻤﻮد‬

Layout: :‫ﻧﺴﻖ‬
displays all project layout names in the ‫ﯾﻌﺮض ﺟﻤﯿﻊ أﺳﻤﺎء ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
current project. .‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬

Global ‫اﻟﺸﺎﻣﻞ‬
displays parameters and sweeps for each ‫ﯾﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺎت واﻻﻣﺘﺪادات ﻟﻜﻞ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
layout of the current project. .‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬

Component ‫ﻣﻜﻮن‬
displays the component names for each ‫ﯾﻌﺮض أﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
layout of the current project. .‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬

The component has four possible details
items:
· Ports: displays a list of ports on the
component.
· Parameters: displays a list of
component parameters.
· Results: displays a list of the available
numerical results of a calculation.
:‫اﻟﻤﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ أرﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﯿﻞ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ‬
.‫ ﯾﻌﺮض ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬:‫· اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ‬
.‫ ﯾﻌﺮض ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻤﻜﻮن‬:‫· اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺎت‬
‫ ﯾﻌﺮض ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‬:‫· اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
.‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﯿﺔ‬

· Graphs: displays a list of available ‫ ﯾﻌﺮض ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﯿﺔ‬:‫اﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ‬

graphical results of a calculation. .‫اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﯿﺔ‬

Value column ‫ﻋﻤﻮد اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ‬

Layout: :‫ﻧﺴﻖ‬
displays the current iteration number for ‫ﯾﻌﺮض رﻗﻢ اﻟﺘﻜﺮار اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﯾﻊ‬
each project layout listed. .‫اﻟﻤﺪرﺟﺔ‬

Component ‫ﻣﻜﻮن‬
displays the component type for each ‫ﯾﻌﺮض ﻧﻮع اﻟﻤﻜﻮن ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻜﻮن ﻣﺪرج‬
component listed.

Subsystem ‫اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
displays the number of components for .‫ﯾﻌﺮض ﻋﺪد ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﻛﻞ ﻧﻈﺎم ﻓﺮﻋﻲ اﻟﻤﺪرﺟﺔ‬
each subsystem listed.

136
www.maktbah.net

Figure 19 Project Browser View dialog box-Default view

Name ‫اﻻﺳﻢ‬
Displays the name of the current view in .‫ﯾﻌﺮض اﺳﻢ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
the Project Browser.
Display Items ‫ﻋﺮض اﻷﺻﻨﺎف‬
Select/deselect items to view in the ‫ إﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻟﻌﺮض ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺮض‬/ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ‬
Project Browser. Includes: :‫ ﯾﺸﻤﻞ‬.‫اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
Project ‫ﻣﺸﺮوع‬
select to display all layouts in the current .‫ﺣﺪد ﻟﻌﺮض ﻛﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻄﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬
project.
Current Layout . ‫ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬
select to display items for the current ‫ﺣﺪد ﻟﻌﺮض ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
layout only.
Components ‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬
select/clear items for viewing. Includes ،‫ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ اﻟﻤﻮاﻧﺊ‬.‫ واﺿﺢ ﻟﻠﻌﺮض‬/ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
Ports, Graphs, Parameters, and ‫ واﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬، ‫ ﻣﻘﺎﯾﺲ‬، ‫واﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ‬
Results.
Paths ‫ﻣﺴﺎرات‬
select to view paths in the current layout ‫ﺣﺪد ﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﺴﺎرات ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ أو اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
or project. .‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬
Display Second Column ‫ﻋﺮض اﻟﻌﻤﻮد اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬
Select to display the second column in ‫ﺣﺪد ھﺬا اﻟﺨﯿﺎر ﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻌﻤﻮد اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬
137
www.maktbah.net

the Project Browser. .‫اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬

Layout
select item to display in the second
column about layout Size, Current
(sweep) Iteration, Number of
Components in the layout, or the Total
Cost of the layout.
Component
select item to display in the second
column about component Cost or Type.
Subsystem
select item to display in the second
column about subsystem Number of
Components, Cost, or Size
Sorting
Determines how the items are sorted for
display in the Project Browser.
Sorting Order
select to sort the items in the Project
Browser by Layout Order or Name.
‫ﻧﺴﻖ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﮫ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻮد اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺣﻮل ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫ ﻋﺪد ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬،‫ )اﻻﺟﺘﯿﺎح( اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ اﻟﺘﻜﺮار‬،‫اﻟﺤﺠﻢ‬
.‫ أو اﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ اﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬،‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻜﻮن‬
‫ﺣﺪد اﻟﺒﻨﺪ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﮫ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻮد اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺣﻮل اﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ‬
.‫اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺔ أو اﻟﻨﻮع‬
‫اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺪد اﻟﺒﻨﺪ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﮫ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻮد اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺣﻮل اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬
.‫ أو اﻟﺤﺠﻢ‬،‫ اﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ‬،‫اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﻋﺪد ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬
‫ﻓﺮز‬
‫ﯾﺤﺪد ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ ﻓﺮز اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻟﻠﻌﺮض ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺮض‬
.‫اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
‫ﻓﺮز ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ‬
‫اﺧﺘﯿﺎر ﻟﻔﺮز اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻓﻊ أو اﺳﻢ‬

Sorting type ‫ﻧﻮع اﻟﻔﺮز‬

select to sort the items in the Project ‫اﺧﺘﯿﺎر ﻟﻔﺮز اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﻣﺸﺮوع ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ‬
Browser in Ascending or Descending .‫ﺗﺼﺎﻋﺪي أو ﺗﻨﺎزﻟﻲ‬
order. ‫ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ ﻋﺮض ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﻣﺸﺮوع‬

Modifying the Project Browser view ‫ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬
In order to modify the available ‫ اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﻋﺮض ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺮض‬،‫ﻣﺸﺮوع‬
information in the Project Browser, use .‫اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
the Project
Browser View dialog box. ‫ ﻧﻔﺬ أﺣﺪ‬،‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﯾﻞ طﺮﯾﻘﺔ ﻋﺮض ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
To modify the Project Browser view, ‫اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ‬
perform one of the following actions.

Action ‫ﻋﻤﻞ‬
· In the Project Browser, click the ‫· ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ واﺧﺘﺮ‬
menu button and select Define Views .(20 ‫ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻟﻤﺸﺎھﺪات )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
(see Figure 20).
The Project Browser Views dialog box ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ﻋﺪد اﻟﻤﺸﺎھﺪات‬
appears (see Figure 19). .(19 ‫)اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

OR

138
www.maktbah.net

Action ‫ﻋﻤﻞ‬
· In the Project Browser, click the ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق زر ﻋﺮض‬،‫· ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
Project Browser view button .(20 ‫)ﺣﻠﻘﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﻣﺸﺮوع‬
(circled in Figure 20). ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ﻋﺪد اﻟﻤﺸﺎھﺪات‬
.(19 ‫)اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
The Project Browser Views dialog box
appears (see Figure 19).

Figure 20 Project Browser view menu

Graphs ‫اﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ‬

The Graphs item in the Project ‫اﻟﺒﻨﺪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﻣﺸﺮوع ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ‬
Browser allows you to display graphical ‫ ﯾﺘﻢ إﻧﺸﺎء‬.‫ﻟﻌﺮض رﺳﻮم ﺑﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ ﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺑﺔ‬
representations of calculated data. ‫ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ أن‬،‫اﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
Graphs are generated by components, .‫ﻟﯿﺲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﺗﻮﻟﯿﺪ اﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ‬
although not all components generate
graphs.

Note: A graphic icon appears to the left ‫ ﯾﻈﮭﺮ رﻣﺰ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ إﻟﻰ اﻟﯿﺴﺎر ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﺳﻮم‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
of the graphs that can be viewed, with ‫ ﻣﻊ أﺳﻠﻮب رﻣﺰ‬،‫اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﯾﻨﻈﺮ إﻟﯿﮭﺎ‬
the style of icon indicating what type of :‫ﯾﺸﯿﺮ ﻧﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ ھﻮ ﻣﺘﺎح‬
graph is available:

2D graph 3D graph

139
www.maktbah.net
Figure 21 Project Browser - Expanded Graphs item
You can view a graph using four
methods:
· Quick View
· Component View
· Report
Quick View
Use to generate a temporary view of the
graph results in a dialog box.
Placing graphs in Quick View
Step Action
1- In the Project Browser, expand the
Graph item under the component.
2- Select the graph name in the list,
right-click, and select Quick View.
The Quick View dialog box appears
with the graph (see Figure 22).
Note: Saving memory: You can enable
and disable graphs from the project
browser as well. Simply select a graph,
right-click and select Enable. You can
also disable all the graphs by selecting
the component name, right-click, and
select Disable graphs.
140
:‫ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام أرﺑﻌﺔ طﺮق‬
‫· ﻧﻈﺮة ﺳﺮﯾﻌﺔ‬
‫· ﻣﻜﻮن ﻣﺸﺎھﺪة‬
‫· ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮة ﺳﺮﯾﻌﺔ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﮭﺎ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻋﺮض ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ‬
.‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار‬
‫وﺿﻊ اﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮض ﺳﺮﯾﻊ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﻣﺸﺮوع ﺗﻮﺳﯿﻊ ھﺬا اﻟﺒﻨﺪ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ‬-1
.‫ﻓﻲ إطﺎر ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر‬،‫ ﺣﺪد اﺳﻢ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬-2
.‫ وﺣﺪد ﻋﺮض ﺳﺮﯾﻊ‬،‫اﻟﻤﺎوس اﻷﯾﻤﻦ‬
‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﻋﺮض ﺳﺮﯾﻊ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ‬
.(22 ‫)اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻤﻜﯿﻦ وﺗﻌﻄﯿﻞ اﻟﺮﺳﻮم‬:‫ ذاﻛﺮة إﻧﻘﺎذ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ ﺑﺒﺴﺎطﺔ اﺧﺘﯿﺎر‬.‫اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع أﯾﻀﺎ‬
‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر اﻟﻤﺎوس اﻷﯾﻤﻦ واﺧﺘﺮ‬،‫اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ أﯾﻀﺎ ﺗﻌﻄﯿﻞ ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ ﻋﻦ‬.‫ﺗﻤﻜﯿﻦ‬
،‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر اﻟﻤﺎوس اﻷﯾﻤﻦ‬،‫طﺮﯾﻖ اﺧﺘﯿﺎر اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻜﻮن‬
.‫وﺣﺪد اﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ ﺗﻌﻄﯿﻞ‬
www.maktbah.net
Figure 22 Quick View graph
Component View
Use to generate a permanent view of
graph results in a dialog box.
Accessing graphs in Component View
Step Action
1- In the Layout or Project Browser,
select the component you want to access
the graphs.
2- Select a component in the list, right-
click, and select Component View.
3- In the Component view dialog box,
select the 2D Graphs tab and expand
the graph item from the list.
The Component View dialog box
appears with the graph (see Figure 23).
Note: Component view allows you to
display multiple graphs. You can also
select between the two displays in order
to combine graphs with different vertical
scales. Component view assumes that
the graphs share the same horizontal
axis.
141
‫ﻣﺸﺎھﺪة اﻟﻤﻜﻮن‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﮭﺎ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻋﺮض داﺋﻢ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
.‫اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ داﺧﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار‬
‫اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ اﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺸﺎھﺪة اﻟﻤﻜﻮن‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ أو ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﻜﻮن‬- 1
.‫اﻟﺬي ﺗﺮﯾﺪ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ اﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ‬
،‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر اﻟﻤﺎوس اﻷﯾﻤﻦ‬،‫ﺣﺪد ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬- 2
. ‫وﺣﺪد ﻋﺮض اﻟﻤﻜﻮن‬
‫ ﺣﺪد ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬،‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﻋﺮض ﻣﻜﻮن‬- 3
‫ اﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ وﺗﻮﺳﯿﻊ ھﺬا اﻟﺒﻨﺪ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬D2 ‫اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ‬
.‫اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﻋﺮض اﻟﻤﻜﻮن ﻣﻊ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ‬
.(23 ‫)اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻤﻜﻮن ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺮﺳﻮم‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ أﯾﻀﺎ اﺧﺘﯿﺎر ﺑﯿﻦ ﻋﺮض‬.‫اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪدة‬
‫اﺛﻨﯿﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﺳﻮم او اﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ ذات‬
‫ ﯾﻔﺘﺮض ﻋﺮض اﻟﻤﻜﻮن‬.‫اﻟﻤﻘﺎﯾﯿﺲ اﻟﺮأﺳﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ذي اﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﺘﺮك ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻮر أﻓﻘﻲ‬
.‫واﺣﺪ‬
www.maktbah.net

Figure 23 Component View - graph

Report
Use to generate graph results and
include them in a Report.You can
combine graphs from same components,
different components, or even different
layouts.
Placing graphs in Report view
To place graphs in the Report view,
perform the following procedure.
‫ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺮ‬
‫ وﺗﺪرﺟﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ‬،‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﮭﺎ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﯿﺪ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ ﻣﻦ‬Report.You
‫ أو ﺣﺘﻰ‬،‫ او اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬،‫ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬
.‫ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻄﺎت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫وﺿﻊ اﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮض ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺮ‬
‫ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ‬،‫ﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺘﻘﺮﯾﺮ‬
.‫اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬

Step Action ‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

1- Click the Report tab in the main ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ ﻟﻌﺮض ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺮ ﻓﻲ‬-1
project layout view. .‫ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ‬
2- In the Project Browser, expand the ‫ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﻣﺸﺮوع ﺗﻮﺳﯿﻊ ھﺬا اﻟﺒﻨﺪ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ‬-2
Graph item under the component. .‫ﻓﻲ إطﺎر اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
3- Select the graph name in the list, then ‫ ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻗﮫ‬،‫ ﺣﺪد اﺳﻢ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬-3
click and drag the graph view into the .‫واﺳﺤﺐ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺘﻘﺮﯾﺮ‬
report layout.
The graph view appears in the report .‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة اﻟﺘﻘﺮﯾﺮ‬
window.

142
www.maktbah.net

Figure 24 Graph in Report window

Multi-graph views ‫ﻋﺮض ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ‬

If you select a component that has more
than one sweep iteration, the results are
combined into the single graph view.
Each view created has a different colour,
indicating that the graph view includes
several different graphs (see Figure 25).
‫إذا ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﯾﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ واﺣﺪ‬
‫ ﯾﺘﻢ اﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮض‬،‫ﻟﺘﻜﺮار اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬
،‫ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺮض ﺗﻢ إﻧﺸﺎؤه ﻟﺪﯾﮫ ﻟﻮن ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬.‫ﺑﯿﺎﻧﻲ واﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﯿﺮا إﻟﻰ أن ﻋﺮض اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ ﯾﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻋﺪة‬
.(25 ‫رﺳﻮم ﺑﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

Figure 25 Multi-Graph view

143
www.maktbah.net

One view will always display as many ‫وھﻨﺎك رأي داﺋﻤﺎ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻌﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﯿﺎت ﻓﻲ‬
curves per graph as there are sweep .‫اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ أن ھﻨﺎك ﺗﻜﺮار اﻻﻣﺘﺪاد‬
iterations.

Results ‫اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
The Results item in the Project ‫ﺑﻨﺪ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﻣﺸﺮوع ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻟﻌﺮض ﻗﯿﻢ‬
Browser allows you to display values ‫ ﯾﺘﻢ إﻧﺸﺎؤھﺎ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬.‫ﺗﻤﺜﻞ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﺴﻮﺑﺔ‬
representing calculated data. Results are ‫ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ أن ﻟﯿﺲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬،‫واﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬
generated by components, although not .‫ﺗﻮﻟﯿﺪ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
all components generate results.

Figure 26 Project Browser - Expanded Results item

You can view a list of results using four :‫ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮض ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام أرﺑﻌﺔ طﺮق‬
methods:
· Results View ‫· ﻣﺸﺎھﺪة ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
· Component View ‫· ﻣﺸﺎھﺪة اﻟﻤﻜﻮن‬
· Report ‫· ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺮ‬

144
www.maktbah.net

Results View ‫ﻣﺸﺎھﺪة ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬

Use to generate a temporary view of the .‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﮭﺎ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻋﺮض ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻓﻲ‬
list of results in a dialog box. ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار‬
Viewing results from the Project ‫ﻋﺮض اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﻣﺸﺮوع‬
Browser
Step Action ‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
1- In the Project Browser, expand the ‫ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﻣﺸﺮوع ﺗﻮﺳﯿﻊ ھﺬا اﻟﺒﻨﺪ اﻟﻨﺘﯿﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ‬-1
Result item under the component. .‫إطﺎر ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‬
2- Select any result name in the list, ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر اﻟﻤﺎوس‬،‫ ﺣﺪد أي اﺳﻢ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬-2
right-click, and select Properties. .‫ وﺣﺪد ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬،‫اﻷﯾﻤﻦ‬
The Result View dialog box appears ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﻧﺘﯿﺠﺔ ﻋﺮض ﻣﻊ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ )اﻧﻈﺮ‬
with the list (see Figure 28). .(28 ‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

Figure 27 Results view

Displaying results in the layout ‫ﻋﺮض اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﯿﻢ‬

Step Action ‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
1- In the Project Browser, expand the ‫ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع وﺿﻊ ﻧﺘﯿﺠﺔ ھﺬا اﻟﺒﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺖ‬-1
Result item under the component. .‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
2- Select any result name in the list, ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر اﻟﻤﺎوس‬،‫ ﺣﺪد اﺳﻢ اﻟﻨﺘﯿﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬-2
right-click, and select Properties. .‫ وﺣﺪد اﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬،‫اﻷﯾﻤﻦ‬
145
www.maktbah.net

The Result View dialog box appears
with the list (see Figure 28).
3- Select the check box (disp column) in
order to display the result in the layout
and press OK.
The selected result will be displayed in
the layout (see Figure 28).
Note: Make sure View Component
Results in the Layout Operations
toolbar is enabled.
Note: You can also enter a range for the
result using the minimum and maximum
value columns. If the alarm is set to
enable and the result is outside of the
defined range, the result will be
displayed in red.
‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﻧﺘﯿﺠﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض ﻣﻊ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ )اﻧﻈﺮ‬
.(28 ‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺪد ﺧﺎﻧﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﯿﺎر )ﺗﻤﻜﯿﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻮد( ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ‬- 3
.‫ﻋﺮض اﻟﻨﺘﯿﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺳﯿﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻨﺘﯿﺠﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ )اﻧﻈﺮ‬
.(28 ‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻤﻜﯿﻦ ﻣﺸﺎھﺪة ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﯿﻖ ﻓﻲ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
.‫ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻷدوات ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎت ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ أﯾﻀﺎ إدﺧﺎل ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻟﻨﺘﯿﺠﺔ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ إذا ﺗﻢ‬.‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷدﻧﻰ واﻷﻋﻤﺪة اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﻘﺼﻮى‬
،‫ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﻤﻨﺒﮫ ﻟﺘﻤﻜﯿﻦ واﻟﻨﺘﯿﺠﺔ ھﻲ ﺧﺎرج ﻧﻄﺎق ﻣﺤﺪد‬
.‫ﺳﻮف ﯾﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﻧﺘﯿﺠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮن اﻷﺣﻤﺮ‬

Figure 28 Displaying results in the layout

146
www.maktbah.net

Component View ‫ﻣﺸﺎھﺪة اﻟﻤﻜﻮن‬

Use to generate a permanent view of the ‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﮭﺎ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻋﺮض داﺋﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻓﻲ‬
list of results in a dialog box. .‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار‬

Accessing results in Component View ‫اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺸﺎھﺪة اﻟﻤﻜﻮن‬

Step Action ‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
1- In the Layout or Project Browser, ‫ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ أو ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﻜﻮن‬-1
select the component you want to access .‫اﻟﺬي ﺗﺮﯾﺪ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
the results.

2- Select a component in the list, right- ،‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر اﻟﻤﺎوس اﻷﯾﻤﻦ‬،‫ﺣﺪد ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬- 2
click, and select Component View. .‫وﺣﺪد ﻣﻜﻮن ﻋﺮض‬

3- In the Component view dialog box, ‫ ﺣﺪد ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬،‫ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﻋﺮض ﻣﻜﻮن‬-3
select the Results tab. ‫اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ‬

The Component View dialog box ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﻋﺮض اﻟﻤﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
appears with the list of results (see .(29 ‫)اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
Figure 29).

Figure 29 Component View - results

147
www.maktbah.net

Report ‫ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺮ‬
Use to generate results and include them ‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﮭﺎ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﯿﺪ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ وﺗﻀﻤﯿﻨﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
in a Report.You can combine results ‫ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ‬Report.You
from same components, different ‫ أو ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻄﺎت‬،‫او اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬،‫اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬
components, or even different layouts. .‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬

Placing results in Report view ‫وﺿﻊ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻮء ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺮ‬

To place results in the Report view, .‫ ﻧﻔﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺘﻘﺮﯾﺮ‬
perform the following procedure.

Step Action ‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

1- Click the Report tab in the main ‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮض‬ ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ‬-1
project layout view. .‫ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ‬

2- In the Project Browser, expand the ‫ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﻣﺸﺮوع ﺗﻮﺳﯿﻊ ھﺬا اﻟﺒﻨﺪ اﻟﻨﺘﯿﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ‬-2
Result item under the component. .‫إطﺎر ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‬

3- Select the result name in the list, then ‫ ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق واﺳﺤﺐ‬،‫ ﺣﺪد اﺳﻢ ﻧﺘﯿﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬-3
click and drag the result into the report .‫اﻟﻨﺘﯿﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺘﻘﺮﯾﺮ‬
layout.

The table appears in the report window. ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ اﻟﺠﺪول ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة اﻟﺘﻘﺮﯾﺮ‬
Figure 30 Result in Report window

148
www.maktbah.net

Description ‫وﺻﻒ‬
The Description docker allows you to ‫وﺻﻒ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻤﯿﻞ ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﯾﺮ وﺻﻔﺎ‬
develop a detailed description of the ‫ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬،‫ﺗﻔﺼﯿﻠﯿﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮوع وﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺗﮫ‬
project and components, including ‫ ﻟﯿﺮاھﺎ اﻵﺧﺮون ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﯾﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻠﻒ‬،‫ﺗﻘﻨﯿﺔ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﺔ‬
detailed technical information, for .OptiSystem ‫اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع واﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﮫ‬
others to see when they open the project
file and use OptiSystem.

Figure 31 Description docker

Bill of Materials ‫ﺣﺴﺎب ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ اﻟﻤﻮاد‬

The Bill of Materials dialog box lists all ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ )ﺟﺪول( ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﺣﺴﺎب ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ اﻟﻤﻮاد ﻣﻦ‬
components and layouts in an active ،‫ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت واﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻄﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع اﻟﻨﺸﻂ‬
project, their associated costs, and the ‫ واﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ اﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮوع‬،‫واﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﯿﻒ اﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﮭﺎ‬
total cost of the project (see Figure 32). .(32 ‫)اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

You can export the Bill of Materials to ‫ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺼﺪﯾﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺴﺎب ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻮاد اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
a text file, and use it as a spreadsheet. ‫ واﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﮫ ﺑﻤﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﺟﺪول‬،‫اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن إﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻧﺼﻲ‬
.‫اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت‬

149
www.maktbah.net

Figure 32 Bill of Materials dialog box

Export to Text File ‫ﺗﺼﺪﯾﺮ إﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻧﺼﻲ‬

Opens the Save As dialog box and ‫ﯾﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﺣﻔﻆ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ وﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺗﺼﺪﯾﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
allows you to export the Bill of (33 ‫ﺣﺴﺎب ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻮاد إﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻧﺼﻲ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
Materials to a text file (see Figure 33) .‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺟﺪول اﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ‬
for external cost spreadsheet creation.

Figure 33 Bill of Materials-Save As dialog box

150
www.maktbah.net

Report
The Report toolbar contains the buttons
to perform all typical windows
application actions, in addition to report
generation options.
‫ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺮ‬
‫ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻷدوات ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺮ ﯾﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ أزرار ﻟﺘﻨﻔﯿﺬ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ‬،‫اﻹﺟﺮاءات ﺗﻄﺒﯿﻖ وﯾﻨﺪوز ﻧﻤﻮذﺟﻲ‬
.‫ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺮ ﺧﯿﺎرات اﻟﺘﻮﻟﯿﺪ‬

Figure 34 Report toolbar

Menu item Toolbar button Description

‫ﻋﻧﺻر اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬ ‫زر ﺷرﯾط أدوات‬ ‫اﻟوﺻف‬

Open an existing report layout file. Select the

Open Layout
report layout file from the Open dialog box.
(Ctrl L)
‫ ﺣدد ﻣﻠف ﺗﻘرﯾر اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم‬.‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﻣﻠف اﻟﺗﻘرﯾر ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻣﯾم اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﺗﺻﻣﯾم‬
.‫ﻣن ﻣرﺑﻊ اﻟﺣوار ﺛم ﻓﺗﺢ‬

Save the active (current) report layout under

Save Layout
the current name in the default location.
(Ctrl S)
‫ﺣﻔظ ﺗﻘرﯾر اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم اﻟﻧﺷط )اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ( ﺗﺣت اﻻﺳم اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﻔظ اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم‬
.‫اﻟﻣوﻗﻊ اﻻﻓﺗراﺿﻲ‬

Open an existing report layout template.

Open Report
Select the report layout template from the
Layout Template
Open dialog box.
‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﺗﻘرﯾر ﻟﻘﺎﻟب‬
‫ ﺣدد ﻗﺎﻟب ﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﺗﻘرﯾر‬.‫ﻓﺗﺢ ﻗﺎﻟب ﺗﻘرﯾر اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم‬
.‫ﻣن ﻣرﺑﻊ اﻟﺣوار ﻓﺗﺢ‬

Save the active (current) report layout

Save Report
template under the current name in the
Layout Template
default location.
‫ﺣﻔظ ﺗﻘرﯾر ﻟﻘﺎﻟب‬
‫ﺣﻔظ ﺗﻘرﯾر ﻗﺎﻟب اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم اﻟﻧﺷط )اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ( ﺗﺣت اﻻﺳم‬
‫اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم‬
.‫اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣوﻗﻊ اﻻﻓﺗراﺿﻲ‬

Print Print the active (current) report layout.

‫طﺑﺎﻋﺔ‬ (‫طﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻘرﯾر اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم اﻟﻧﺷط )اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬

See a preview of the active (current) report

Print Preview
layout.
‫ﻣﻌﺎﯾﻧﺔ ﻗﺑل اﻟطﺑﺎﻋﺔ‬
(‫ﻣﻌﺎﯾﻧﺔ ﺗﺧطﯾط ﻟﺗﻘرﯾر اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم اﻟﻧﺷط )اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬.

151
www.maktbah.net

Report Opens the Report properties dialog box.

Properties .‫ﯾﻔﺗﺢ ﻣرﺑﻊ ﺣوار ﺧﺻﺎﺋص اﻟﺗﻘرﯾر‬
‫ﺧﺻﺎﺋص اﻟﺗﻘرﯾر‬

Remove all selected objects and place them

Cut (Ctrl+X) on the clipboard.
‫ﻗص‬ .‫إزاﻟﺔ ﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻟﻛﺎﺋﻧﺎت اﻟﻣﺣددة ووﺿﻌﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺣﺎﻓظﺔ‬

Copy selected objects to the clipboard. The

selected objects remain in the active report
layout.
Copy (Ctrl+C)
‫ﻧﺳﺦ‬
‫ ﺣﯾث ﺗﺑﻘﻰ اﻟﻛﺎﺋﻧﺎت‬.‫ﻧﺳﺦ اﻟﻛﺎﺋﻧﺎت اﻟﻣﺣددة إﻟﻰ اﻟﺣﺎﻓظﺔ‬
.‫اﻟﻣﺣددة ﻓﻲ ﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﺗﻘرﯾر اﻟﻧﺷط‬

Copy objects from the clipboard and paste

them in a user-defined location-the same
report layout or a new report layout.
Paste (Ctrl+V)
‫ﻟﺻق‬ ‫ﻧﺳﺦ اﻟﻛﺎﺋﻧﺎت ﻣن اﻟﺣﺎﻓظﺔ وﻟﺻﻘﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔس ﻣﻛﺎن ﺗﺧطﯾط‬
‫اﻟﺗﻘرﯾر اﻟﻣﻌرف ﻣن ﻗﺑل اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدم أو ﺗﻘرﯾر اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم‬
.‫اﻟﺟدﯾد‬

Allows you to delete selected objects in the

active (current) report layout.
Delete
‫ﺣذف‬ ‫ﯾﺳﻣﺢ ﻟك ﻟﺣذف اﻟﻛﺎﺋﻧﺎت اﻟﻣﺣددة ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘرﯾر اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم اﻟﻧﺷط‬
.(‫)اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬

Select the zoom percentage: 10, 50, 75, 100,

150. 200, 400, or 800.
Zoom Percent
،200 .150 ،100 ،75 ،50 ،10 :‫ﺣدد ﻧﺳﺑﺔ اﻟﺗﻛﺑﯾر‬
‫اﻟﺗﻛﺑﯾر ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺋﺔ‬
.800 ‫ أو‬،400

Zoom in on the active (current) report layout.

Zoom In
.(‫اﻟﺗﻛﺑﯾر ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘرﯾر اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم اﻟﻧﺷط )اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻛﺑﯾر‬

152
www.maktbah.net

Zoom out on the active (current) report

Zoom Out layout.
‫ﺗﺻﻐﯾر‬ .(‫اﻟﺗﺻﻐﯾر ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘرﯾر اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم اﻟﻧﺷط )اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬

Scroll document Scroll through active (current) report page.

‫وﺛﯾﻘﺔ اﻟﺗﻣرﯾر‬ .(‫اﻧﺗﻘل ﻣن ﺧﻼل ﺻﻔﺣﺔ اﻟﺗﻘرﯾر اﻟﻧﺷطﺔ )اﻟﺣﺎﻟﯾﺔ‬

Save a selected component in a separate

component library file that can be used in
Select another project/application.
‫ﺗﺣدﯾد‬ ‫ﺣﻔظ اﻟﻣﻛون اﻟﻣﺣدد ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠف ﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ اﻟﻣﻛون اﻟﻣﻧﻔﺻل اﻟﺗﻲ‬
.‫ ﺗطﺑﯾق آﺧر‬/ ‫ﯾﻣﻛن اﺳﺗﺧداﻣﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺷروع‬

Inserts a 3D graph template in the Report

window with data plotted for the selected
3D Graph report item.
3D ‫اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ ﻓﻲ إطﺎر ﺗﻘرﯾر ﻣﻊ اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت‬3D ‫إدراج ﻗﺎﻟب اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬
.‫اﻟﻣرﺳوﻣﺔ ﻟﮭذا اﻟﺑﻧد ذو اﻟﺗﻘرﯾر اﻟﻣﺣدد‬

Inserts a grid in the Report window that

contains data for the selected report item.
Grid
‫إدراج اﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓذة اﻟﺗﻘرﯾر وﯾﺣﺗوي ھذا اﻟﺗﻘرﯾر ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺷﯾﻛﺔ‬
.‫ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺑﻧد اﻟﻣﺣدد‬

Inserts a 2D graph template in the Report

window with data plotted for the selected
Opti2D Graph
report item.
Opti2D ‫اﻟرﺳم‬
‫ ﻓﻲ إطﺎر ﺗﻘرﯾر ﻣﻊ اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت‬2D ‫إدراج ﻗﺎﻟب اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬
.‫اﻟﻣرﺳوﻣﺔ ﻟﮭذا اﻟﺑﻧد ذو اﻟﺗﻘرﯾر اﻟﻣﺣدد‬

Inserts a text box to add details to the active

(current) report.
Text
‫إدراج ﻣرﺑﻊ ﻧص ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﯾل إﻟﻰ اﻟﺗﻘرﯾر اﻟﻧﺷط‬
‫ﻧص‬
.(‫)اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬

153
www.maktbah.net

Figure 35 Report options

Report options ‫ﺧﯾﺎرات اﻟﺗﻘرﯾر‬

To access report options, you use the ‫ ﯾﻣﻛﻧك اﺳﺗﺧدام ﻣرﺑﻊ‬،‫ﻟﻠوﺻول إﻟﻰ ﺧﯾﺎرات اﻟﺗﻘرﯾر‬
Report options dialog box. .‫ﺣوار ﺧﯾﺎرات اﻟﺗﻘرﯾر‬

Report options dialog box ‫ﻣرﺑﻊ ﺣوار ﺧﯾﺎرات اﻟﺗﻘرﯾر‬

To open the Report options dialog box, ‫ ﻧﻔذ اﻹﺟراء‬،‫ﻟﻔﺗﺢ ﻣرﺑﻊ ﺣوار ﺧﯾﺎرات اﻟﺗﻘرﯾر‬
perform the following procedure. .‫اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‬

Step Action ‫ﺧطوة اﻟﻌﻣل‬

1- Select the Report tab in the Project .‫ ﺣدد ﺗﻘرﯾر اﻟﺗﺑوﯾب ﻓﻲ إطﺎر ﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻣﺷروع‬-1
layout window. .(36 ‫ﯾظﮭر إطﺎر ﺗﻘرﯾر )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
The Report window appears (see
Figure 36).

2- Right-click in the Report window. .‫ اﻧﻘر ﺑزر اﻟﻣﺎوس اﻷﯾﻣن ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓذة اﻟﺗﻘرﯾر‬-2
The Report options dialog box appears ‫ﯾظﮭر ﻣرﺑﻊ ﺣوار ﺧﯾﺎرات اﻟﺗﻘرﯾر )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
(see Figure 37). .(37

154
www.maktbah.net

Figure 36 Report window

Figure 37 Report options dialog box

Default control tab ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﯾﺐ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ‬

The Structure list contains all possible ‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﺮﻛﯿﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻷﻧﻮاع اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
types of information that can be ‫ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻮد‬.‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ إدراﺟﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻘﺮﯾﺮ‬
incorporated into a report. In the ‫ ﺗﺴﺮد ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﻓﯿﮭﺎ ﺟﻤﯿﻊ ﺧﯿﺎرات‬، ‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
Control column, a drop-down menu .‫ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺨﯿﺎرات اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ھﯿﻜﻞ‬، ‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
lists all possible display control options
for each structure.
155
www.maktbah.net

Name of Structure Control options

‫اﺳم اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‬ ‫ﺧﯾﺎرات اﻟﺗﺣﻛم‬
3DGraph 3D ‫اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬
3DGraph Grid ‫ﺷﺑﻛﺔ‬
3D ‫اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬ Text ‫ﻧص‬
3DGraph 3D ‫اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬
Graph Grid ‫ﺷﺑﻛﺔ‬
‫رﺳم ﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬ Opti2DGraph ‫ﺿوﺋﻲ‬2D ‫اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬
Text ‫ﻧص‬
3DGraph 3D ‫اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬
Path Opti2DGraph ‫ﺿوﺋﻲ‬2D ‫اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺎر‬ Text ‫ﻧص‬
Grid ‫ﺷﺑﻛﺔ‬
Parameter Opti2DGraph ‫ﺿوﺋﻲ‬2D ‫اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﻌﺎﻣل‬/ ‫ﻣﻘﯾﺎس‬ Text ‫ﻧص‬
Grid ‫ﺷﺑﻛﺔ‬
Port Opti2DGraph ‫ﺿوﺋﻲ‬2D ‫اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻣﻧﻔذ‬ Text ‫ﻧص‬
Grid ‫ﺷﺑﻛﺔ‬
Result Opti2DGraph ‫ﺿوﺋﻲ‬2D ‫اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻧﺗﯾﺟﺔ‬ Text ‫ﻧص‬

External Graph Opti2DGraph ‫ﺿوﺋﻲ‬2D ‫اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬

Drop options tab ‫ھﺒﻮط ﺧﯿﺎرات ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ‬

The Structure list contains all possible
types of information that can be
incorporated into a report. In the
Control column, a drop-down menu
lists all possible display control options
for each structure.
‫ﯾﺤﺘﻮي ھﯿﻜﻞ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻷﻧﻮاع اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻮد‬.‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ إدراﺟﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻘﺮﯾﺮ‬
، ‫ ﺗﺴﺮد ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﺟﻤﯿﻊ ﺧﯿﺎرات اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬،‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
.‫ﻋﺮض اﻟﺨﯿﺎرات اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ھﯿﻜﻞ‬

The Property list view is dependent on .‫ﻋﺮض اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻠﻜﯿﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﮭﯿﻜﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‬
the selected Structure. The Value list .‫ﻋﺮض ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة‬
view is dependent on the selected
Control.

156
www.maktbah.net

Figure 38 Report options-Drop options tab

Structure Control Property Values

‫اﻟﺘﺮﻛﯿﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﯿﻄﺮة‬ ‫اﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬ ‫اﻟﻘﯿﻢ‬
3DGraph 3DGraph Iterations All iterations, Current
Grid Iterations iteration, 1
Opti2DGraph X values See above
Text Y values Display/Hide
Z values Display/Hide
Layout name in header Display/Hide
Component name in header Display/Hide
n/a Display/Hide
Layout name n/a
Component name Display/Hide
Graph's name Display/Hide
Axis labels Display/Hide
Display/Hide
Graph 3DGraph Layout name in graph's Display/Hide
Grid title Display/Hide
Opti2DGraph Component name in All iterations/Current
Text graph's iteration, 1
title Display/Hide
Iterations Display/Hide
X coordinate Display/Hide
Y coordinate Display/Hide
Layout name in header See above

157
www.maktbah.net

Component name in header Display/Hide

Iterations Display/Hide
Layout name in graph's Display/Hide
title Display/Hide
Component name in Display/Hide
graph's Display'/Hide
title
Layout name
Component name
Graph's name
Axis labels
Path 3DGraph Z axis Power/Noise/OSNR
Grid Type Discrete/Distance
Opti2DGraph Layout name in graph title
Display/Hide
Text n/a n/a
Iterations All iterations/Current
Power iteration, 1
Noise Display/Hide
OSNR Display/Hide
Type Display/Hide
Layout name in graph's Discrete/Distance
title Display'Hide
Layout name Display/Hide
Path name Display/Hide
Parameter 3DGraph n/a n/a
Grid Iterations All iterations/Current
Opti2DGraph Layout name in header iteration, 1
Text Component name in header Display/Hide
n/a Display/Hide
Layout name n/a
Path name Display/Hide
Display/Hide
Port 3DGraph n/a n/a
Grid Iterations All iterations/Current
Opti2DGraph Layout name in header iteration, 1
Text Component name in header Display/Hide
Power Display/Hide
Noise Display/Hide
OSNR Display/Hide
Layout name in graph's Display/Hide
title Display/Hide
Component name in Display/Hide
graph's Display/Hide

158
www.maktbah.net

title Display/Hide
Layout name Display/Hide
Component name Display/Hide
Port name
Lite monitor data
Result 3DGraph n/a n/a
Grid Iterations All iterations/Current
Opti2DGraph Layout name in header iteration, 1
Text Component name in header Display/Hide
n/a Display/Hide
Layout name n/a
Component name Display/Hide
Result name Display/Hide
Result value Display/Hide
Display/Hide
ExternalGr 3DGraph n/a n/a
aph Grid n/a n/a
Opti2DGraph Layout name in graph's Display/Hide
Text title Display/Hide
Component name in n/a
graph's
title
n/a

Save settings as default ‫ﺣﻔﻆ اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻛﻤﺎ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ‬

Select to use active report settings as the ‫اﺧﺘﯿﺎر ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺘﻘﺮﯾﺮ اﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ ﻛﻄﺮﯾﻘﺔ‬
default report view. .‫ﻋﺮض اﻟﺘﻘﺮﯾﺮ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ‬
Figure 39 Report options-Events tab

159
www.maktbah.net

Update report content when layout is ‫ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺚ ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮى ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
modified
Select to update the content of the report ‫اﺧﺘﺮ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺚ ﻣﺤﺘﻮى اﻟﺘﻘﺮﯾﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ إﺟﺮاء ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻼت‬
when modifications are made to the .‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺼﻤﯿﻢ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
project layout.
Update report content when ‫ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺚ ﻣﺤﺘﻮى اﻟﺘﻘﺮﯾﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﯾﺘﻢ اﻟﺤﺴﺎب‬
calculation is done
Select to update the content of the report ‫اﺧﺘﺮ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺚ ﻣﺤﺘﻮى اﻟﺘﻘﺮﯾﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ إﺟﺮاء ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎت‬
when project calculations are made. ‫اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬

Figure 40 Report options-Results in three formats

Plotting parameters vs. results ‫رﺳم اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت ﻣﻘﺎﺑل اﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ‬

When a project includes sweep
iterations, you can plot parameters on
results graphs.
To plot parameters with results,
perform the following procedure.
Step Action
1- Run the simulation.
2- Select the Report tab in the .‫ﺣدد ﺗﻘرﯾر اﻟﺗﺑوﯾب ﻓﻲ إطﺎر ﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻣﺷروع‬- 2
Project layout window.
‫ ﯾﻣﻛﻧك رﺳم‬،‫ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﯾﺗﺿﻣن ﻣﺷروع ﺗﻛرار اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬
.‫اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ اﻟرﺳوم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﯾﺔ‬
.‫ ﻧﻔذ اﻹﺟراء اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ﻟرﺳم اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت ﻣﻊ اﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ‬
‫ﺧطوة اﻟﻌﻣل‬
.‫ﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟﻣﺣﺎﻛﺎة‬- 1
‫ﯾظﮭر إطﺎر اﻟﺗﻘرﯾر‬
160
www.maktbah.net

The Report window appears

3- Click the 2D Graph button on the ‫ اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷرﯾط‬2D ‫ اﻧﻘر ﻓوق زر‬-3
Report toolbar. .‫أدوات اﻟﺗﻘرﯾر‬
The 2D graph appears in the Report ..‫ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓذة اﻟﺗﻘرﯾر‬2D ‫ﯾظﮭر اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬
window.
4 Select the parameter you wish to plot ‫ ﺣدد اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟذي ﺗرﻏب ﻓﻲ رﺳﻣﮫ ﻓﻲ‬-4
in the Project Browser, and drag it to . ‫ واﺳﺣﺑﮫ إﻟﻰ إطﺎر اﻟﺗﻘرﯾر‬، ‫ﻣﺳﺗﻌرض اﻟﻣﺷروع‬
the Report window. . ‫ﯾظﮭر اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓذة اﻟﺗﻘرﯾر‬
The graph appears in the Report
window.
5 Select the result you wish to plot in ‫ﺣدد اﻟﻧﺗﯾﺟﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗرﻏب ﻓﻲ رﺳﻣﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ‬- 5
the Project Browser, and drag it into the . ‫ وﺟرھﺎ اﻟﻰ اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬، ‫ﻣﺳﺗﻌرض اﻟﻣﺷروع‬
graph. .(41 ‫ﯾﺗم رﺳم اﻟﻧﺗﯾﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
The result is plotted in the graph (see
Figure 41).
Note: When you drag the result into the ،‫ ﻋﻧد ﺳﺣب اﻟﻧﺗﯾﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣظﺔ‬
graph, a grey triangle appears ‫ وھذا ﯾدل‬.(41 ‫ﯾظﮭر ﻣﺛﻠث اﻟرﻣﺎدي )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
(see Figure 41). This indicates the axis ‫ ﯾﻣﻛﻧك‬.‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﺣور اﻟذي ﯾﺗم رﺳم اﻟﻧﺗﯾﺟﺔ ﻋﻠﯩﮫ‬
that the result is plotted on. You can ‫ ﺣرك‬.‫رﺳم اﻟﻧﺗﯾﺟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﺣور اﻟﺳﯾﻧﻲ أو اﻟﻌﻣودي‬
plot the result on the X-axis or the Y- ‫اﻟﻣؤﺷر ﺣﺗﻰ ﯾﺗم وﺿﻊ اﻟﻣﺛﻠث اﻟرﻣﺎدي ﻋﻠﻰ‬
axis. Move the cursor until the grey .‫اﻟﻣﺣور اﻟذي ﺗرﯾد رﺳم اﻟﻧﺗﯾﺟﺔ ﻋﻠﯾﮫ‬
triangle is positioned on the axis you
want to plot the result on.

Figure 41 Parameter plotted with Results

161
www.maktbah.net

Project Script ‫ﻧص اﻟﻣﺷروع‬

The script function allows you to view
or change global, layout, and ‫وﺗﺳﻣﺢ وظﯾﻔﺔ اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻧﺻﻲ ﻟﻌرض أو ﻟﺗﻐﯾﯾر‬
component parameter values of the ‫ واﻟﻘﯾم اﻟﻣﻌﻠﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺷروع‬،‫ واﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬،‫ﺷﺎﻣل‬
current project. .‫اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬
Note: In order to Run a script, you must ‫ ﯾﺟب ﻋﻠﯾك‬،‫ ﻣن أﺟل ﺗﺷﻐﯾل ﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻧﺻﻲ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣظﺔ‬
Generate or create the script first. .‫ﺧﻠق أو إﻧﺷﺎء اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻧﺻﻲ ﻷول ﻣرة‬

Generating scripts ‫اﻧﺷﺎء ﻧص‬

To generate the script, perform one of ‫ ﻧﻔذ أﺣد اﻹﺟراءات اﻟﺗﺎﻟﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ‬،‫ﻟﺗوﻟﯾد اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻧﺻﻲ‬
the following actions in the current .‫اﻟﻣﺷروع اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬
project.

Step Action ‫ﺧطوة اﻟﻌﻣل‬

1- Select Script > Generate on the Menu .‫ اﺧﺗر ﺳﯾﻧﺎرﯾو < ﺗوﻟﯾد ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷرﯾط اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬-1
bar. .(42 ‫ﯾظﮭر ﻣرﺑﻊ ﺣوار ﺗﺣذﯾر )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
A warning dialog appears (see
Figure 42).

2- Click OK. .‫ اﻧﻘر ﻓوق ﻣواﻓق‬-2

The Script window appears in the ‫ﯾظﮭر ﻧﺳﺧﺔ ﻓﻲ إطﺎر ﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻣﺷروع )ﯾﺗم ﺗﺣدﯾد‬
Project layout window (Script tab is ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﺑوﯾب ﻟﻠﻧﺳﺧﺔ( ﻣﻊ ﺗوﻟﯾد اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻧﺻﻲ‬
selected) with the generated script (see .(43 ‫)اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
Figure 43).

OR
Step Action ‫ﺧطوة اﻟﻌﻣل‬
1- Click the Generate Script button on ‫ اﻧﻘر ﻓوق زر إﻧﺷﺎء اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻧﺻﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷرﯾط‬-1
the Script toolbar. .‫اﻷدوات اﻟﻧﺻﻲ‬
A warning dialog appears (see .(42 ‫ﯾظﮭر ﻣرﺑﻊ ﺣوار ﺗﺣذﯾر )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
Figure 42).

2- Click OK. .‫ اﻧﻘر ﻓوق ﻣواﻓق‬-2

The Script window appears in the ‫ﯾظﮭر إطﺎر ﻧﺻﻲ ﻓﻲ إطﺎر ﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻣﺷروع )ﯾﺗم‬
Project layout window (Script tab is ‫ﺗﺣدﯾد ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﺑوﯾب اﻟﻧﺻﻲ( وﻟدت ﻣﻊ اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
selected) with the generated script (see .(43 ‫اﻟﻧﺻﻲ )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
Figure 43).

162
www.maktbah.net

Figure 42 Generate Script warning dialog box

Figure 43 Script window

After the script is generated, you have :‫ ﻟدﯾك ﻋدة ﺧﯾﺎرات‬،‫ﺑﻌد إﻧﺷﺎء اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻧﺻﻲ‬
several choices:
Run ‫ﺗﺷﻐﯾل‬
run the generated script ‫ﺗﺷﻐﯾل ﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗوﻟﯾد اﻟﻧص‬
Save ‫ﺣﻔظ‬
save the generated script in a text file ‫ﺣﻔظ ﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗوﻟﯾد اﻟﻧص ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠف ﻧﺻﻲ ﻻﺳﺗﺧداﻣﮭﺎ‬
for future use ‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﺑل‬

163
www.maktbah.net

Load ‫ﺣﻣل‬
load a script text file from an external ‫ﺗﺣﻣﯾل ﻣﻠف ﻧﺻﻲ ﻣن ﻣﺻدر ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬
source
Script tab ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﺑوﯾب اﻟﻧﺻﻲ‬
Use the Script tab in the Project layout ‫اﺳﺗﺧدم ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﺑوﯾب اﻟﻧﺻﻲ ﻓﻲ إطﺎر ﺗﺧطﯾط‬
window to view or change a script. .‫ﻣﺷروع ﻟﻌرض أو ﺗﻐﯾﯾر اﻟﺳﯾﻧﺎرﯾو‬
To view or change a script, perform the .‫ ﻧﻔذ اﻹﺟراء اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ﻟﻌرض أو ﺗﻐﯾﯾر اﻟﺳﯾﻧﺎرﯾو‬
following procedure.

Step Action ‫ﺧطوة اﻟﻌﻣل‬

1-Select the Script tab in the Project ‫ ﺣدد ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﺑوﯾب اﻟﻧﺻﻲ ﻓﻲ إطﺎر ﺗﺧطﯾط‬-1
layout window. .‫ﻣﺷروع‬
The Script window appears. .‫ﯾظﮭر إطﺎر ﺳﯾﻧﺎرﯾو‬
2- Right-click in the Script window. .‫ اﻧﻘر ﺑزر اﻟﻣﺎوس اﻷﯾﻣن ﻓﻲ إطﺎر ﺳﯾﻧﺎرﯾو‬-2
A context menu appears (see Figure 44). .(44 ‫ﺗظﮭر ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟﺳﯾﺎق )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬

Figure 44 Script tab context menu

Undo ‫ﺗﺮاﺟﻊ‬
Reverses an action taken in the Script ‫ﯾﻌﻜﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻟﻤﺘﺨﺬة ﻓﻲ إطﺎر اﻟﻨﺺ‬
window (cut, paste, delete). .(‫ ﺣﺬف‬،‫ ﻟﺼﻖ‬،‫)ﻗﺺ‬

Cut ‫ﻗﻄﻊ‬
Cuts selected script in the Script .‫ﺗﺨﻔﯿﻀﺎت اﺧﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﻨﺼﻲ ﻓﻲ إطﺎر اﻟﻨﺺ‬
window.
164
www.maktbah.net
Copy
Copies selected script in the Script
window.
Paste
Pastes text into Script window from
Clipboard.
Delete
Deletes selected script in the Script
window.
Select All
Selects all text in the Script window.
Load
Opens the Open dialog box to load a ‫ ﻓﻲ إطﺎر‬txt ‫ﯾﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﻓﺘﺢ ﻟﺘﺤﻤﯿﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
.txt file into the Script window.
Save As
Opens the Save As dialog box to save ‫ﯾﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﺣﻔﻆ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﻟﺤﻔﻆ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻨﺼﻲ‬
the script in the Script window as a .txt
file.
Component Script
The script function allows you to view
or change parameter values, graphs
and results of a selected component.
Note: In order to run a script, you must
enable and modify the default script
using the component Script Editor.
Accessing the component script
To open the component Script Editor,
perform one of the following actions in
the current project.
Step Action
1- Select a component in the layout, or
select a component in the Project
Browser
165
‫ﻧﺴﺦ‬
.‫ﻧﺴﺦ اﺧﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﻨﺼﻲ ﻓﻲ إطﺎر اﻟﻨﺺ‬
‫ﻟﺼﻖ‬
.‫ﻟﺼﻖ اﻟﻨﺺ ﻓﻲ إطﺎر اﻟﻨﺺ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺬف‬
.‫ﯾﺤﺬف اﺧﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﻨﺼﻲ ﻓﻲ إطﺎر اﻟﻨﺺ‬
‫اﺧﺘﺮ اﻟﻜﻞ‬
.‫ﯾﺨﺘﺎر ﻛﻞ اﻟﻨﺺ ﻓﻲ إطﺎر اﻟﻨﺺ‬
‫ﺣﻤﻞ‬
.‫اﻟﻨﺺ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ‬
.txt. ‫ﻓﻲ إطﺎر ﺳﯿﻨﺎرﯾﻮ ﻛﻤﻠﻒ‬
(‫ﻧص اﻟﻣﻛون )ﻋﻧﺻر‬
‫وﺗﺳﻣﺢ وظﯾﻔﺔ اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻧﺻﻲ ﻟﻌرض أو ﺗﻐﯾﯾر ﻗﯾم‬
‫اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت واﻟرﺳوم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﯾﺔ وﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﻣﻛون اﻟﻣﺣدد‬
‫ ﯾﺟب ﺗﻣﻛﯾن‬،‫ ﻣن أﺟل ﺗﺷﻐﯾل ﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻧﺻﻲ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣظﺔ‬
‫وﺗﻌدﯾل اﻟﺳﯾﻧﺎرﯾو اﻻﻓﺗراﺿﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام ﻣﺣرر‬
‫اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻧﺻﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﻛون‬
‫اﻟوﺻول إﻟﻰ ﻧص اﻟﻣﻛون‬
‫ ﻧﻔذ أﺣد‬،‫ﻟﻔﺗﺢ ﻋﻧﺻر ﻣﺣرر اﻟﺑراﻣﺞ اﻟﻧﺻﯾﺔ‬
‫اﻹﺟراءات اﻟﺗﺎﻟﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺷروع اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺧطوة اﻟﻌﻣل‬
‫ أو ﺣدد‬،‫ اﺧﺗر ﻋﻧﺻرا ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬-1
.‫ﻋﻧﺻرا ﻓﻲ ﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ اﻟﻣﺷروع‬
www.maktbah.net

2- Select Edit > Component> Script on ‫ اﺧﺗر ﺗﺣرﯾر < اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺎت < ﺳﯾﻧﺎرﯾو ﻣن ﺷرﯾط‬- 2
the Menu bar. ‫اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
The Component Script Editor appears (45‫ﯾﺑدو أن ﺳﯾﻧﺎرﯾو ﻣﺣرر اﻟﻣﻛون )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
(see Figure 45).

OR
Step Action
1-Select a component in the layout, or
select a component in the Project
Browser
2- Right-click on it and from the popup
menu select Component Script.
The Component Script Editor appears
(see Figure 45)
‫ﺧطوة اﻟﻌﻣل‬
‫ أو ﺣدد ﻋﻧﺻرا ﻓﻲ‬،‫اﺧﺗر ﻋﻧﺻرا ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬-1
‫ﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ ﻣﺷروع‬
‫اﻧﻘر ﺑزر اﻟﻣﺎوس اﻷﯾﻣن ﻋﻠﯾﮫ وﻣن اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻧﺑﺛﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺣدد ﺳﯾﻧﺎرﯾو اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺎت‬-2
(45 ‫ﯾﺑدو أن ﺳﯾﻧﺎرﯾو ﻣﺣرر اﻟﻣﻛون )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬.

Figure 45 Component Script Editor

166
www.maktbah.net

After the Script Editor is opened, you :‫ ﻟﺪﯾﻚ ﻋﺪة ﺧﯿﺎرات‬،‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺤﺮر اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻨﺼﯿﺔ‬
have several choices:

Enable Script: :‫ﺗﻤﻜﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬

Enable the current script. This option ‫ وھﺬا اﻟﺨﯿﺎر ﺗﻤﻜﯿﻦ اﻟﻤﻜﻮن ﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ‬.‫ﺗﻤﻜﯿﻦ اﻟﻨﺼﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬
will enable the component to run the :‫ ھﻨﺎك ﺧﯿﺎران ﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻨﺼﻲ‬.‫اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻨﺼﻲ‬
script. There are two options to run
the script:

· Run after each sweep iteration. This ‫ وھﺬا اﻟﺨﯿﺎر ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ‬.‫· ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻜﺮار اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬
option will run the script at the end of .‫اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻨﺼﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻧﮭﺎﯾﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﺴﺢ‬
each sweep iteration.

Note: Use this option if you want to ‫ اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ھﺬا اﻟﺨﯿﺎر إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ أو‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
change or update values for each .‫ﺗﻘﯿﻢ اﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺚ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﺴﺢ‬
sweep iteration.

· Run at the end of the calculation. ‫ وھﺬا اﻟﺨﯿﺎر ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬.‫· ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻧﮭﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﺤﺴﺎب‬
This option will run the script once .‫اﻟﻨﺼﻲ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﺟﻤﯿﻊ ﺗﻜﺮارات اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬
after running all sweep iterations.
Note: Use this option if you want to ‫ اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ھﺬا اﻟﺨﯿﺎر إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﯾﺪ ﺣﺴﺎب ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
calculate average values that will use ‫ ﺗﺤﺴﺐ ﻓﻲ‬، ‫اﻟﻘﯿﻢ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻮف ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻛﻞ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬
all the previously calculated .‫اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‬
parameter results.

Evaluate Script ‫ﺗﻘﯿﯿﻢ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬

Evaluate the current script. Script ‫ ﺳﯿﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض أﺧﻄﺎء اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻨﺼﻲ‬.‫ﺗﻘﯿﯿﻢ اﻟﻨﺺ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬
errors will be shown in the Output .‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻹﺧﺮاج‬
panel.

Save to File ‫اﺣﻔﻆ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬

save the script in a text file for future ‫ﺣﻔﻆ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻨﺼﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻧﺼﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
use. .‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬

Load from File ‫ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬

load a script text file from an external .‫ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻧﺼﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺪر ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬
source.

Script menu ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻨﺺ‬

Use the Script menu in the Script ‫ ﻓﻲ إطﺎر ﻣﺤﺮر ﺳﯿﻨﺎرﯾﻮ ﻟﺘﺤﻤﯿﻞ‬Script ‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
Editor window to load, save, change ‫ اﻟﺦ‬،‫وﺣﻔﻆ وﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ اﻟﺴﯿﻨﺎرﯾﻮ‬
a script, etc.

167
www.maktbah.net

File menu ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬

File menu item Description
‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ‬ ‫وﺻﻒ‬
Load
Open an existing script. ‫ﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﻨﺺ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ‬
Save the script with a different name and in a location that you
Save
select.
‫ﺣﻔﻆ‬
.‫ﺣﻔﻆ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻨﺼﻲ ﻣﻊ اﺳﻢ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ وﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﺬي ﺗﺤﺪده‬

Edit menu ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﺮﯾﺮ‬

Edit menu item Description
‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﺮﯾﺮ‬ ‫وﺻﻒ‬
Undo Reverses an action taken in the Script editor (cut, paste, delete).
‫ﺗﺮاﺟﻊ‬ (‫ ﺣﺬف‬،‫ ﻟﺼﻖ‬،‫اﺗﺨﺎذ اﺟﺮاء ﻋﻜﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺮر اﻟﻨﺺ )ﻗﺺ‬
Cut Cuts selected script in the Script Editor.
‫ﻗﻄﻊ‬ .‫ﺗﺨﻔﯿﻀﺎت اﺧﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﻨﺼﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺮر اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻨﺼﯿﺔ‬
Copy Copies selected script in the Script Editor.
‫ﻧﺴﺦ‬ .‫ﻧﺴﺦ اﺧﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﻨﺼﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺮر اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻨﺼﯿﺔ‬
Paste Pastes text into Script Editor from Clipboard.
‫ﻟﺼﻖ‬ .‫ﻟﺼﻖ اﻟﻨﺺ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺮر اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻨﺼﯿﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ‬
Delete Deletes selected script in the Script Editor.
‫ﻣﺴﺢ‬ .‫ﺣﺬف اﺧﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﻨﺼﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺮر اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻨﺼﯿﺔ‬
Select All Selects the entire text Script Editor.
‫ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻟﻜﻞ‬ .‫ﯾﺤﺪد اﻟﻨﺺ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺮر اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻨﺼﯿﺔ‬

Insert menu ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻻدراج‬

Insert menu item Description
‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻻدراج‬ ‫وﺻﻒ‬
Layout
Parameters Inserts a global parameter name in the current script.
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬ .‫إدراج اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﺸﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﺺ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬
(‫)اﻟﺘﺼﻤﯿﻢ‬
Component
Parameters Inserts a component parameter name in the current script.
(‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ )اﻟﻤﻜﻮن‬ .‫إدراج اﺳﻢ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﻮن ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﺺ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎت‬

168
www.maktbah.net

Component
Inserts a component result name in the current script.
Results
.‫إدراج اﺳﻢ ﻧﺘﯿﺠﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﻮن ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﺺ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
Component
Inserts a component graph name in the current script.
Graphs
.‫إدراج اﺳﻢ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﻮن ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﯿﻨﺎرﯾﻮ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮ اﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ‬
Function Inserts a function in the current script.
‫وظﯿﻔﺔ‬ .‫إدراج وظﯿﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﺺ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬

Tools menu ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻷدوات‬

Tools menu item Description
‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻻدوات‬ ‫وﺻﻒ‬
Evaluate Script Evaluates the current script.
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ )ﻧﺺ( اﻟﺘﻘﯿﯿﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﯿﻢ اﻟﻨﺺ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬
Script Engine Info
Provides the version of the script engine.
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻣﺸﻐﻞ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
.‫ﺗﻘﺪﯾﻢ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻨﺼﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻨﺼﻲ‬

Data Monitor ‫ﻣراﻗﺑﺔ اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت‬

In OptiSystem, the data that passes
through the ports are arrays with very
large amounts of data. It would be
impractical for a program to store data
for every port, because of the excessive
memory requirements.
Note: You can also disable the data
monitors in order to save memory for
the calculations. Refer to Disable
Monitors.
Instead, OptiSystem incorporates a
flexible way of viewing data in which
you select the ports you want to view
calculated data for, connect visualizers
to the ports, and view the calculation
results using a monitor. A monitor is a
module placed on the port of a
component that records the data that
passes through a port during
calculations.
The OptiSystem Signal Tracer stores
169
‫ ﻓﺈن اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻣر ﻋﺑر‬،OptiSystem ‫ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻣﻧﺎﻓذ اﻟﻣﺻﻔوﻓﺎت ﻣﻊ ﻛﻣﯾﺎت ﻛﺑﯾرة ﺟدا ﻣن‬
‫ ﺳﯾﻛون ﻣن ﻏﯾر اﻟﻌﻣﻠﻲ ﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﺗﺧزﯾن‬.‫اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت‬
.‫ ﺑﺳﺑب ﻣﺗطﻠﺑﺎت اﻟذاﻛرة اﻟﻣﻔرطﺔ‬،‫اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت ﻟﻛل ﻣﻧﻔذ‬
‫ ﯾﻣﻛﻧك أﯾﺿﺎ ﺗﻌطﯾل ﺿﺑط اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت ﻣن أﺟل‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣظﺔ‬
.‫ اﻟرﺟوع إﻟﻰ ﺗﻌطﯾل اﻟﺿﺑط‬.‫ﺣﻔظ اﻟذاﻛرة ﻟﻠﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت‬
‫ ﯾﺗﺿﻣن وﺳﯾﻠﺔ ﻣرﻧﺔ‬OptiSystem ،‫ﺑدﻻ ﻣن ذﻟك‬
‫ﻟﻌرض اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﻣت ﺑﺗﺣدﯾد اﻟﻣﻧﺎﻓذ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗرﻏب‬
‫ رﺑط اﻟﺗﺧﯾﻼت إﻟﻰ‬، ‫ﻓﻲ ﻋرض اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻣﺣﺳوﺑﺔ‬
‫ وﻋرض ﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﻌﻣﻠﯾﺔ اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﯾﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام‬،‫اﻟﻣﻧﺎﻓذ‬
‫ ورﺻد ھو وﺣدة وﺿﻌت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﻧﻔذ اﻟﻣﻛون‬.‫ﺟﮭﺎز‬
‫اﻟذي ﯾﺳﺟل اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻣر ﻋﺑر ﻣﯾﻧﺎء أﺛﻧﺎء‬
.‫اﻟﻌﻣﻠﯾﺎت اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﯾﺔ‬
‫ ﺗﺷﯾر اﺷﺎرة اﻟراﺳم اﻟﻰ‬OptiSystem ‫ﻣﺧﺎزن‬
www.maktbah.net

signal data after projects are calculated. ‫ ﯾﻣﻛﻧك ﻋرض إﺷﺎرة‬.‫اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﻌد ﺣﺳﺎب اﻟﻣﺷﺎرﯾﻊ‬
You can view the calculated port signal ‫ أو ﻛﻣﻘﯾﺎس‬،‫ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻣﻧﻔذ ﻣن ﺣﺳﺎب اﻟﻣﺷروع ﻣؤﻗﺗﺎ‬
data of the project temporarily, or as a .‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﯾﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻣﺷروع‬
global parameter on the project layout.

The Signal Tracer can be enabled and
disabled using the global parameter
dialog box. When the Signal Tracer is
disabled, signal data calculation results
are not stored.
‫واﻹﺷﺎرة اﻟراﺳم ﯾﻣﻛن ﺗﻣﻛﯾن وﺗﻌطﯾل ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام‬
‫ ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﯾﺗم‬.‫ﻣرﺑﻊ اﻟﺣوار ﻋواﻣل اﻟﻣﺗﻐﯾر اﻟﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫ ﻻ ﯾﺗم ﺗﺧزﯾن اﺷﺎرة اﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ‬،‫ﺗﻌطﯾل راﺳم اﻹﺷﺎرة‬
.‫ﻣن اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﯾﺔ‬

Displaying signal data on the layout (‫ﻋرض ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت اﻹﺷﺎرة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط )اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم‬
To display the calculation results on the ‫ ﻧﻔذ أﺣد‬،‫ﻟﻌرض ﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﺣﺳﺎب ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
layout, perform one of the following .‫اﻹﺟراءات اﻟﺗﺎﻟﯾﺔ‬
procedures.

Step Action ‫ﺧطوة اﻟﻌﻣل‬

1- Select View > Display Properties > ‫ ﺣدد ﻋرض< ﺧﺻﺎﺋص اﻟﻌرض< ﻋرض‬-1
View Signal Data. .‫اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت اﻹﺷﺎرة‬

2-Calculate the project. .‫ ﺣﺳﺎب اﻟﻣﺷروع‬-2

The port signal data appears on the ‫ﺗظﮭر اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت إﺷﺎرة اﻟﻣﻧﻔذ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ‬
layout when the calculations are .(46 ‫ﺗﻛون اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
complete (see Figure 46).
OR
Step Action ‫ﺧطوة اﻟﻌﻣل‬
1-On the Layout Operations toolbar, ‫ ﺣدد أداة‬،‫ﻣن ﺷرﯾط اﻷدوات ﻋﻣﻠﯾﺎت اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬- 1
select the View Port Signal Data tool. .‫ﻋرض ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﻧﻔذ اﻹﺷﺎرة‬
The View Port Signal Data tool is .‫ﯾﺗم ﺗﻣﻛﯾن أداة ﻋرض ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﻧﻔذ اﻹﺷﺎرة‬
enabled.

2 -Calculate the project. .‫ﺣﺳﺎب اﻟﻣﺷروع‬-2

The port signal data appears on the ‫ﺗظﮭر ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت إﺷﺎرة اﻟﻣﻧﻔذ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﺗﻛون‬
layout when the calculations are .(46 ‫اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
complete (see Figure 46).

170
www.maktbah.net

Figure 46 Port signal data layout display with View Port Signal Data enabled

Disabling signal data on the layout (‫ﺗﻌطﯾل إﺷﺎرة اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط )اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم‬
To disable the signal data on the layout, ‫ ﻧﻔذ أﺣد‬،‫ﻟﺗﻌطﯾل إﺷﺎرة اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
perform one of the following .‫اﻹﺟراءات اﻟﺗﺎﻟﯾﺔ‬
procedures.

Step Action ‫ﺧطوة اﻟﻌﻣل‬

1- On the Layout Operations toolbar, ‫ ﺗﻌطﯾل أداة‬،‫ﻣن ﺷرﯾط أدوات ﻋﻣﻠﯾﺎت اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬-1
disable the View Port Signal Data tool. ‫ﻋرض ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﻧﻔذ اﻹﺷﺎرة‬

2-Calculate the project. .‫ﺣﺳﺎب اﻟﻣﺷروع‬-2

The port signal data does not display on
the layout. .‫ﻻ ﯾﻌرض ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت إﺷﺎرة اﻟﻣﻧﻔذ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬

OR
Step Action ‫ﺧطوة اﻟﻌﻣل‬
1- Select View > Display Properties. .‫ ﺣدد ﻋرض < ﺧﺻﺎﺋص اﻟﻌرض‬-1
2- Click on View Signal Data if it is ‫ اﻧﻘر ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋرض ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت اﻹﺷﺎرة إذا ﻛﺎﻧت‬-2
selected. .‫ﻣﺣددة‬
3- Calculate the project. .‫ ﺣﺳﺎب اﻟﻣﺷروع‬-3

The port signal data does not display on .‫ﻻ ﯾﻌرض ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت إﺷﺎرة اﻟﻣﻧﻔذ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
the layout.

Viewing signal port data when not ‫ﻋرض ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﻧﻔذ اﻹﺷﺎرة ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﻻ ﯾﺗم ﻋرﺿﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
displayed in the layout ‫اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬

To view signal port data when it is not ‫ﻟﻌرض اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﻧﻔذ اﻹﺷﺎرة ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﻻ ﯾﺗم ﻋرﺿﮭﺎ‬
displayed in the layout, perform the .‫ ﺗﻧﻔﯾذ اﻹﺟراء اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﺧطﯾط‬
following procedure.

171
www.maktbah.net

Step Action ‫ﺧطوة اﻟﻌﻣل‬

1- Calculate the project. .‫ ﺣﺳﺎب اﻟﻣﺷروع‬-1
2- Move the cursor over an output port. .‫ ﺣرك اﻟﻣؤﺷر ﻓوق ﻣﻧﻔذ اﻹﺧراج‬-2
The list of signal port data appears ‫ﺗظﮭر ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت إﻟﻰ ﻣﻧﻔذ إﺷﺎرة ﻣؤﻗﺗﺎ ﺣﺗﻰ ﯾﺗم‬
temporarily until you move the cursor .(47 ‫ﺗﺣرﯾك اﻟﻣؤﺷر ﺑﻌﯾدا ﻋن اﻟﻣﻧﻔذ )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
away from the port (see Figure 47).

Figure 47 Port signal data layout display with View Port Signal Data disabled

Selecting port information for display ‫ﻋرض ﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت اﻟﻣﻧﻔذ اﻟﻣﺧﺗﺎر‬

To select the signal port data for display ‫ﻟﺗﺣدﯾد ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت إﺷﺎرة اﻟﻣﻧﻔذ ﻟﻠﻌرض ﻓﻲ ﺗﺧطﯾط‬
in the project layout, perform the .‫ ﺗﻧﻔﯾذ اﻹﺟراء اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫اﻟﻣﺷروع‬
following procedure.

Step Action ‫ﺧطوة اﻟﻌﻣل‬

1- Double-click on the port in the active ‫ اﻧﻘر ﻧﻘرا ﻣزدوﺟﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﻧﻔذ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺧطﯾط‬-1
(current) project layout. .(‫اﻟﻣﺷروع اﻟﻧﺷط )اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬
The Port Properties dialog box appears. .‫ﯾظﮭر ﻣرﺑﻊ ﺣوار ﺧﺻﺎﺋص اﻟﻣﻧﻔذ‬

2-Select the Signal Data tab (see ‫ ﺣدد ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺑوﯾب ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت اﻹﺷﺎرة )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬-2
Figure 48). .(48

2- Select the Disp check box for ‫ ﺣدد ﺧﺎﻧﺔ اﻻﺧﺗﯾﺎر ﯾﻣﻛن اﻟﺗﺧﻠص ﻟﻛل ﻣﻘﯾﺎس‬-3
each port parameter to display. .‫ﻣﯾﻧﺎء ﻟﻌرﺿﮫ‬
3-
4- Click OK. .‫ اﻧﻘر ﻓوق ﻣواﻓق‬-4
The selected port parameters will ‫ﺳوف ﺗﻌرض ﻣﻘﺎﯾس اﻟﻣﻧﻔذ اﻟﻣﺣدده ﻓﻲ ﺗﺧطﯾط‬
display in the project layout (see .(49 ‫اﻟﻣﺷروع )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
Figure 49).

172
www.maktbah.net

Figure 48 Port Property dialog box-Signal Data tab

Figure 49 Port properties displayed in project layout

Adding a monitor to a port ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻌرض إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣﻧﻔذ‬

To add a monitor to a port, perform the .‫ ﻧﻔذ اﻹﺟراء اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﮭﺎز إﻟﻰ ﻣﻧﻔذ‬
following procedure.

Step Action ‫ﺧطوة اﻟﻌﻣل‬

1- Select the Monitor tool on the .‫ ﺣدد أداة ﻣراﻗﺑﺔ ﻣن ﺷرﯾط أدوات اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬-1
Layout Tools toolbar.

173
www.maktbah.net

The cursor changes to a square. If the ‫ إذا ﺗم وﺿﻊ ﻣرﺑﻊ ﻣﺑﺎﺷرة‬.‫ﯾﺗﻐﯾر اﻟﻣؤﺷر إﻟﻰ ﻣرﺑﻊ‬
square is placed directly over the port, ‫ ﯾﺗﻐﯾر اﻹطﺎر ﻣن ﻣرﺑﻊ أﺳود ﺧﺎﻟص‬،‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﯾﻧﺎء‬
the frame changes from a solid black ‫ ھذا ﯾدل ﻋﻠﻰ أن أداة ﻣراﻗﺑﺔ‬.‫إﻟﻰ ﻣرﺑﻊ أﺑﯾض ﻓﺎرغ‬
square to an empty white square. This .‫ﺟﺎھزة‬
indicates that the monitor tool is ready.

2- Click on the port. .‫ اﻧﻘر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﻧﻔذ‬-2

The monitor is created over the port (see ‫ﯾﺗم إﻧﺷﺎء ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﻌرض ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﻧﻔذ )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
Figure 50 .(50

Figure 50 Port with monitor

To indicate that there is a monitor in ‫ ﯾظﮭر ﻣرﺑﻊ‬،‫ﻟﻺﺷﺎرة إﻟﻰ أن ھﻧﺎك ﻣراﻗﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﻧﻔذ‬
the port, a small box appears around .‫ﺻﻐﯾر ﺣول اﻟﻣﻧﻔذ‬
the port.
If you move the monitor tool over ports ‫إذا ﻗﻣت ﺑﻧﻘل أداة ﻣراﻗﺑﺔ ﻋﺑر ﻣﻧﺎﻓذ اﻟﺗﻲ ﻟدﯾﮭﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌل‬
that already have a monitor, the cursor ‫ اﻟداﺧل‬X ‫ ﻓﺈن اﻟﻣؤﺷر ﯾﺗﻐﯾر إﻟﻰ ﻣرﺑﻊ ﻣﻊ‬،‫رﺻد‬
will change to a box with an X inside .(51 ‫)اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
(see Figure 51).

Figure 51 Port with monitor - cursor change

Removing a monitor from a port ‫إزاﻟﺔ ﺟﮭﺎز ﻣن اﻟﻣﻧﻔذ‬

Action ‫ﻋﻣل‬
· Click on the port that has a monitor. .‫· اﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﻧﻔذ اﻟذي ﯾﺣﺗوي ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
The monitor is removed from the port. .‫ﺗﺗم إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻣن اﻟﻣﯾﻧﺎء‬
174
www.maktbah.net
Enabling the Signal Tracer
To enable the Signal Tracer, perform
the following procedure.
Step Action
1- Double-click in the Main layout.
The parameter dialog box for the layout
appears.
2- Click the Signal tracing tab (see
Figure 52).
3- Select the Calculate signal tracing
check box
Disabling the Signal Tracer
To disable the Signal Tracer, perform
the following procedure.
Step Action
1- Double-click in the Main layout.
The parameter dialog box for the layout
appears (see Figure 52).
2- Click the Signal tracing tab.
3 -Clear the Calculate signal tracing
check box
Figure 52 Calculate signal tracing parameter
175
‫ﺗﻣﻛﯾن راﺳم اﻹﺷﺎرة‬
‫ ﻧﻔذ اﻹﺟراء اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ﻟﺗﻣﻛﯾن راﺳم اﻹﺷﺎرة‬
‫ﺧطوة اﻟﻌﻣل‬
.‫ اﻧﻘر ﻧﻘرا ﻣزدوﺟﺎ ﻓوق اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﻲ‬-1
.‫ﯾظﮭر ﻣرﺑﻊ ﺣوار اﻟﻣﻘﯾﺎس ﻟﻠﺗﺧطﯾط‬
‫ اﻧﻘر ﻓوق ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﺑوﯾب ﺗﺗﺑﻊ اﻹﺷﺎرة‬-4
.(52 ‫)اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
.‫ ﺣدد ﺧﺎﻧﺔ اﻻﺧﺗﯾﺎر ﺗﺗﺑﻊ إﺷﺎرة ﺣﺳﺎب‬-3
‫ﺗﻌطﯾل اﻟراﺳم اﻹﺷﺎرة‬
.‫ ﻧﻔذ اﻹﺟراء اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ﻟﺗﻌطﯾل ﺗﺗﺑﻊ اﻹﺷﺎرة‬
‫ﺧطوة اﻟﻌﻣل‬
.‫ اﻧﻘر ﻧﻘرا ﻣزدوﺟﺎ ﻓوق اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﻲ‬-1
‫ﯾظﮭر ﻣرﺑﻊ اﻟﺣوار ﻣﻘﯾﺎس ﻟﻠﺗﺧطﯾط )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
.(52
.‫ اﻧﻘر ﻓوق ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﺑوﯾب ﺗﺗﺑﻊ اﻹﺷﺎرات‬-2
.‫ ﻣﺳﺢ إﺷﺎرة ﺧﺎﻧﺔ اﻻﺧﺗﯾﺎر ﺣﺳﺎب راﺳم اﻻﺷﺎرة‬-3
www.maktbah.net

Path Tool ‫أداة اﻟﻣﺳﺎر‬

OptiSystem allows you to trace paths ‫ ﯾﺳﻣﺢ ﻟك ﻟﺗﺗﺑﻊ ﻣﺳﺎرات داﺧل‬OptiSystem
within your project. You can access the ‫ ﯾﻣﻛﻧك اﻟوﺻول إﻟﻰ أداة اﻟﻣﺳﺎر ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام‬.‫اﻟﻣﺷروع‬
Path Tool using the main toolbar, or ‫ أو ﻣن ﺧﻼل أداة ﺗﺗﺑﻊ‬،‫ﺷرﯾط اﻷدوات اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﻲ‬
through the Trace Paths tool. .‫اﻟﻣﺳﺎرات‬

Using the Path Tool ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام أداة اﻟﻣﺳﺎر‬

To use the Path Tool, perform the .‫ ﻧﻔذ اﻹﺟراء اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫اﺳﺗﺧدام أداة اﻟﻣﺳﺎر‬
following procedure.
Step Action ‫ﺧطوة اﻟﻌﻣل‬
1-On the Tools toolbar, select the Draw ‫ ﺣدد أداة رﺳم‬، ‫ اﻓﺗﺢ اﻻداه ﻣن ﺷرﯾط اﻷدوات‬-1
Path tool. .‫اﻟﻣﺳﺎر‬
The Path Tool dialog box appears (see .(53 ‫ﯾظﮭر ﻣرﺑﻊ اﻟﺣوار أداة اﻟﻣﺳﺎر )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
Figure 53)

Figure 53 Path Tool dialog

2- Move the cursor to the start ‫ ﻗم ﺑﺗﺣرﯾك اﻟﻣؤﺷر إﻟﻰ ﻋﻧﺻر ﺑدء ﻓﻲ‬-2
component in your path on the layout. .‫اﻟﻣﺳﺎر اﻟﺧﺎص ﺑك ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
The cursor changes to a hand (see .(54 ‫ﯾﺗﻐﯾر اﻟﻣؤﺷر إﻟﻰ ﯾد )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
Figure 54).
176
www.maktbah.net

Figure 54 Path Manager selection cursor

3- Click on the component to select it.

4- Move the cursor to the next
component in the path.
5- Click on the component to select it.
The path between the two selected
components is highlighted
(see Figure 55).
Note: If you select the Detail button in
the Path Tool dialog, each selected
component in the path is listed (see
Figure 56).
6- If you wish to add another
component to the path, move the
cursor to the component in the path.
7- Click on the component to select it.
.‫ اﻧﻘر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻌﻧﺻر ﻟﺗﺣدﯾده‬-3
.‫ ﺣرك اﻟﻣؤﺷر إﻟﻰ اﻟﻌﻧﺻر اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺳﺎر‬- 4
.‫ اﻧﻘر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻌﻧﺻر ﻟﺗﺣدﯾده‬- 5
‫ورﻛز ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﺳﺎر ﺑﯾن اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺎت اﻻﺛﻧﯾن اﻟﻣﺣددة‬
.(55 ‫)اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
‫ إذا ﻗﻣت ﺑﺗﺣدﯾد زر اﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﯾل ﻓﻲ ﺣوار‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣظﺔ‬
‫ ﯾﺗم ﺳرد ﻛل ﻣﻛون ﻣﺣدد ﻓﻲ ﻣﺳﺎر‬،‫أداة اﻟﻣﺳﺎر‬
.(56 ‫)اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
‫ إذا ﻛﻧت ﺗرﻏب ﻓﻲ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻧﺻر آﺧر إﻟﻰ‬- 6
.‫ ﺣرك اﻟﻣؤﺷر إﻟﻰ ﻋﻧﺻر ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺳﺎر‬،‫اﻟﻣﺳﺎر‬
.‫ اﻧﻘر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻌﻧﺻر ﻟﺗﺣدﯾده‬-7

Figure 55 Selected path between components

177
www.maktbah.net

Figure 56 Path Tool dialog

8- When you have selected all ‫ اﻧﻘر ﻓوق‬،‫ ﻋﻧد ﺗﺣدﯾد ﻛﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺳﺎر‬-8
components in the path, click Accept in .(56 ‫اﻟﻘﺑول ﻓﻲ ﻣرﺑﻊ ﺣوار أداة اﻟﻣﺳﺎر )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
the Path Tool dialog box (see Figure 56).

The Path Name dialog box appears (see .(57 ‫ﯾظﮭر ﻣرﺑﻊ ﺣوار اﺳم اﻟﻣﺳﺎر )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
Figure 57).

Figure 57 Path Name dialog

178
www.maktbah.net
9- Enter the name of the path in the
Path Name dialog and click OK.
The Path Tool dialog box closes. The
path is listed in the Project Browser (see
Figure 58).
Note: If you click OK without entering a
path name, the system creates a default
name, for example, Path 1.
Note: If there are multiple paths that
follow the same route, one of the paths
increases in thickness, to allow you to
see that there is more than one path
through the components (see Figure 59).
Figure 58 Project Browser with listed Path
179
‫ أدﺧل اﺳم اﻟﻣﺳﺎر ﻓﻲ ﺣوار اﺳم ﻣﺳﺎر ﺛم اﻧﻘر‬-9
.‫ﻓوق ﻣواﻓق‬
‫ ﯾﺗم ﺳرد اﻟﻣﺳﺎر ﻓﻲ‬.‫إﻏﻼق ﻣرﺑﻊ ﺣوار أداة اﻟﻣﺳﺎر‬
.(58 ‫ﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ اﻟﻣﺷروع )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
،‫ اﻧﻘر ﻓوق ﻣواﻓق دون إدﺧﺎل اﺳم اﻟﻣﺳﺎر‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣظﺔ‬
،‫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﯾل اﻟﻣﺛﺎل‬،‫ﯾﻘوم اﻟﻧظﺎم ﺑﺈﻧﺷﺎء اﺳم اﻓﺗراﺿﻲ‬
.1 ‫ﻣﺳﺎر‬
‫ إذا ﻛﺎن ھﻧﺎك ﻣﺳﺎرات ﻣﺗﻌددة اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﺑﻊ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣظﺔ‬
‫ اﺟﻌل واﺣد ﻣن اﻟﻣﺳﺎرات ﺑﺳﻣك‬،‫ﻧﻔس اﻟطرﯾق‬
‫ ﻟﯾﺳﻣﺢ ﻟك أن ﺗرى أن ھﻧﺎك أﻛﺛر ﻣن ﻣﺳﺎر‬،‫اﻛﺑر‬
.(59 ‫واﺣد ﻣن ﺧﻼل اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺎت )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
www.maktbah.net
Figure 59 Thick paths connecting components
Trace Paths tool
You use the Trace Paths tool to trace
signals through paths to see how their
values change over the path.
Note: The path must have been created
using the Path Tool.
You can view two different types of
path information:
· Distance: displays information about
the signals over distances in the path.
· Discrete: displays information about
the signals between ports.
Tracing a path
In order to have signal values to trace,
the layout has to be calculated. To trace
a path, perform the following
procedure.
Step Action
1- Select the path in the Project
Browser.
2-Right-click on the path and select
Preview.
The Trace Docker dialog box appears.
3- Select Distance or Discrete.
The Trace Display axes values change
according to the choice.
4 -Select the check box of the signal
values you want to display in the Trace
Display.
Each selected signal value displays in
180
‫أداة ﺗﺗﺑﻊ اﻟﻣﺳﺎرات‬
‫ﯾﻣﻛﻧك اﺳﺗﺧدام أداة ﺗﺗﺑﻊ اﻟﻣﺳﺎرات ﻟﺗﻌﻘب اﻹﺷﺎرات‬
‫ﻣن ﺧﻼل ﻣﺳﺎرات ﻟﻧرى ﻛﯾف ﺗﺗﻐﯾر ﻗﯾﻣﮭﺎ ﻋﺑر‬
.‫اﻟﻣﺳﺎر‬
‫ ﯾﺟب أن ﯾﻛون ﻗد ﺧﻠق ﻣﺳﺎر ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام أداة‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣظﺔ‬
.‫اﻟﻣﺳﺎر‬
:‫ﯾﻣﻛﻧك ﻋرض ﻧوﻋﯾن ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﯾن ﻣن ﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت اﻟﻣﺳﺎر‬
‫ ﺗﻌرض ﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت ﺣول اﻹﺷﺎرات‬: ‫· اﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ‬
.‫ﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺳﺎر‬
‫ ﺗﻌرض ﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت ﺣول اﻹﺷﺎرات ﺑﯾن‬: ‫· اﻟﻣﺗﻘطﻌﺔ‬
.‫اﻟﻣﻧﺎﻓذ‬
‫ﺗﺗﺑﻊ ﻣﺳﺎر‬
‫ ﻻﺑد ﻣن‬، ‫ﻣن أﺟل اﻟﺣﺻول ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻘب ﻗﯾم اﻹﺷﺎرة‬
.‫ ﻧﻔذ اﻹﺟراء اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ ﻟﺗﺗﺑﻊ ﻣﺳﺎر‬.‫ﺣﺳﺎب اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
‫ﺧطوة اﻟﻌﻣل‬
.‫ ﺣدد اﻟﻣﺳﺎر ﻓﻲ ﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ اﻟﻣﺷروع‬1
.‫ اﻧﻘر ﺑزر اﻟﻣﺎوس اﻷﯾﻣن ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺳﺎر وﺣدد ﻣﻌﺎﯾﻧﺔ‬2
.‫ﯾظﮭر ﻣرﺑﻊ اﻟﺣوار ﺗﺗﺑﻊ ﻋﺎﻣل اﻟﻣﻧﻔذ‬
.‫ اﺧﺗر اﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻣﻧﻔﺻﻠﺔ‬3
.‫إظﮭﺎر ﺗﺗﺑﻊ ﻣﺣﺎور اﻟﻘﯾم ﺗﺗﻐﯾر وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﮭذا اﻻﺧﺗﯾﺎر‬
‫ﺣدد ﺧﺎﻧﺔ اﺧﺗﯾﺎر ﻗﯾم اﻹﺷﺎرة اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗرﯾد ﻋرﺿﮭﺎ‬- 4
.‫ﻓﻲ إظﮭﺎر اﻟﺗﺗﺑﻊ‬
.‫ﻛل اظﮭﺎر ﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ اﻹﺷﺎرة اﻟﻣﺣددة ﻓﻲ ﺗﺗﺑﻊ اﻟﺗﺗﺑﻊ‬
www.maktbah.net

the Trace Display. For Distance Trace
Display, see Figure 60, and for Discrete
Trace Display, see Figure 61. The color
of the display corresponds to the color
of the path.
Note: In order to display more than one
path in the Trace Docker window, press
and hold Ctrl and select the paths in the
Project Browser that you want to
display (the path names are
highlighted). To place the selected
paths in the window, right-click and
select Preview.
‫ واظﮭﺎر‬،60 ‫ اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل رﻗم‬، ‫ﻹظﮭﺎر ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺗﺗﺑﻊ‬
‫ ﻟون اﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬.61 ‫ اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل رﻗم‬،‫ﺗﺗﺑﻊ اﻟﻣﻧﻔﺻل‬
.‫ﯾﺗواﻓق ﻣﻊ ﻟون اﻟﻣﺳﺎر‬
‫ ﻣن أﺟل ﻋرض أﻛﺛر ﻣن ﻣﺳﺎر واﺣد ﻓﻲ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣظﺔ‬
‫ وﺗﺣدﯾد‬Ctrl ‫ اﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ‬،‫ﺗﺗﺑﻊ ﻋﺎﻣل اﻟﻣﯾﻧﺎء ﻧﺎﻓذة‬
‫اﻟﻣﺳﺎرات ﻓﻲ ﻣﺗﺻﻔﺢ اﻟﻣﺷروع اﻟذي ﺗرﯾد ﻋرﺿﮫ‬
‫ ﻟوﺿﻊ اﻟﻣﺳﺎرات‬.(‫)وﯾرﻛزﻋﻠﻰ أﺳﻣﺎء اﻟﻣﺳﺎر‬
‫ اﻧﻘر ﺑزر اﻟﻣﺎوس اﻷﯾﻣن واﺧﺗر‬،‫اﻟﻣﺣددة ﻓﻲ اﻹطﺎر‬
.‫ﻣﻌﺎﯾﻧﺔ‬

Figure 60 Trace Docker - Distance

Figure 61 Trace Docker - Discrete

181
www.maktbah.net
Parameter Sweeps
When a parameter is in sweep mode,
the value of the parameter changes
through sweep iterations. You can select
the parameter sweep version for display
in the project layout.
In order to change a parameter value
across sweep interations, you need to
define the number of sweep iterations,
and define the parameter value.
Setting/Changing the Total Parameter
Sweep Iterations
To set the total number of sweep
iterations, perform the following
procedure:
Step Action
1- Click the Set Total Sweep Iterations
button on the Layout toolbar.
The Total Parameter Sweep Iterations
dialog appears displaying the current
values (see Figure 62).
2- Enter the total number of sweep
iterations.
3- Click OK.
Note: When using Nested parameter
sweeps, the total number of sweep
iterations is calculated automatically.
Figure 62 Total Parameter Iterations dialog
182
(‫ﻣﺳﺢ )ﺗﻣﺷﯾط( اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل )ﻋﺎﻣل اﻟﺗﻐﯾﯾر‬
،(‫ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﯾﻛون اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻣﺳﺢ )اﻟﺗﻣﺷﯾط‬
‫ ﯾﻣﻛﻧك‬.‫ﻗﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل ﺗﺗﻐﯾر ﻣن ﺧﻼل ﺗﻛرار اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬
‫اﺧﺗﯾﺎر ﻧﺳﺧﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل ﻟﻠﺗﻣﺷﯾط ﺑﺣﺛﺎ ﻋن اﻟﻌرض ﻓﻲ‬
.‫ﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﻣﺷروع‬
،‫ﻣن أﺟل ﺗﻛرارات ﺗﻐﯾﯾر ﻗﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل ﻋﺑر اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬
‫ وﺗﺣدﯾد‬،‫ﺗﺣﺗﺎج إﻟﻰ ﺗﺣدﯾد ﻋدد ﻣرات اﻟﺗﻛرار اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬
.‫ﻗﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻠﻣﺔ‬
‫ ﺗﻐﯾﯾر ﺗﻛرارات اﻟﻣﺳﺢ اﻟﻛﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﻌﺎﻣل‬/ ‫إﻋداد‬
‫ ﻧﻔذ اﻹﺟراء‬،‫ﻟﺗﻌﯾﯾن ﻋدد ﻣن اﻟﺗﻛرارات اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬
:‫اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺧطوة اﻟﻌﻣل‬
‫ اﻧﻘر ﻓوق زر ﻣﺟﻣوع اﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﻟﺗﻌﯾﯾن اﻟﺗﻛرارات‬-1
.‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷرﯾط أدوات اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
‫ﯾظﮭر ﻣرﺑﻊ ﺣوار ﺗﻛرارات إﺟﻣﺎﻟﻲ اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬
.(62 ‫وﻋرض اﻟﻘﯾم اﻟﺣﺎﻟﯾﺔ )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
.‫ أدﺧل ﻋدد ﻣن ﺗﻛرارات اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬-2
.‫ اﻧﻘر ﻓوق ﻣواﻓق‬-3
‫ ﯾﺗم‬،‫ ﻋﻧد اﺳﺗﺧدام ﻣﺳﺢ اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣظﺔ‬
‫اﺣﺗﺳﺎب ﻋدد ﻣرات ﺗﻛرار اﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯾﺎ‬
www.maktbah.net

Or
Step Action ‫ﺧطوة اﻟﻌﻣل‬
1- Select Layout > Set Total Sweeps ‫ اﺧﺗﺎر ﺗﺧطﯾط < ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ إﺟﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﻛرار اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬-1
Iteration on the Menu toolbar (see .(63 ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷرﯾط ادوات اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
Figure 63).

The Total Parameter Sweep Iterations ‫ﯾظﮭر ﻣرﺑﻊ ﺣوار ﺗﻛرارات ﻣﺳﺢ اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﻛﻠﻲ و‬
dialog appears displaying the current .(62 ‫ﻋرض اﻟﻘﯾم اﻟﺣﺎﻟﯾﺔ )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
values (See Figure 62).

2- Enter the total number of sweep .‫ أدﺧل ﻋدد ﻣن ﺗﻛرارات اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬-2

iterations.

3- Click OK. .‫ اﻧﻘر ﻓوق ﻣواﻓق‬-3

Figure 63 Layout access - Set Total Sweep Iterations

183
www.maktbah.net
Setting the current sweep iteration
To change the sweep iteration displayed
in the layout (after calculations),
perform the following procedure.
Step Action
1- Select Layout > Set Current Sweep
Iteration on the Menu toolbar.
The Set Current Sweep Iteration dialog
box appears (see Figure 64).
2- Enter the number of the sweep
iteration you want to display in the
layout.
3- Click OK.
The displayed parameter values change
to reflect the selected parameter sweep
iteration.
Figure 64 Current Parameter Sweep Iteration dialog box
Or
Action
· Use the Previous Sweep Iteration or
Next Sweep Iteration buttons on the
Layout toolbar.
Or
Action
· Select the sweep iteration from the Set ‫· ﺣدد ﺗﻛرار اﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﻣن ﻣرﺑﻊ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻧﺳدﻟﺔ ﺗﻛرار‬
Current Iteration drop-down box
(see Figure 65).
‫ﺿﯾط ﺗﻛرار اﻟﻣﺳﺢ اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻟﺗﻐﯾﯾر اﻟﺗﻛرار اﻟﻣﺳﺢ اﻟﻣﻌروﺿﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺧطﯾط )ﺑﻌد‬
.‫ ﻧﻔذ اﻹﺟراء اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‬،(‫اﻟﻌﻣﻠﯾﺎت اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﯾﺔ‬
‫ﺧطوة اﻟﻌﻣل‬
‫< ﻟﺗﻌﯾﯾن ﺗﻛرار اﻟﻣﺳﺢ اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬1 ‫اﺧﺗر ﺗﺧطﯾط‬-1
.‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷرﯾط ادوات اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
‫وﯾﺑدو أن ﺗﻌﯾﯾن ﻣرﺑﻊ ﺣوار ﺗﻛرار اﻟﻣﺳﺢ اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬
.(64 ‫)اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
‫أدﺧل ﻋدد ﻣن ﺗﻛرار اﻟﻣﺳﺢ اﻟذي ﺗرﯾد ﻋرﺿﮫ‬- 2
.‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
.‫اﻧﻘر ﻓوق ﻣواﻓق‬- 3
‫أن ﺗﻐﯾﯾر ﻗﯾم اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﺣﺎﻟﯾﺔ ﺳوف ﯾﻌﻛس اﺧﺗﯾﺎر‬
.‫ﺗﻛرار ﻣﺳﺢ اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل‬
‫ﻋﻣل‬
‫ أزرار ﺗﻛرار‬،‫· اﺳﺗﺧدم ﺗﻛرار اﻟﻣﺳﺢ اﻟﺳﺎﺑق أو اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‬
.‫اﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷرﯾط ادوات ﺗﺧطﯾط‬
‫ﻋﻣل‬
.(65 ‫اﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ اﻟﺣﺎﻟﯾﺔ )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
184
www.maktbah.net

Figure 65 Set Current Iteration drop-down box

Changing the Parameter values ‫ﺗﻐﯾﯾر ﻗﯾم اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل‬

After you select the number of
parameter sweep iterations, you can
enter the parameter values to sweep.
The parameter must be changed to
Sweep mode.
Selecting the Sweep mode
To select the Sweep mode for a
component parameter, perform the
following procedure.
Note: In the following procedures, we
use the CW Laser component as an
example.
‫ ﯾﻣﻛﻧك‬، ‫ﺑﻌد ﺗﺣدﯾد ﻋدد ﻣرات ﺗﻛرار ﻣﺳﺢ اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل‬
‫ ﯾﺟب ﺗﻐﯾﯾر اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل إﻟﻰ‬.‫إدﺧﺎل ﻗﯾم ﻣﺳﺢ اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت‬
.‫وﺿﻊ اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬
‫اﺧﺗﯾﺎر وﺿﻊ اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬
‫ ﻧﻔذ اﻹﺟراء‬،‫ﻟﺗﺣدﯾد وﺿﻊ اﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﻌﻧﺻر‬
.‫اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ وﻧﺣن ﻧﺳﺗﺧدم‬،‫ ﻓﻲ اﻹﺟراءات اﻟﺗﺎﻟﯾﺔ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣظﺔ‬
.‫ ﻟﯾزر ﻛﻣﺛﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ذﻟك‬CW ‫اﻟﻣﻛون‬

Step Action ‫ﺧطوة اﻟﻌﻣل‬

1- Select Layout > Parameter Sweeps ‫ اﺧﺗﺎر ﺗﺧطﯾط < ﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷرﯾط‬-1
on the Menu toolbar. .‫أدوات اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
The component parameter dialog box .(67 ‫ﯾظﮭر ﻣرﺑﻊ اﻟﺣوار ﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﻣﻛون )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
appears (see Figure 67).

2- In the Mode column, select the ‫ ﺣدد وﺿﻊ اﻟﺗﻛرار )اﻧظر‬،‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻣود اﻟوﺿﻊ‬- 2
Sweep mode (see Figure 66). .(66 ‫اﻟﺷﻛل‬

The color of the parameter becomes ‫ ھذا ﯾﺷﯾر إﻟﻰ أن اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل‬.‫ﻟون اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل ﯾﺻﺑﺢ أﺣﻣر‬

185
www.maktbah.net

RED. This indicates that the parameter .‫ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬

is in sweep mode.
The Parameter 2D graph and the ‫ وﺗظﮭر ازرار اﻟﺣوار‬2D ‫اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﻌﺎﻣل‬
Parameter Sweeps dialog buttons ‫ﻣﺳﺢ اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻣود ﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ‬
appear in the Value column of the .(67 ‫اﻟﻣﺳﺢ )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
parameter in sweep mode (see
Figure 67).

Figure 66 Sweep mode

Figure 67 Component properties - Parameter Sweep mode

186
www.maktbah.net

3- Click on the Parameter Sweep button ‫ اﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ زر ﻣﺳﺢ اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل ﻓﻲ ﻋﻣود اﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ‬-3
in the Value column of Power. .‫ﻣن اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ‬
The Parameter Sweeps dialog box .(68 ‫ﯾظﮭر ﻣرﺑﻊ ﺣوار ﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﻣﺳﺢ )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
appears (see Figure 68).

Figure 68 Component Parameter Sweep Values

The twenty values in the Power (dBm) ‫ﻗﯾم اﻟﻌﺷرﯾن ﻓﻲ ﻋﻣود اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ )دﯾﺳﯾﺑل( ﺗﻣﺛل‬
column represent the power ‫ ﻋﺑر ﺗﻛرار ﻣﺳﺢ‬CW ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت طﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻠﯾزر‬
parameters of the CW Laser across the .‫اﻟﻌﺷرﯾن‬
twenty sweep iterations.
Editing the parameter sweep iteration ‫ﺗﺣرﯾر ﻗﯾم ﺗﻛرار ﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬
values
To edit the parameter sweep iteration ‫ ﻧﻔذ اﻹﺟراء‬،‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬ ‫ﺗﻛرار‬ ‫ﻟﺗﻌدﯾل ﻗﯾم‬
values, perform the following .‫اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‬
procedure.
Step Action ‫ﺧطوة اﻟﻌﻣل‬
1- Select Layout > Parameter Sweeps ‫ اﺧﺗﺎر ﺗﺧطﯾط < ﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﻣن ﺷرﯾط أدوات‬-1
on the Menu toolbar. .‫اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
The component parameter dialog box .‫ﯾظﮭر ﻣرﺑﻊ ﺣوار ﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﻣﻛون‬
appears.
187
www.maktbah.net

2- Click on the Parameter Sweep button ‫ اﻧﻘر ﻋﻠﻰ زر ﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻣود ﻗﯾﻣﺔ‬-2
in the Value column of the parameter. .‫اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل‬
The Parameter Sweeps dialog box .‫ﯾظﮭر ﻣرﺑﻊ ﺣوار ﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬
appears.
3- Enter data into each field manually, ‫ أو اﺳﺗﺧدام‬،‫ إدﺧﺎل اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت ﻓﻲ ﻛل ﺣﻘل ﯾدوﯾﺎ‬-3
or use the Spread Tools to calculate the .‫أدوات اﻧﺗﺷﺎر ﻟﺣﺳﺎب اﻟﻘﯾم‬
values.

Assigning sweep iteration values ‫ﺗﻌﯾﯾن ﻗﯾم ﺗﻛرار اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬

To assign parameter sweep iteration .‫ ﻧﻔذ اﻹﺟراء اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‬، ‫ﻟﺗﻌﯾﯾن ﻗﯾم ﺗﻛرار ﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬
values, perform the following
procedure.
Step Action ‫ﺧطوة اﻟﻌﻣل‬
1- Select Layout > Parameter Sweeps. . ‫ اﺧﺗﺎر ﺗﺧطﯾط < ﻣﺳﺢ ﻣﻌﺎﻣل‬-1
The Parameter Sweeps dialog appears. .‫ﯾظﮭر ﺣوار ﻣﺳﺢ اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل‬

2 -Click in the Power value cell (see). .(‫ اﻧﻘر ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﻗﯾﻣﺔ اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ )اﻧظر‬-2
3- Click Assign Values. . ‫ اﻧﻘر ﻓوق ﺗﻌﯾﯾن اﻟﻘﯾم‬-3
The Parameter Iteration Assign Values ‫ﯾظﮭر ﻣرﺑﻊ ﺣوار ﺗﻌﯾﯾن ﺗﻛرار اﻟﻘﯾم اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل )اﻧظر‬
dialog box appears (see Figure 69). .(69 ‫اﻟﺷﻛل‬

4 -Type the number in Value and click
OK.
The Parameter Iteration Assign Values
dialog box closes and the assigned value
appears in the Power column.
.‫ اﻛﺗب اﻟرﻗم ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ ﺛم اﻧﻘر ﻓوق ﻣواﻓق‬-4
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﺗﻛرار ﺗﻌﯾﯾن اﻟﻘﯾم إﻏﻼق ﻣرﺑﻊ اﻟﺣوار‬
.‫وﺗظﮭر اﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗم ﺗﻌﯾﯾﻧﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻣود اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ‬

Figure 69 Parameter Iteration Assign Values dialog box

Generating sweep iteration values ‫ﺗوﻟﯾد ﻗﯾم ﺗﻛرار اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬

To generate sweep iteration values, .‫ ﻧﻔذ اﻹﺟراء اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ﻟﺗوﻟﯾد ﻗﯾم ﺗﻛرار اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬
perform the following procedure.
188
www.maktbah.net

Step Action ‫ﺧطوة اﻟﻌﻣل‬

1- Select the Power column (highlights ‫ ﺣدد ﻋﻣود اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ )رﻛز ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻣﯾﻊ ﻣﺳﺢ‬-1
all twenty parameter sweeps). .(‫اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل ﻋﺷرﯾن‬

2- Click the Linear button in the Spread .‫ اﻧﻘر ﻓوق اﻟزر اﻟﺧطﻲ ﻓﻲ إطﺎر أدوات اﻧﺗﺷﺎر‬-2
Tools window. ‫ اﻧﺗﺷﺎر اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل‬، ‫ﯾظﮭر ﻣرﺑﻊ ﺣوار اﻟﺗﻛرار‬
The Parameter Iteration Spread dialog
box appears.
3- Enter 0 in Start Value and -40 in End .‫ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﻧﮭﺎﯾﺔ‬40-‫ ﻓﻲ ﻗﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﺑداﯾﺔ و‬0 ‫ أدﺧل‬-3
Value.
4- Click OK. .‫ اﻧﻘر ﻓوق ﻣواﻓق‬-4
The values in the Power column change ‫اﻟﻘﯾم ﻓﻲ ﺗﻐﯾﯾر ﻋﻣود اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﺗﻌﻛس ﻗﯾم اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬
to reflect the Linear sweep values you .(70 ‫اﻟﺧطﯾﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ أدﺧﻠﺗﮭﺎ )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
entered (see Figure 70).

Figure 70 Parameter Sweeps- Generating Linear values

189
www.maktbah.net

Note: More than one parameter can be ‫ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ واﺣﺪة ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ ﻷداء‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
set to perform sweep iterations. Nested ‫ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﻤﺘﺪاﺧﻞ أﻛﺜﺮ‬.‫ﺗﻜﺮار اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬
parameter sweeps require more than one ‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ واﺣﺪة‬
parameter.

Spread tools ‫أدوات اﻧﺘﺸﺎر‬

There are several methods available to ‫ھﻨﺎك اﻟﻌﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﺮق اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﯿﺪ ﻗﯿﻢ ﺗﻜﺮار‬
generate sweep iteration values. .‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬

Table 5 Spread Tools

Tool Name Description
Generates a linear spread of values based on the start and end
Linear
values entered in the Parameter Iteration Spread dialog box.
Generates an exponential spread of values based on the start and
Exp
end values entered in the Parameter Iteration Spread dialog box.
Generates a logarithmic spread of values based on the start and end
Log
values entered in the Parameter Iteration Spread dialog box.
Generates a spread of values based on the values and script entered
Formula
in the Parameter Sweep Script Editor dialog box.
Generates a Gaussian spread of values based on the values entered
Gaussian
in the Gaussian sweep iteration dialog box.
Generates a logarithmic spread of values based on the values
LogNormal
entered in the LogNormal sweep iteration dialog box.
Generates a uniform spread of values based on the values entered
Uniform
in the Uniform sweep iteration dialog box.
Generates a spread of values based on the values entered in the
Discrete
Discrete sweep iteration dialog box.

Figure 71 Parameter Iteration Spread dialog box

190
www.maktbah.net

Start value ‫ﻗﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﺒﺪء‬

displays the first value for the iteration .‫ﯾﻌﺮض اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ ﻟﺤﺴﺎب ﺗﻜﺮار اﻻﻧﺘﺸﺎر‬
spread calculation.
End value ‫ﻗﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﻨﮭﺎﯾﺔ‬
displays the last value for the iteration .‫ﯾﻌﺮض اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ اﻷﺧﯿﺮة ﻟﺤﺴﺎب اﻟﺘﻜﺮار اﻧﺘﺸﺎر‬
spread calculation.

Figure 72 Parameter Sweep Script Editor dialog box

Input ‫إدﺧﺎل‬
Use sweeps iteration number as input: : ‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻋﺪد ﺗﻜﺮار اﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﻛﻤﺪﺧﻞ‬

determines if the value in the selected
iteration number is used as input for
sweep calculations.
Get input from range
determines if the values for the sweep
calculations are set by the range
specified b
‫ﯾﺤﺪد ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن ﯾﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺪد اﻟﺘﻜﺮار‬
.‫اﺧﺘﯿﺎر ﻛﻤﺪﺧﻞ ﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿﺎت اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﯿﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺢ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺪﺧﻼت ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﯾﺤﺪد ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ ﻗﯿﻢ ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ‬

Minimum and Maximum. .‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺤﺪدة ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷدﻧﻰ واﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬

Note: Minimum and Maximum only
become active if Get input from range
is selected.
Script
displays the script for the sweep
calculations. Includes Input variable.
‫ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷدﻧﻰ واﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
.‫ﻓﻘﻂ إذا ﺗﻢ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﺧﻼت ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻟﻨﻄﺎق‬
‫اﻟﻨﺺ‬
‫ ﯾﺘﻀﻤﻦ‬.‫ﯾﻌﺮض اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻨﺼﻲ ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬
.‫ﻣﺘﻐﯿﺮ اﻹدﺧﺎل‬

191
www.maktbah.net

Figure 73 Gaussian sweep iteration dialog box

Random seed index ‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﻲ‬

Displays the random seed index value ‫ﯾﻌﺮض ﻗﯿﻤﺔ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﯿﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻓﻲ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎت‬
for use in the sweep calculations. ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬
Format for Std. Dev. Dev., Std. .‫ﺗﻨﺴﯿﻖ‬
Determines whether the absolute value ‫ﯾﺤﺪد ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن ﯾﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘﺔ أو ﻗﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
or a percentage value is used in the .‫اﻟﻤﺌﻮﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬
sweep calculations.
Nominal Value (‫ﻗﯿﻤﺔ رﻣﺰﯾﺔ )ﺷﻜﻠﯿﺔ‬
Displays the nominal value for use in the .‫ﯾﻌﺮض اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ اﻻﺳﻤﯿﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻓﻲ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬
sweep calculations.
Std. Dev. Std. Dev.
Displays the standard development ‫ﯾﻌﺮض ﻗﯿﻤﺔ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﯾﯿﺮ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿﺎت‬
value for use in the sweep calculations. .‫اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﯿﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺢ‬

Figure 74 LogNormal sweep iteration dialog box

192
www.maktbah.net
Random seed index
Displays the random seed index value
for use in the sweep calculations.
Format for Std. Dev
Determines whether the absolute value
or a percentage value is used in the
sweep calculations.
Nominal Value
Displays the nominal value for use in the
sweep calculations.
Std. Dev.
Displays the standard development
value for use in the sweep calculations.
Figure 75 Uniform sweep iteration dialog box
Random seed index
Displays the random seed index value
for use in the sweep calculations.
Format for delta
Determines whether the absolute value,
a percentage value, or a range of values
is used in the sweep calculations.
Note: Minimum and Maximum
become active when you select
min/max.
Nominal Value
Displays the nominal value for use in the
sweep calculations.
Delta
Displays the delta value for use in the
sweep calculations.
193
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﻲ‬
‫ﯾﻌﺮض ﻗﯿﻤﺔ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﯿﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻓﻲ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎت‬
.‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬
Dev., Std. .‫ﺗﻨﺴﯿﻖ‬
‫ﯾﺤﺪد ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن ﯾﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘﺔ أو ﻗﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
.‫اﻟﻤﺌﻮﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬
‫ﻗﯿﻤﺔ رﻣﺰﯾﺔ‬
.‫ﯾﻌﺮض اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ اﻻﺳﻤﯿﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻓﻲ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬
Std. Dev.
‫ﯾﻌﺮض ﻗﯿﻤﺔ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﯾﯿﺮ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬
. ‫اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﯿﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﻲ‬
‫ﯾﻌﺮض ﻗﯿﻤﺔ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﺒﺬور اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﯿﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻓﻲ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎت‬
.‫اﻻﺟﺘﯿﺎح‬
‫ﺗﻨﺴﯿﻖ دﻟﺘﺎ‬
‫ وﻗﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬،‫ﯾﺤﺪد ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن ﯾﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘﺔ‬
.‫ أو ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﯿﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎت اﻻﺟﺘﯿﺎح‬،‫اﻟﻤﺌﻮﯾﺔ‬
‫ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷدﻧﻰ واﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
. ‫ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬/ ‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷدﻧﻰ‬
‫ﻗﯿﻤﺔ رﻣﺰﯾﺔ‬
. ‫ﯾﻌﺮض اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ اﻻﺳﻤﯿﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻓﻲ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬
‫دﻟﺘﺎ‬
. ‫ﯾﻌﺮض ﻗﯿﻤﺔ دﻟﺘﺎ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎت اﻟﻣﺳﺢ اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﯾﺔ‬
www.maktbah.net
Figure 76 Discrete sweep iteration dialog box
Random seed index
Displays the random seed index value
for use in the sweep calculations.
Minimum
Displays the minimum value for use in
the sweep calculations.
Maximum
Displays the maximum value for use in
the sweep calculations.
Delta
Displays the delta value for use in the
sweep calculations.
Nested parameter sweeps
If you set more than one parameter to
sweep mode, you can create nested
parameter sweeps.
Note: In the following procedures, use
the CW Laser component as an example
and set the mode of parameters Power
and Frequency to Sweep. We are
assuming the number of sweep
iterations is 20.
Using nested parameter sweeps
To generate nested sweep iteration
values, perform the following
procedure.
194
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﻲ‬
‫ﯾﻌرض ﻗﯾﻣﺔ ﻣؤﺷر اﻟﻧظم اﻟﻌﺷواﺋﯾﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧدام ﻓﻲ‬
.‫ﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬
‫اﻟﺣد اﻷدﻧﻰ‬
‫ﯾﻌرض ﻗﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﺣد اﻷدﻧﻰ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧدام ﻓﻲ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت‬
.‫اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬
‫أﻗﺻﻰ‬
‫ﯾﻌرض اﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﻘﺻوى ﻻﺳﺗﺧداﻣﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻣﻠﯾﺎت‬
. ‫اﻟﻣﺳﺢ اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﯾﺔ‬
‫دﻟﺗﺎ‬
‫ﯾﻌرض ﻗﯾﻣﺔ دﻟﺗﺎ ﻻﺳﺗﺧداﻣﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻣﻠﯾﺎت اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬
. ‫اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﯾﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺢ ﻗﯾم اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﻣﺗداﺧﻠﺔ‬
،‫إذا ﻗﻣت ﺑﺗﻌﯾﯾن أﻛﺛر ﻣن ﻣﻌﺎﻣل إﻟﻰ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬
. ‫ﯾﻣﻛﻧك إﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺳﺢ اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﻣﺗداﺧل‬
‫ اﺳﺗﺧدم ﻋﻧﺻر‬،‫ ﻓﻲ اﻹﺟراءات اﻟﺗﺎﻟﯾﺔ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣظﺔ‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺎﯾس‬/ ‫ ﻟﯾزر ﻛﻣﺛﺎل وﺿﺑط وﺿﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت‬CW
‫ ﻧﺣن ﻋﻠﻰ اﻓﺗراض أن‬.‫اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ واﻟﺗردد ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬
.20 ‫ﻋدد ﺗﻛرارات اﻟﻣﺳﺢ ھو‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام ﻣﺳﺢ اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﻣﺗداﺧل‬
‫ ﻧﻔذ اﻹﺟراء‬،‫ﻟﺗوﻟﯾد ﻗﯾم ﺗﻛرار اﻟﻣﺳﺢ اﻟﻣﺗداﺧﻠﺔ‬
.‫اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‬
www.maktbah.net

Step Action ‫ﺧطوة اﻟﻌﻣل‬

1- Click the Nested Parameters button ‫ اﻧﻘر ﻓوق اﻟزر اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت اﻟﻣﺗداﺧﻠﺔ ﻣن ﻧﺎﻓذة‬-1
in the Parameter Sweeps window. . ‫ﻣﺳﺢ اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل‬
The Nested Parameters dialog box .(77 ‫ﯾظﮭر ﻣرﺑﻊ ﺣوار ﻣﺳﺢ اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
appears (see Figure 77).

2- Select Nested Levels folder, right- ‫ اﻧﻘر ﺑزر اﻟﻣﺎوس‬،‫ ﺣدد ﻣﺟﻠد ﻣﺳﺗوﯾﺎت ﻣﺗداﺧﻠﺔ‬--2
click and select Add Level. .‫اﻷﯾﻣن ﺛم اﺧﺗر إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺳﺗوى‬
A folder named Level 2 is created under ‫ ﺗﺣت ﻣﺳﺗوى ﻣﺟﻠد‬2 ‫ﯾﺗم إﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺟﻠد ﺑﺎﺳم اﻟﻣﺳﺗوى‬
the folder Level 1 (see Figure 78). .(78 ‫ )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬1

3- Drag the parameter Frequency from ‫ إﻟﻰ‬1 ‫ اﺳﺣب ﺗردد اﻟﻣﻌﻠﻣﺔ ﻣن ﻣﺳﺗوى اﻟﻣﺟﻠد‬-3
the folder Level 1 to the folder Level 2. .2 ‫ﻣﺳﺗوى اﻟﻣﺟﻠد‬
A two level nested parameter appears. ‫ اﻟﻣﺳﺗوى اﻻول‬.‫ﯾظﮭر اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﻣﺗداﺧل ﻟﻣﺳﺗوﯾﯾن‬
The fist level has Power parameter and ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ واﻟﻣﺳﺗوى اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﺗردد )اﻧظر‬
the second level has Frequency .(79 ‫اﻟﺷﻛل‬
parameter (see Figure 79).

4- Right-click on the folder Level 2 and ،2 ‫ اﻧﻘر ﺑزر اﻟﻣﺎوس اﻷﯾﻣن ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺳﺗوى اﻟﻣﺟﻠد‬-4
select Set number of nested iterations. .‫وﺗﺣدﯾد ﻋدد ﻣﻌﯾن ﻣن اﻟﺗﻛرارات اﻟﻣﺗداﺧﻠﺔ‬
The Number of nested iterations dialog ‫ﯾظﮭر ﻋدد ﻣرﺑﻊ ﺣوار اﻟﺗﻛرار اﻟﻣﺗداﺧل )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
box appears (see Figure 80). .(80

5- Set the Nested iterations to 10 and ‫ ﺛم اﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ‬10 ‫ ﺗﻌﯾﯾن اﻟﺗﻛرار اﻟﻣﺗداﺧل إﻟﻰ‬-5
press OK. .OK
The number of iterations for Frequency ‫ )اﻧظر‬10 ‫ﺗم ﺗﻌﯾﯾن ﻋدد ﻣن ﺗﻛرارات اﻟﺗردد إﻟﻰ‬
is set to 10 (see Figure 81). .(81 ‫اﻟﺷﻛل‬

6- Select the Frequency column and ‫ﺣدد ﻋﻣود اﻟﺗردد واﺳﺗﺧدام أداة اﻻﻧﺗﺷﺎر‬- 6
using the Linear Spread Tool, set Start ،‫ ﻧﺎﻧوﻣﺗر‬1500 ‫ ﺗﻌﯾﯾن ﻗﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﺑداﯾﺔ إﻟﻰ‬،‫اﻟﺧطﻲ‬
value to 1500 nm and End value to .‫ ﻧﺎﻧوﻣﺗر‬1600 ‫وﻧﮭﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ إﻟﻰ‬
1600 nm. .‫ ﻧﺎﻧوﻣﺗر‬1600 ‫ ﻧﺎﻧوﻣﺗر إﻟﻰ‬1500 ‫ﯾﺑدو اﻟﺗردد ﺑدءا‬
Frequency ranging 1500 nm to 1600 nm .(82 ‫)اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
appears. (see Figure 82).

7- Press OK in the Nested Parameters ‫ اﺿﻐط ﻣواﻓق ﻓﻲ ﻣرﺑﻊ ﺣوار ﻣﺗداﺧﻠﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت‬-7
dialog box ‫ ﺗم إﻧﺷﺎء اﻟﺣﺟم‬.‫ﯾﺗم إﻧﺷﺎء اﻟﺗﻛرار ﻟﻠطﺎﻗﺔ واﻟﺗردد‬
Iterations for Power and Frequency are ‫ ﺗﻛرار ﻣن ﻗﺑل أداة ﻣﺗداﺧﻠﺔ‬200 ‫اﻹﺟﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﻣن‬
generated. A total size of 200 iterations .(83 ‫ )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬.(10 × 20) ‫اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت‬
was created by the Nested Parameters
tool (20 x 10). (see Figure 83).

195
www.maktbah.net

8 -Press OK in the Parameter Sweeps .‫ اﺿﻐط ﻣواﻓق ﻓﻲ ﻣرﺑﻊ ﺣوار ﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﻣﺳﺢ‬-8
dialog box.
Note: Make sure to use Combination ‫ ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن اﺳﺗﺧدام ﻣﯾزة اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﻣرﻛب ﻣن‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣظﺔ‬
parameter feature of OptiSystem in ‫ ﻣن أﺟل ﻣﻧﺢ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ اﻟﺗﻘرﯾر ﻣﯾزة‬OptiSystem
order to allow the Report page to ‫ﻣﺳﺢ اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﻣﺗداﺧل ﻋﻧد إﻧﺷﺎء اﻟرﺳوم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﯾﺔ‬
recognize nested parameter sweeps .‫واﻟﺟداول‬
when creating graphs and tables.

Figure 77 Nested Parameter Sweeps

Figure 78 Adding levels to nested parameter sweeps

196
www.maktbah.net

Figure 79 Adding levels to nested parameter sweeps

Figure 80 Setting the number of nested iterations

Figure 81 Level 2 with 10 iterations (Frequency parameter)

197
www.maktbah.net

Figure 82 Frequency ranging from 1500nm to 1600 nm.

Figure 83 Parameter sweeps after using Nested Parameters tool.

Using combinations for nested ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺒﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﯾﯿﺲ اﻟﻤﺘﺪاﺧﻠﺔ‬

parameter sweeps
To allow the report page to recognize ‫ﻟﺴﻤﺎح ﺻﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﺮﯾﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮف ﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﯾﯿﺲ‬
nested parameter sweeps when ‫اﻟﻤﺘﺪاﺧﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ إﻧﺸﺎء اﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ ﯾﺠﺐ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
creating graphs you must use ‫ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﺮﯾﺮ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻦ رﺟﻮع‬.‫دﻣﺞ‬
Combinations. Report page ‫ ﻣﻤﺎ‬،‫اﻟﺘﺒﻌﯿﺎت واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﯾﯿﺲ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎت‬
automatically detects retracing and ، 3D ‫ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ واﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ‬2D ‫ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻟﺨﻠﻖ‬
parameter dependencies for . ‫اﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﻤﺘﺪاﺧﻠﺔ واﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
198
www.maktbah.net
combinations, allowing you to create
complex 2D and 3D graphs of nested
parameters and results.
Step Action
1- On the Project Browser docker,
select Sweeps folder under the Global
folder in the project layout list.
The list of parameter sweeps appears.
2- Select both parameters (Frequency
and Power) and right-click.
The Combination context menu
appears.
3- Select Combine.
The Combination dialog box appears
(see Figure 86).
Note: In the Combination dialog box, ‫ وإﻋﺪاد اﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ‬،‫ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
The Sequence setup allows you to
define the main (first) parameter and
the dependent (second) parameter.
When using the report page for 2D
graphs, the main parameter is used for
the graph and the dependent
parameter is used to estimate the graph
retracing (see Figure 85).
4- In the Combination dialog box, press
OK.
The Combination is created under the
folder Sweeps (see Figure 86).
Note: In the Report page, you can use a
parameter Combination as a regular
parameter sweep. Simply drag and drop
the Combination into tables, 2D and 3D
graphs.
‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‬،‫ ﻋﻠﻰ واﺟﮭﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬-1
‫اﻟﻤﺪﯾﺎت ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ اﻻﻣﺘﺪاد ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
.‫اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
.‫ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻣﺘﺪاد اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس‬
،(‫ ﺗﺤﺪد ﻛﻞ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﯾﯿﺲ )اﻟﺘﺮدد واﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻜﮭﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ‬-2
.‫واﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر اﻟﻤﺎوس اﻷﯾﻤﻦ‬
.‫ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
.‫ ﺣدد اﻟﺟﻣﻊ‬-3
.(86 ‫ﯾظﮭر ﻣرﺑﻊ ﺣوار اﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
‫ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﯾﯿﺲ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ )اﻻول( وﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ‬
‫ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺻﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﺮﯾﺮ‬.(‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس )اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ ﯾﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﻘﺎﯾﯿﺲ‬،2D ‫ﻋﻦ اﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻌﺘﻤﺪ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ واﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس ﯾ‬
.(85 ‫ﺗﻘﺪﯾﺮ رﺟﻮع اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
.OK ‫ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬،‫ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬-4
‫ﯾﺘﻢ إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ اﻋﺪاد اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
.(86
‫ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬،‫ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﺮﯾﺮ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
. ‫ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎت اﻟﻤﻘﺎﯾﯿﺲ وﯾﻤﻜﻦ اﻋﺪاد ﻣﻘﯿﺎس ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ‬
2 D ، ‫ﺑﺒﺴﺎطﺔ ﺳﺤﺐ وإﺳﻘﺎط اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮع ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺪاول‬
.‫ اﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ‬3D ‫و‬
199
www.maktbah.net

Figure 84 Combining two parameters.

Figure 85 Parameter Combination ‫ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﯾﯿﺲ ﻟﺘﺄﺛﯿﺮ اﻻﻋﺪاد‬85 ‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

Sequence Setup affecting the way
graphs are built.The first graph
(above) shows the Result Gain 1 as a
function of Power. The 10 different
curves refer to different values of
Frequency. The second graph (below)
shows the Results Gain 1 as a function
of Frequency. The 20 different curves
refer to different values of Power.
‫ واﻟﺘﻲ اﻋﺘﻤﺪت اﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬. ‫ﻋﻠﻰ طﺮﯾﻘﺔ اﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ‬
‫ ﺑﻮﺻﻔﮭﺎ‬1 ‫اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ اﻷول )أﻋﻼه( ﯾﻈﮭﺮ رﺑﺢ اﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ‬
‫ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯿﺎت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺗﺸﯿﺮ إﻟﻰ ﻗﯿﻢ‬10 ‫و‬.‫داﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ )ادﻧﺎه( ﯾﺒﯿﻦ‬.‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺮدد‬
20 .‫ ﺑﻮﺻﻔﮭﺎ داﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺮدد‬1 ‫ﻛﺴﺐ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
.‫ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯿﺎت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺗﺸﯿﺮ إﻟﻰ ﻗﯿﻢ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬

200
www.maktbah.net

Figure 86 Parameter combination.

Calculations ‫اﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿﺎت اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﯿﺔ‬

Performing calculations
To perform calculations, perform one of ‫أداء اﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿﺎت اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﯿﺔ‬
the following actions. .‫ ﻧﻔﺬ أﺣﺪ اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ‬،‫ﻟﺘﻨﻔﯿﺬ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿﺎت اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﯿﺔ‬

Action ‫ﻋﻤﻞ‬
· Click the Calculate button. .‫· اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ﺣﺴﺎب‬
The project calculation dialog box ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار ﺣﺴﺎب اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
appears (see Figure 87). .(87

OR ‫أو‬
Action ‫ﻋﻤﻞ‬
· From the Menu bar, select File > .‫ ﺣﺪد ﻣﻠﻒ < ﺣﺴﺎب‬،‫· ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻟﻘﻮاﺋﻢ‬
Calculate.
The project calculation dialog box ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار ﺣﺴﺎب اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
appears (see Figure 87). .(87

In the project calculations dialog box,
you can:
· calculate the whole project
· calculate all sweep iterations in the
active layout
· calculate the current sweep iteration
:‫ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬،‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
‫· ﺣﺴﺎب اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ﺑﺄﻛﻤﻠﮫ‬
‫· ﺣﺴﺎب ﻛﻞ ﺗﻜﺮار اﻻﻋﺪاد ﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻧﺸﻂ‬
‫· ﺣﺴﺎب ﺗﻜﺮار اﻻﻋﺪاد اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬

Note: When running a simulation, data ‫ وﺗﺮﺻﺪ‬،‫ ﺳﯿﺘﻢ إﻧﺸﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺎﻛﺎة‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
monitors, graphs and results will be ‫ إذا‬. ‫اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت واﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ واﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻟﻜﻞ اﻣﺘﺪاد‬
201
www.maktbah.net

created for each sweep. If the layout
has a large number of visualizers, the
number of graphs from the visualizers
will use a large amount of memory that
can limit the maximum number of
sweeps in the simulation. In order to
save memory and speed up the
calculation, you should use the Disable
monitors option combined with
component Disable graphs option.
‫ وﻋﺪد ﻣﻦ‬، ‫ﻛﺎن اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻟﺪﯾﮭﺎ ﻋﺪد ﺧﯿﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﺒﯿﺮ‬
‫اﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ اﻟﺨﯿﺎﻟﯿﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻛﻤﯿﺔ ﻛﺒﯿﺮة ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺤﺪ أﻛﺒﺮ ﻋﺪد ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ﺣﻔﻆ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‬.‫اﻻﻋﺪادات ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺤﺎﻛﺎة‬
‫ ﯾﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﯿﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺧﯿﺎر‬،‫وﺗﺴﺮﯾﻊ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿﺔ اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﯿﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻀﺒﻂ اﻻﺿﻌﻒ ﺟﻨﺒﺎ إﻟﻰ ﺟﻨﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺧﯿﺎر اﻟﺮﺳﻮم‬
.‫اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻄﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﻜﻮن‬

Calculations dialog box ‫ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎت ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار‬

Calc. output tab ‫ ﺗﺒﻮﯾﺐ اﻻﻧﺘﺎج‬.‫اﺣﺴﺐ‬

Figure 87 Project calculations dialog box-Calc. output tab

202
www.maktbah.net

Calculate the whole project ‫ﺣﺴﺎب اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع ﺑﺄﻛﻤﻠﮫ‬

calculates all the layouts and all the ‫ﯾﺤﺴﺐ ﻛﻞ اﻟﻤﺨﻄﻄﺎت وﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻟﺘﻜﺮارات ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺸﯿﻂ‬
sweep iterations within each layout. . ‫داﺧﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬

Calculate all sweep iterations in the ‫ﺣﺴﺎب ﻛﻞ ﺗﻜﺮار اﻻﻋﺪاد ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻨﺸﻂ‬
active layout ‫ﯾﺤﺴﺐ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻜﺮار اﻻﻋﺪاد ﺿﻤﻦ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻨﺸﻂ‬
calculates all the sweep iterations ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
within the current active layout only

Calculate current sweep iteration ‫ﺣﺴﺎب ﺗﻜﺮار اﻻﻣﺘﺪاد اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬

calculates only the selected sweep ‫ﯾﺤﺴﺐ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﻜﺮار اﻻﻣﺘﺪاد اﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎر ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
iteration in the current layout. .‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬

Disable Monitors ‫ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺘﻌﻄﯿﻞ‬

disables and cleans the signal buffers at .‫ﺗﻌﻄﯿﻞ وﺗﻨﻈﻒ ﻣﺨﺎزن اﻹﺷﺎرة ﻓﻲ ﻧﮭﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﺤﺴﺎب‬
the end of the calculation. This options ‫ھﺬه اﻟﺨﯿﺎرات ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﻋﺪد ﻛﺒﯿﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
allows the user to run a large number of .‫اﻻﻣﺘﺪادت‬
sweeps.

Note: This option limits the capabilities
of the visualizers. OptiSystem visualizers
can recalculate the graphs and results
using the data from the monitors. If the
monitors are set to disable, you will
have to recalculate the layout in order
to update visualizer graphs and results.
‫ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ‬. ‫ ﯾﺤﺪد ھﺬا اﻟﺨﯿﺎر اﻟﻘﺪرات اﻟﺨﯿﺎﻟﯿﺔ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ إﻋﺎدة ﺣﺴﺎب اﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ‬OptiSystem ‫ﻟﺨﯿﺎل‬
‫ إذا ﺗﻢ ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ‬.‫واﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﯿﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﻦ اﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ ﺳﯿﻜﻮن ﻟﺪﯾﻚ ﻹﻋﺎدة ﺣﺴﺎب‬،‫اﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻄﯿﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ اﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎل ﺗﺨﯿﻞ اﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ‬
.‫واﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬

Optimizations ‫ﺗﺤﺴﯿﻨﺎت‬
Opens the Optimizations dialog box. .‫ﯾﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار اﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻨﺎت‬
Schedulers ‫اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﻮن‬
Opens the Schedulers dialog box (see .(88 ‫ﯾﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﻮن )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
Figure 88).

Run all optimizations ‫ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﻛﻞ اﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻨﺎت‬

If selected, all optimizations are run ‫ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻨﺎت ﺧﻼل‬،‫إذا اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‬
during the project calculations. .‫ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬

Stop on warning ‫اﻟﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ‬

If OptiSystem encounters a calculation ‫ )ﻋﻠﻰ‬،‫ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺴﺎب‬OptiSystem ‫إذا واﺟﮫ‬
error, (e.g. an invalid signal type ‫ﺳﺒﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﻧﻮع إﺷﺎرة ﻏﯿﺮ ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺔ دﺧﻠﺖ ﻓﻲ‬
entered in the components) the ‫ وﺗﻈﮭﺮ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ‬،‫اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت( ﯾﺘﻢ إﯾﻘﺎف اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﺎت‬

203
www.maktbah.net

calculations are stopped, and a warning ‫ إذا ﻟﻢ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ھﺬا‬.‫ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة اﻹﺧﺮاج‬.‫ﻓﻲ اﺣﺴﺐ‬
message appears in the Calc. Output ‫ ﻻ ﯾﺰال ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﺎت ﺑﻐﺾ اﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ‬،‫اﻟﺨﯿﺎر‬
window. If this option is not selected, .‫اﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻋﻨﮭﺎ‬
the system continues the calculations
regardless of the reported error.

Display Messages ‫رﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻌﺮض‬

Displays calculation output messages. .‫ﯾﻌﺮض رﺳﺎﺋﻞ إﺧﺮاج اﻟﺤﺴﺎب‬
Note: Users can also disable all ‫ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﯿﻦ أﯾﻀﺎ ﺗﻌﻄﯿﻞ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
messages from the calculation ‫ ﻣﻤﺎ ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ‬،‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪوﻟﺔ اﻟﺤﺴﺎب‬
scheduler, allowing for faster time- ،‫ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﻮن‬.‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎﻛﺎة ﺑﻮﻗﺖ أﺳﺮع‬
driven simulations. Open the (88 ‫ ﺟﺪوﻟﺔ< إﻋﺪاد )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬CIDF ‫ﺣﺪد‬
Schedulers dialog box, select CIDF .‫واﺧﺘﯿﺎر ﺧﯿﺎرات ﻋﺮض ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار اﻟﺘﻘﺪم‬
Scheduler > Setup (see Figure 88) and
choose the display options for the
progress dialog box.

Figure 88 Calculation scheduler - setup dialog box

204
www.maktbah.net

Calculations dialog box buttons ‫ﺣﺴﺎب ازرار ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻟﺤﻮار‬

Calculation Calculation
Description
function button
‫اﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫داﻟﺔ اﻟﺤﺴﺎب‬ ‫زر اﻟﺤﺴﺎب‬
Click to run the calculation (button changes to
Pause). When calculation is running, click again to
pause the calculation (button changes to Resume).
Run
‫ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ‬
‫ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ‬.(‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﺤﺴﺎب )ﯾﺘﻐﯿﺮ اﻟﺰر إﻟﻰ وﻗﻔﺔ‬
.(‫ ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﺛﺎﻧﯿﺔ ﻹﯾﻘﺎف اﻟﺤﺴﺎب )ﯾﺘﻐﯿﺮ اﻟﺰر ﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎف‬،‫اﻟﺤﺴﺎب‬

Click to pause the calculation (button changes to

Resume). When calculation is paused, click again to
Pause resume.
‫وﻗﻔﺔ‬ ‫ ﺛﻢ‬،‫ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﺤﺴﺎب‬.(‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﻹﯾﻘﺎف اﻟﺤﺴﺎب )ﯾﺘﻐﯿﺮ اﻟﺰر ﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎف‬
.‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﺛﺎﻧﯿﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎف‬

Cancels the calculations, but does not close

Calculations dialog box.
Cancel
‫اﻟﻐﺎء‬
‫ وﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﯾﻐﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﺎت‬،‫إﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﺎت‬

Resumes paused calculations.

Resume
‫اﺳﺘﺄﻧﻒ‬ .‫ ﯾﺴﺘﺄﻧﻒ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿﺎت اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﯿﺔ‬، ‫ﺗﻮﻗﻔﺖ‬

Stops the calculations and closes the Calculations

dialog box.
Stop
‫ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬
.‫ﺗﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿﺎت اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﯿﺔ وإﻏﻼق ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﺎت‬

Optimization tab ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ اﻷﻣﺜﻞ‬

While a calculation is in progress, if ‫ إذا ﻛﺎن ھﻨﺎك أي‬،‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﯿﻦ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺴﯿﻦ اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﺎت‬
there are any selected optimizations, ‫ ﯾﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬،‫ﺗﺤﺴﯿﻨﺎت ﻣﺤﺪدة‬
the results are displayed on the ‫اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ اﻷﻣﺜﻞ‬.
Optimization tab.

205
www.maktbah.net

Figure 89 Project calculations dialog box-Optimization tab

Information regarding the progress of ‫ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺣﻮل ﺳﯿﺮ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿﺔ اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﯿﺔ أﻋﻼه‬
the calculation appears above the .‫ﺗﻔﺎﺻﯿﻞ اﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﺎت‬
optimization details window in the
Calculations dialog box.
The optimization details window :‫ﯾﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﺜﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺘﯿﻦ‬
contains two lists:
Parameter ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬
The Parameter list displays each ‫ﺗﻌﺮض ﻗﺎﺋﻤﮫ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ واﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
parameter and the corresponding value .‫ﯾﺤﺴﺐ اﻷﻣﺜﻞ‬
as the optimization is calculated

Result ‫ﻧﺘﯿﺠﺔ‬
The Result list displays the name of ‫ﺗﻌﺮض ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ اﺳﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻧﺘﯿﺠﺔ واﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ‬
each result and the corresponding value .‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﯾﺤﺴﺐ اﻷﻣﺜﻞ‬
as the optimization is calculated.
Calc. schedulers tab ‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﯾﺐ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﻮن‬.‫اﺣﺴﺐ‬

While a calculation is in progress, if

there are any active calculation ‫ إذا ﻛﺎن ھﻨﺎك أي ﻣﻨﻈﻤﻮن‬،‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﯿﻦ أن اﻟﺤﺴﺎب ﺟﺎر‬
206
www.maktbah.net

Schedulers, the results are displayed on ‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬. ‫ ﯾﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﺣﺴﺐ‬،‫ﻟﺤﺴﺎب ﻧﺸﻂ‬
the Calc. schedulers tab. . ‫ﺗﺒﻮﯾﺐ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﻮن‬

Figure 90 Project calculations dialog box-Calc. schedulers tab

Information regarding the progress ‫ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺣﻮل ﺳﯿﺮ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿﺔ اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﯿﺔ أﻋﻼه ﺗﻔﺎﺻﯿﻞ‬
of the calculation appears above .‫ﺟﺪوﻟﺔ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﺎت‬
the scheduler details window in the
Calculations dialog box.

The calculation scheduler details :‫ﯾﺤﺘﻮي ﺣﺴﺎب ﺗﻔﺎﺻﯿﻞ ﺟﺪوﻟﺔ اﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬة ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﯾﻠﻲ‬
window contains the following:
Scheduler name ‫اﺳﻢ ﺟﺪوﻟﺔ‬
Displays the name of the scheduler. .‫ﯾﻌﺮض اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺠﺪول‬
Total ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮع‬
Displays a progress bar showing the . ‫ﯾﻌﺮض ﺷﺮﯾﻂ ﺗﻘﺪم ﯾﺒﯿﻦ ﺗﻘﺪم اﻟﺠﺪوﻟﺔ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬

207
www.maktbah.net

current scheduler progress.

Task progress bar ‫ﺷﺮﯾﻂ ﺗﻘﺪم اﻟﻤﮭﻤﺔ‬

Displays a progress bar that shows ‫ﯾﻌﺮض ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻟﺘﻘﺪم اﻟﺬي ﯾﺪل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﺪم اﻟﻤﮭﻤﺔ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﯿﺔ‬
the progress of the current task in . ‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﺪم‬
the progress list.

Progress list ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﺪم‬

Displays a list of each calculation . ‫ﯾﻌﺮض ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺣﺴﺎب ﺗﻔﻌﯿﻠﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺠﺪول‬
item activated in the scheduler.

Component list ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬

Displays a list of each component as ‫ﯾﻌﺮض ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﯾﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
it is utilized by the scheduler during .‫اﻟﻤﺒﺮﻣﺞ ﺧﻼل اﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿﺎت اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﯿﺔ‬
the calculations.

Cancelling calculations ‫إﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﺎت‬

To cancel calculations before they .‫ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫إﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﺎت ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺒﺪء ﻓﯿﮭﺎ‬
are started, perform the following
action.

Action ‫ﻋﻤﻞ‬
· Click the Close button. .‫· اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق زر اﻹﻏﻼق‬
The OptiSystem calculation dialog ‫ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ أي‬.OptiSystem ‫إﻏﻼق ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار اﻟﺤﺴﺎب‬
box closes. No calculations are .‫ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎت‬
performed.

Optimizations ‫ﺗﺤﺴﯿﻨﺎت‬
Optimizations allows for the ‫ﺗﺤﺴﯿﻨﺎت ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﺘﻌﺪﯾﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼت ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ‬
modification of parameters in a .‫ﺗﺤﻘﯿﻖ اﻟﮭﺪف اﻟﻤﻨﺸﻮد‬
layout in order to achieve a desired ‫ طﺮﯾﻘﺔ ﻣﺮﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ أﻻﻣﺜﻞ ﻓﻲ‬OptiSystem ‫ﯾﻮﻓﺮ‬
goal. . ‫اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
OptiSystem provides a flexible
method of defining optimizations in
a project.

Setting optimizations ‫اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻷﻣﺜﻞ‬

To access the Optimizations dialog ، ‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار اﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻨﺎت واﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻷﻣﺜﻞ‬
box and set optimizations, perform .‫ﻧﻔﺬ أﺣﺪ اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ‬
one of the following actions.

208
www.maktbah.net

Action ‫ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫· ﺣﺪد زر اﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻨﺎت ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار ﺣﺴﺎب اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‬
· Select the Optimizations button in .(87 ‫)اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
the project calculation dialog box .(91 ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار اﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻨﺎت )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
(see Figure 87).
The Optimizations dialog box
appears (see Figure 91).

OR
Action ‫ﻋﻤﻞ‬
· Select Tools > Optimizations from .‫· اﺧﺘﺮ أدوات < اﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
the menu. .(91 ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار اﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻨﺎت )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
The Optimizations dialog box
appears (see Figure 91).

Figure 91 Optimizations dialog box

Layout Optimizations ‫ﺗﺤﺴﯿﻨﺎت اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬

Displays the list of optimizations active ‫ﯾﻌﺮض ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻨﺎت اﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
in the current project layout. Use the ‫ اﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ‬. ‫اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬
dropdown list to select the active layout. .‫اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻨﺸﻂ‬

Properties ‫اﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬
opens the Optimizations dialog box for ‫ﯾﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار اﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
209
www.maktbah.net

the optimization selected in the . ‫اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ‬

displayed list.

Delete ‫ﺣﺬف‬
deletes the selected optimization. .‫ﺣﺬف اﻷﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‬

Up/Down arrows ‫ أﺳﻔﻞ اﻟﺴﮭﺎم‬/ ‫أﻋﻠﻰ‬

selects optimizations up or down the .‫ﯾﺨﺘﺎر أﻣﺜﻞ أﻋﻠﻰ أو ﻷﺳﻔﻞ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ‬
displayed list.

Calculation ‫اﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿﺔ اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﯿﺔ‬

Run button ‫زر اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ‬
starts the calculations. .‫ﯾﺒﺪأ اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﺎت‬
Stop button ‫اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ‬
stops the calculations. .‫ﺗﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿﺎت اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﯿﺔ‬
Output button ‫زر اﻹﺧﺮاج‬
displays the results of the selected ‫ﯾﻌﺮض ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻧﺘﯿﺠﺔ اﻷﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎرة ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﺰء‬
optimization output at the bottom of the ‫اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ‬

Optimizations dialog box ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار اﻷﻣﺜﻞ‬

Installed Optimizations ‫ﺗﺤﺴﯿﻨﺎت اﻟﺘﺜﺒﯿﺖ‬
Displays the list of optimizations ‫ﻓﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻨﺎت‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﯾﻌﺮض ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
installed in OptiSystem. .OptiSystem

Insert button ‫زر اﻻدراج‬

inserts the selected optimization into the ‫إدراج اﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد إﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻨﺎت‬
list of active optimizations in the . ‫اﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﯾﻊ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎرة‬
selected project layout.

Description ‫وﺻﻒ‬
Displays a full description of the ‫ﯾﻌﺮض وﺻﻔﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻦ اﻻﺧﺘﯿﺎر‬
selected optimization

210
www.maktbah.net

Chapter Fifth ‫اﻟﻔﺻل اﻟﺧﺎﻣس‬

Multi-parameter multi-target (MPO) ‫ﺗﺤﺴﯿﻨﺎت ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة اﻟﻘﯿﺎﺳﺎت ﻣﺘﻌﺪد اﻻھﺪاف‬

optimizations (MPO)
To enhance the capacity of an optical
system, the optimization of the signal
parameters and system components is an
critical task. In a real system, there are
many parameters that can be adjusted to
achieve the desired performance levels,
however, this requires implementation
of time-consuming procedures.
For example, optimizing the pump
powers of a Raman fiber amplifier for a
target gain and best gain flatness
requires a large number of iterations
which cannot be implemented manually.
Being familiar with the component or
system behavior would decrease the
number of iterations, but it is not always
easy to estimate the optimum
parameters. A flexible and powerful
optimization tool would automate the
optimization process and result in the
best system performance.
Figure 1
‫ وﺗﻌﻈﯿﻢ اﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎدة ﻣﻦ‬،‫ﻟﺘﻌﺰﯾﺰ ﻗﺪرات اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺒﺼﺮي‬
‫ﻗﯿﺎﺳﺎت اﻹﺷﺎرة وﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﻨﻈﺎم ھﻮ اﻟﻤﮭﻤﺔ‬
‫ ھﻨﺎك اﻟﻌﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﻦ‬،‫ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺤﻘﯿﻘﻲ‬.‫اﻟﺤﺎﺳﻤﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻌﻮاﻣﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻠﮭﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﯿﻖ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﯾﺎت اﻷداء‬
‫ وﻟﻜﻦ ھﺬا ﯾﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاءات واﻟﺘﻲ‬،‫اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب‬
.‫ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮق وﻗﺘﺎ طﻮﯾﻼ‬
‫ ﺗﺤﺴﯿﻦ ﻗﻮى اﻟﻀﺦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺒﺮ‬،‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل‬
‫)راﻣﺎن( ﻟﻜﺴﺐ اﻟﮭﺪف وﻣﻜﺴﺐ ﻗﺼﺎرى‬ ‫أﻟﯿﺎف‬
‫اﻟﺘﺴﻄﯿﺢ ﯾﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﺪداً ﻛﺒﯿﺮاً ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻜﺮار اﻟﺬي ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ أن ﯾﻜﻮن ﻋﻠﻰ دراﯾﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﻮن أو ﻧﻈﺎم‬.‫ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬه ﯾﺪوﯾﺎ‬
‫ وﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﯿﺲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺴﮭﻞ‬،‫اﻟﺴﻠﻮك ﺗﻘﻠﯿﻞ ﻋﺪد اﻟﺘﻜﺮارات‬
‫ وﻣﻦ ﺷﺄن اﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻦ أداة‬. ‫داﺋﻤﺎ ﻟﺘﻘﺪﯾﺮ اﻟﻘﯿﺎﺳﺎت اﻟﻤﺜﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻧﺔ وﻗﻮﯾﺔ وﺗﺘﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻦ وﯾﺆدي ذﻟﻚ إﻟﻰ‬
.‫أﻓﻀﻞ أداء ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎم‬

211
www.maktbah.net
Schematic of optimization
OptiSystem provides a powerful multi- ‫ ﻗوة ﻣﺗﻌددة اﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳﺎت وﻣﺗﻌدد‬OptiSystem ‫ﯾوﻓر‬
parameter multi-target optimization ‫ ھو اﻟﺗﺧطﯾطﻲ ﻣن‬1 ‫ اﻟﺷﻛل‬. ‫اﻻھداف ﻷداة اﻟﺗﺣﺳﯾن‬
tool. Figure 1 is a schematic of the tool.
The optimization is performed by
simulating the optical system or sub-
system within OptiSystem. In general,
the optimization tool adjusts one or
more signal or component parameters
before each run, based on previous
results obtained using the optimization
algorithm. Optimization procedures are
based on a customized version of
Matlab's* widely accepted and well-
proven optimization technology.
It can also force several user-defined
constraints on selected parameters.
This is specially important when for
example a selected parameter or
several parameters is needed to be kept
between certain values.
Goal Attainment optimization based on
a nonlinear least-squares
implementation is currently available.
Goal Attainment tries to attain multiple
result goals by changing multiple
parameters defined by the user. The
current optimization tool also allows
setting up multiple multi-parameter
optimizations and running them in
sequence.
If proper parameters are selected
optimization procedure can find the
optimum parameters after reasonable
number of iterations. Number of
iterations depends on number of
parameters selected, number of target
values, degree of sensitivity, starting
212
‫ﺗﺣﺳﯾن اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط‬
.‫اﻷداة‬
‫ﯾﺗم ﺗﻧﻔﯾذ اﻟﺗﺣﺳﯾن ﻣن ﺧﻼل ﻣﺣﺎﻛﺎة اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﺑﺻري‬
،‫ ﺑﺷﻛل ﻋﺎم‬.OptiSystem ‫أو اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﻔرﻋﻲ ﺿﻣن‬
‫أداة اﻟﺗﺣﺳﯾن ﺗﺿﺑط اﺟﮭزة إﻻﺷﺎرة أو ﻋﻧﺻر واﺣد‬
‫ ﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ‬، ‫أو أﻛﺛر ﻗﺑل ﻛل ﺷوط‬
. ‫ﺗم اﻟﺣﺻول ﻋﻠﯾﮭﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام اﻟﺧوارزﻣﯾﺔ اﻟﻣﺛﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺳﺗﻧد إﺟراءات اﻟﺗﺣﺳﯾن ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺳﺧﺔ ﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻣن‬
‫اﻟﺗﻛﻧوﻟوﺟﯾﺎ اﻟﻣﺛﻠﻰ * ﻣﻘﺑوﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧطﺎق واﺳﻊ‬
. ‫وﻣﺟرﺑﺔ‬
‫وﯾﻣﻛن أﯾﺿﺎ ﻓرض ﻋدة ﻗﯾود ﻣﻌرﻓﺔ ﻣن ﻗﺑل‬
‫ وھذا أﻣر ﻣﮭم‬. ‫اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدم ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳﺎت اﻟﻣﺣدده‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﺗﻛون ھﻧﺎك ﺣﺎﺟﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣﻘﺎس اﻟﻣﺣدد‬
. ‫أو اﻟﻌدﯾد ﻣن اﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳﺎت و أن ﺗﺑﻘﻰ ﺑﯾن اﻟﻘﯾم اﻟﻣﻌﯾﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻏﺎﯾﺔ ﺑﻠوغ اﻟﺗﺣﺳﯾن ﻋﻠﻰ أﺳﺎس ﺗﻧﻔﯾذ اﻟﻣرﺑﻌﺎت‬
. ‫اﻟﺻﻐرى ﻏﯾر اﻟﺧطﯾﺔ ھو ان ﺗﻛون ﻣﺗﺎﺣﮫ ﺣﺎﻟﯾﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻣﺣﺎوﻟﮫ ھدف اﻟﺗﺣﺻﯾل ﻟﺗﺣﻘﯾق أھداف ﻧﺗﯾﺟﺔ ﻣﺗﻌددة‬
.‫ﻋن طرﯾق ﺗﻐﯾﯾر ﻣﻘﺎﺳﺎت ﻣﺗﻌددة ﯾﺣددھﺎ اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدم‬
‫ﯾﺳﻣﺢ أداة اﻟﺗﺣﺳﯾن اﻟﺣﺎﻟﯾﺔ أﯾﺿﺎ إﻧﺷﺎء ﻋدة ﺗﺣﺳﯾﻧﺎت‬
. ‫ﻣﺗﻌددة اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل وﺗﺷﻐﯾﻠﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺳﻠﺳل‬
‫إذا ﺗم اﺧﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻣﻘﯾﺎﺳﺎت اﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻺﺟراء اﻷﻣﺛل و‬
‫ﯾﻣﻛن اﻟﻌﺛور ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﻘﯾﺎﺳﺎت اﻟﻣﺛﻠﻰ ﺑﻌد ﻋدد ﻣﻌﻘول‬
‫ ﻋدد اﻟﺗﻛرارات ﯾﻌﺗﻣد ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋدد ﻣن‬.‫ﻣن اﻟﺗﻛرار‬
‫ ودرﺟﺔ‬،‫ وﻋدد ﻣن اﻟﻘﯾم اﻟﻣﺳﺗﮭدﻓﺔ‬،‫اﻟﻣﻌﺎﯾﯾر اﻟﻣﺣددة‬
‫ وﺗﻌﻘﯾد اﻟﻧظﺎم‬،‫ﺣﺳﺎﺳﯾﺔ اﻟﻘﯾم ﺑدءا ﻣن اﻟﻣﻘﯾﺎﺳﺎت‬
www.maktbah.net
values of parameters, complexity of the
system, etc.
For example optimizing length of DCF to
maximize the Q factor may take a
couple of iteration, while flattening the
gain of a multi-pumped Raman
amplifier may require more than fifty
iterations.
However, as all optimization
procedures, the selected procedure
may give a local minima or maxima
instead of a global one.
In that respect, you may get two
different results depending on your
initial parameter values. Fortunately,
this is not a problem most of the times,
since the parameter range is well
known. Furthermore, you can give good
starting values to optimizer since you
already have an idea about the behavior
of the component or system.
Nonlinear Least Square (LSQ)
Optimization
This type of optimization minimizes the
sum of squares of the results by varying
one or more parameters within the user
defined range starting from an initial
guess. This procedure is schematically
shown in Figure 3. Measuring device
can be any type of visualizer as well as
any result calculated by any
component.
A trust region method based on
interior-reflective Levenberg-Marquardt
method with line-search. Large-Scale
Optimization requires that the number
of results be at least as great as the
number of parameters.
213
‫ ﻟﺗﻌظﯾم ﻋﺎﻣل‬DCF ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﯾل اﻟﻣﺛﺎل ﺗﺣﺳﯾن طول‬
‫ ﻓﻲ ﺣﯾن ﺗﺳطﯾﺢ‬،‫ ﻗد ﯾﺳﺗﻐرق ﺑﺿﻌﺔ اﻟﺗﻛرار‬Q
‫ﻛﺳب ﻣﻛﺑر اﻟﺿﺦ ﻣﺗﻌددة )راﻣﺎن( ﻗد ﺗﺗطﻠب أﻛﺛر‬
‫ وﻛﻣﺎ ﻛل إﺟراءات‬،‫ ﻟﻛن‬.‫ﻣن ﺧﻣﺳﯾن ﺗﻛرار‬
‫ وإﺟراء اﺧﺗﯾﺎر ﻗد ﯾﻌطﻲ اﻟﺣدود اﻟدﻧﯾﺎ أو‬،‫اﻟﺗﺣﺳﯾن‬
. ‫اﻟﺣدود اﻟﻌﻠﯾﺎ ﺑدﻻ ﻣن واﺣد‬
‫ ﻗد ﺗﺣﺻل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺗﯾﺟﺗﯾن ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺗﯾن‬،‫وﻓﻲ ھذا اﻟﺻدد‬
‫ وﻟﻛن ﻟﺣﺳن‬.‫اﻋﺗﻣﺎدا ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﯾم اﻟﻣﻘﯾﺎﺳﺎت اﻷوﻟﯾﺔ‬
‫ ﺣﯾث‬،‫ ھذه ﻟﯾﺳت ﺑﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌظم اﻷوﻗﺎت‬،‫اﻟﺣظ‬
،‫ وﻋﻼوة ﻋﻠﻰ ذﻟك‬.‫أن ﻣدى اﻟﻣﻘﺎﺳﺎت اﻟﻣﻌروﻓﺔ‬
‫ﯾﻣﻛﻧك ان ﺗﻌطﻲ اﻟﻘﯾم اﻧطﻼﻗﺎ ً ﺟﯾداً ﻟﻠﺗﺣﺳﯾن ﻣﻧذ ان‬
.‫ﻛﺎن ﻟدﯾك ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌل ﻓﻛرة ﻋن ﺳﻠوك اﻟﻣﻛون أو اﻟﻧظﺎم‬
(LSQ) ‫اﻟﺗﺣﺳﯾن ﻟﻠﻐﯾر ﺧطﯾﺔ ﺑﻣرﺑﻊ أﻗل‬
‫ھذا اﻟﻧوع ﻣن اﻟﺗﺣﺳﯾن ﯾﻘﻠل ﻣن ﻣﺟﻣوع ﻣرﺑﻌﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﻣﺗﻔﺎوﺗﺔ ﻟﻣﻘﯾﺎس واﺣد أو أﻛﺛر داﺧﻠﯾﺎ ً ﯾﺣددھﺎ‬
. ‫اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدم ﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ اﻻﻧطﻼق ﻣن اﻟﺗﺧﻣﯾن اﻷوﻟﻲ‬
‫ ﺟﮭﺎز‬.3 ‫وﯾرد ھذا اﻹﺟراء اﻟﺗﺧطﯾطﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺷﻛل‬
‫ ﻓﺿﻼ‬، ‫ﻗﯾﺎس ﯾﻣﻛن أن ﯾﻛون أي ﻧوع ﻣن اﻟﺗﺻور‬
. ‫ﻋن أي ﻧﺗﯾﺟﺔ ﻣﺣﺳوﺑﺔ ﻣن ﻗﺑل أي ﻣﻛون‬
‫وھﻧﺎك طرﯾﻘﺔ ﻣﻧطﻘﺔ اﻻﺋﺗﻣﺎن ﻋﻠﻰ أﺳﺎس طرﯾﻘﺔ‬
‫اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻌﻛﺎس ﻣﻊ‬Levenberg-Marquardt
‫ أن ﻋدد‬، ‫ ﯾﺗطﻠب اوﺳﻊ اﻟﻧطﺎق ﻟﻠﺗﺣﺳﯾن‬.‫ﺧط اﻟﺑﺣث‬
‫اﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﺳﺗﻛون ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗل ﻛﺑﯾره ﻛﻣﺎ ﻟو ﻛﺎن ﻋدد‬
.‫ﻛﺑﯾر ﻣن اﻟﻣﻘﺎﯾﯾس‬
www.maktbah.net
Figure 2 Schematic of LSQ type of optimization
Example: Gain Flattening
A schematic of gain flattening is shown
in Figure 3. It tries to get a gain for each
channel as close as to the target gain
and at the same time tries to keep the
gain flatness under a given value. This is
done by optimization procedure,
depending on your parameter
selection, either adjusting the amplifier
parameters or pump parameters. You
can also select parameters of some
other component in the layout to
optimize. For example, for a gain
flattening filter design, parameters of a
series of gratings can be optimized.
Depending on your design, you can
select as much parameters as you wish.
You can also select output signal power
of each channel and ask optimizer to
target specified output channel powers.
Measuring device can be, for example,
Dual Port WDM Analyzer, or the
internal analyzer of a Raman amplifier.
214
‫ ﺗﺻﻔﯾﺔ اﻟﻛﺳب‬:‫ﻣﺛﺎل‬
‫ اﻧﮫ‬.‫ ﺗﺳطﯾﺢ اﻟﻣﻛﺎﺳب‬3 ‫وﯾﻌرض اﻟﺷﻛل اﻟﻧﺧطﯾطﻲ‬
‫ﯾﺣﺎول اﻟﺣﺻول ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻛﺎﺳب ﻟﻛل ﻗﻧﺎة أﻗرب إﻟﻰ‬
‫ وﻓﻲ اﻟوﻗت ﻧﻔﺳﮫ ﯾﺣﺎول اﻟﺣﻔﺎظ‬،‫اﻟرﺑﺢ اﻟﻣﺳﺗﮭدف‬
‫ ﯾﺗم ذﻟك ﻋن‬.‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺳطﯾﺢ اﻟﻣﻛﺳب ﺗﺣت ﻗﯾﻣﺔ ﻣﻌﯾﻧﺔ‬
‫ اﻋﺗﻣﺎدا ﻋﻠﻰ اﺧﺗﯾﺎرك‬،‫طرﯾق إﺟراء اﻟﺗﺣﺳﯾن‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﯾﯾس ﻣﻛﺑر اﻟﺻوت‬/‫ إﻣﺎ ﺗﻌدﯾل ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت‬،‫اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل‬
‫ ﯾﻣﻛﻧك أﯾﺿﺎ ﺗﺣدﯾد ﻣﻌﺎﻟم‬.‫ﻣﻘﺎﯾﯾس اﻟﺿﺦ‬/‫أو ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت‬
‫ﺑﻌض اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺎت اﻷﺧرى ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟوﺟﮫ‬
‫ ﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم ﻣرﺷﺢ ﻛﺳب‬،‫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﯾل اﻟﻣﺛﺎل‬.‫اﻷﻣﺛل‬
‫ اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت ﻣن ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﻣن ﺣواﺟز ﺷﺑﻛﯾﺔ‬،‫ﺗﺳطﯾﺢ‬
‫ اﻋﺗﻣﺎدا ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم اﻟﺧﺎص‬.‫ﯾﻣﻛن أن ﯾﻛون اﻷﻣﺛل‬
.‫ ﯾﻣﻛﻧك ﺗﺣدﯾد اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت ﺑﻘدر ﻣﺎ ﯾﺣﻠو ﻟك‬،‫ﺑك‬
‫ﯾﻣﻛﻧك أﯾﺿﺎ ﺗﺣدﯾد اﻧﺗﺎج طﺎﻗﺔ اﻹﺷﺎرة ﻣن ﻛل ﻗﻧﺎة‬
.‫وﺗطﻠب ﺗﺣﺳﯾن أﺳﺗﮭداف ﻗوى ﻗﻧﺎة اﻹﺧراج اﻟﻣﺣدد‬
،‫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﯾل اﻟﻣﺛﺎل‬،‫ﯾﻣﻛن ﻟﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﻘﯾﺎس ان ﯾﻛون‬
‫ أو ﻣﺣﻠل اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻣﻛﺑر‬،WDM ‫ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ اﻟﻣﻧﺎﻓذ ﻣﺣﻠل‬
. ‫اﻟﺻوت راﻣﺎن‬
www.maktbah.net

Figure 3 Schematic of a standard gain flattening procedure

If you want to optimize a Raman
amplifier by using multi-pump
configuration, you need to consider that
the required pump power for a certain
Raman gain is affected by several
factors, such as Raman gain coefficient,
polarization effect, fiber length, fiber
loss at pump wavelength, pump
depletion and so on.
In the case of a multi-wavelength
pumping scheme, the wavelength
dependence of these factors is one of
principal parameters to determine the
pump power allocation. For example,
the Raman gain coefficient at shorter
wavelength is larger than at longer,
while fiber loss is generally larger at
shorter wavelength due to Rayleigh
scattering.
‫ذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺴﯿﻦ ﻣﻀﺨﻢ راﻣﺎن ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫ ﺗﺤﺘﺎج إﻟﻰ اﻟﻨﻈﺮ اﻟﻰ ﻗﻮة‬،‫اﻟﺘﻜﻮﯾﻦ ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة اﻟﻀﺦ‬
‫ ﯾﺘﺄﺛﺮ‬، ‫اﻟﻀﺦ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﯿﻖ ﻣﻜﺎﺳﺐ راﻣﺎن اﻟﻤﻌﯿﻨﮫ‬
‫ وﺗﺄﺛﯿﺮ‬، ‫ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ رﺑﺢ راﻣﺎن‬،‫ﺑﻌﺪة ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ‬
‫ وﻓﻘﺪان اﻷﻟﯿﺎف ﻓﻲ ﺿﺦ‬، ‫ طﻮل اﻷﻟﯿﺎف‬، ‫اﻻﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎب‬
.‫ واﺳﺘﻨﺰاف اﻟﻀﺦ وھﻠﻢ ﺟﺮا‬، ‫اﻟﻄﻮل اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻲ‬
،‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ وﺟﻮد ﻧﻈﺎم ﺿﺦ ﻣﺘﻌﺪد اﻟﻄﻮل اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻲ‬
‫واﻋﺘﻤﺎد اﻟﻄﻮل اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ھﺬه اﻟﻌﻮاﻣﻞ ھﻮ واﺣﺪ‬
‫ ﻋﻠﻰ‬. ‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﯿﺎﺳﺎت اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﺗﻮزﯾﻊ ﻗﻮة اﻟﻀﺦ‬
‫ ﻓﺈن ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ رﺑﺢ راﻣﺎن ﻓﻲ اﻟﻄﻮل‬،‫ﺳﺒﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻲ اﻷﻗﺼﺮ أﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﯿﮫ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮة اﻟﻄﻮل‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﻓﻘﺪان اﻷﻟﯿﺎف أﻛﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ‬،‫اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻲ اﻷطﻮل‬
. ‫اﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ اﻷﻗﺼﺮ و اﻟﻤﻘﺮر ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺒﻌﺜﺮ راﯾﻠﻲ‬

Another important effect is pump-to- ‫ ﻷﻧﮫ‬. ‫ﺗﺄﺛﯿﺮ ﻣﮭﻢ آﺧﺮ ھﻮ ﻣﻀﺨﺔ ﻟﻀﺦ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻞ راﻣﺎن‬
pump Raman interaction. It increases ،‫ﯾﺰﯾﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮة اﻟﻀﺦ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ أﻗﺼﺮ طﻮل ﻣﻮﺟﻲ‬
the required pumping power at shorter ‫ﻷن ﻣﻀﺨﺔ اﻟﻄﻮل اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻲ اﻷطﻮل ﺗﻤﺘﺺ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
215
www.maktbah.net

wavelength, because a longer . ‫ﻣﻦ أﻗﺼﺮ واﺣﺪ‬

wavelength pump absorbs the energy of
shorter one.

This requires a self-consistent solution,
which seriously complicates the design
problem. From the numerical standpoint,
the problem is further complicated by
the fact that there are a very large
number of channels in the system, and
interaction between every pair of these
channels should be taken into account.
‫ اﻟﺬي ﯾﻌﻘﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﻤﻞ‬، ‫وھﺬا ﯾﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺣﻞ ذاﺗﻲ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
، ‫ ﻣﻦ وﺟﮭﺔ اﻟﻨﻈﺮ اﻟﻌﺪدﯾﺔ‬.‫اﻟﺠﺪ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﯿﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ أﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻌﻘﯿﺪا ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﯿﻘﺔ أن ھﻨﺎك ﻋﺪد ﻛﺒﯿﺮ ﺟﺪا‬
‫ واﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﯿﻦ ﻛﻞ زوج ﻣﻦ‬، ‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﻨﻮات ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬
. ‫ھﺬه اﻟﻘﻨﻮات ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﯿﻦ اﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎر‬

Therefore it is very important to give
good estimated initial values, especially
for pump wavelengths, to the optimizer.
For example, a general guideline to
estimate the pump channel locations is
given in [6]. It is based on the fact that
the gain profile of a multi-wavelength
pumped Raman amplifier can be
expressed as a logarithmic superposition
of the gain profiles caused by respective
pumping wavelengths with the
assumption that magnitude of Raman
gain is only determined by the
corresponding pump power and
wavelength.
Even though, this is not correct, it will
give a rough estimate for the pump
channel locations. The predicted gain
profile is sure to be realized by an
appropriate pump power level unless it
is beyond the limit. When a good
estimation is provided, the optimization
procedure can find the optimum pump
powers and wavelengths by adjusting
the pump powers and refining the pump
wavelengths.
‫وﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻤﻦ اﻟﻤﮭﻢ ﺟﺪا ﻹﻋﻄﺎء اﻟﻘﯿﻢ اﻷوﻟﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﺪرة‬
.‫ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﺴﻦ‬، ‫ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎت اﻟﻀﺦ‬، ً‫ﺟﯿﺪا‬
‫ ﯾﺘﻢ إﻋﻄﺎء اﻹرﺷﺎدات اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬،‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل‬
‫ ﻷﻧﮫ ﯾﻘﻮم ﻋﻠﻰ‬.[6] ‫ﻟﺘﻘﺪﯾﺮ ﻣﻮاﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻨﺎة اﻟﻀﺦ‬
‫ﺣﻘﯿﻘﺔ أن ﺷﺨﺼﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة اﻟﻄﻮل اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺿﺦ راﻣﺎن ﻣﻜﺒﺮ ﻟﻠﺼﻮت ﯾﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﺒﯿﺮ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺮاﻛﺐ ﻟﻮﻏﺎرﯾﺘﻤﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺤﺎت ﻣﻜﺎﺳﺐ اﻟﻨﺎﺟﻤﺔ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﺎت ﺿﺦ ﻣﻨﮭﻤﺎ ﻣﻊ اﻓﺘﺮاض اﻧﮫ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ھﺬا‬
‫اﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﺳﺐ راﻣﺎن ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﻮة اﻟﻀﺦ‬
.‫اﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ واﻟﻄﻮل اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻲ‬
‫ ﻓﺈﻧﮫ ﺳﯿﺘﻢ‬،‫ ھﺬا ﻟﯿﺲ ﺻﺤﯿﺤﺎ‬،‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ذﻟﻚ‬
‫ ﺗﻘﺪﯾﺮ اﻟﺮﺑﺢ‬. ‫إﻋﻄﺎء ﺗﻘﺪﯾﺮ ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺒﻲ ﻟﻤﻮاﻗﻊ ﻗﻨﺎة اﻟﻀﺦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻗﻊ ھﻮ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻋﻦ طﺮﯾﻖ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى‬
.‫ﻗﻮة اﻟﻀﺦ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﯾﺘﺠﺎوز اﻟﺤﺪ اﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮح ﺑﮫ‬
‫ و ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﯾﻜﻮن‬، ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻓﯿﺮ ﺗﻘﺪﯾﺮ ﺟﯿﺪ‬
‫اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻷﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻌﺜﻮر ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮة اﻟﻀﺦ اﻟﻤﺜﻠﻰ‬
‫وﻣﻮﺟﺎت ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ ﺻﻼﺣﯿﺎت اﻟﻀﺦ وﺻﻘﻞ‬
.‫ﻣﻮﺟﺎت اﻟﻀﺦ‬

Most of the times you may even do not ‫أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮة ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﺎج ﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺎت‬
need to select the pump wavelengths as ‫ ﺗﺤﺴﯿﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻗﻮى‬.‫ﺿﺦ ﻛﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼت أن ﯾﻜﻮن اﻷﻣﺜﻞ‬
parameters to be optimized. Only ‫ ﻟﮭﺬا‬.‫اﻟﻀﺦ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﻣﺎ ﯾﻜﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺴﺐ اﻟﺘﺴﻄﯿﺢ‬

216
www.maktbah.net

optimizing the pump powers may give ‫ ﺗﺤﺘﺎج إﻟﻰ وﺿﻊ ﻗﻮى‬، ‫ ﻷداء ﻣﺤﺴﻦ أﻓﻀﻞ‬،‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬
sufficient gain flatness. For this reason, ‫اﻟﻀﺦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﻌﻠﻮي ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت‬
for a better optimizer performance, you ‫ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﯾﻌﻄﻲ‬. ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﯾﺐ اﻷداة اﻷﻣﺜﻞ‬
need to place the pump powers at the top . ‫اﻷوﻟﻮﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﯿﺎﺳﺎت واﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ رأس اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
of the list in Parameters Tab of the
optimization tool. Optimization
procedure gives priority to the
parameters and results on the top of the
list.

It might be also useful to provide an
extra constraint to optimizer. For
example putting min/max constraint to
total pump power will make sure that the
gain is as close as required gain.
Otherwise, the optimization may end up
with a set of optimum parameters that
gives a good enough flatness but a lower
average gain.
.‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﯾﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻔﯿﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﯾﻢ ﻋﺎﺋﻘﺎ إﺿﺎﻓﯿﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺴﻦ‬
‫ ﻗﯿﺪ اﻟﺤﺪ‬/‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﻓﺮض ﻗﯿﺪ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮع ﻗﻮة اﻟﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﺳﻮف ﻧﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن‬
‫ ﻗﺪ‬،‫ ﺧﻼف ذﻟﻚ‬. ‫اﻟﺮﺑﺢ ھﻮ أﻗﺮب ﻣﺎ ﻣﻄﻠﻮب ﻛﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﯾﻨﺘﮭﻲ اﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﯿﺎﺳﺎت اﻟﻤﺜﻠﻰ اﻟﺬي‬
‫ﯾﻌﻄﻲ اﻟﺘﺴﻄﯿﺢ ﺟﯿﺪاً ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﯿﮫ اﻟﻜﻔﺎﯾﺔ وﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﺪل‬
.‫اﻟﺰﯾﺎدة أﻗﻞ‬

Parameters in each tab are described in ‫ﯾﺘﻢ وﺻﻒ اﻟﻘﯿﺎﺳﺎت ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﯾﺐ ﻓﻲ‬
the following tables. They also give a ‫ ﻛﻤﺎ أﻧﮭﺎ ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﻣﻠﺨﺼﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﻦ‬. ‫اﻟﺠﺪاول اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ‬
summary of the meaning of each .‫ﻛﻞ ﻗﯿﺎس ﻣﻊ ﻧﻄﺎﻗﺎت اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ واﻟﻘﯿﻢ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﯿﺔ‬
parameter with value ranges and default
values.

Note: The parameter and result names ‫ أﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﻘﯿﺎﺳﺎت واﻟﻨﺘﯿﺠﺔ واﻟﻘﯿﻢ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻧﺘﯿﺠﺔ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
and result values in italics are the first ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻂ اﻟﻤﺎﺋﻞ ھﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﯿﺎس اﻷول وﯾﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻘﯿﺎﺳﺎت‬
parameter and result from the Selected . ‫اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة واﻟﺠﺪاول ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﺤﺪدة‬
Parameters and Selected Results tables.

Main ‫رﺋﯿﺴﻲ‬
Name/Description Default value Value range
‫ اﻟوﺻف‬/ ‫اﺳم‬ ‫ﻣﺟﻣوع اﻟﻘﯾم اﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ اﻻﻓﺗراﺿﯾﺔ‬
Maximum number of passes
‫اﻟﻌدد اﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﻟﻠﺣدث‬
50 [1, INF]
Maximum number of iterations allowed.
.‫ﯾﺳﻣﺢ اﻟﺣد اﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﻟﻌدد ﻣرات اﻟﺗﻛرار‬
Scaling factor
Scale that minimizes the error estimate.
1e-009 [0, INF]
‫ﻋﺎﻣل ﺗدرﯾﺞ‬
.‫اﻟﻧطﺎق اﻟذي ﯾﻘﻠل ﻣن ﺗﻘدﯾر اﻟﺧطﺄ‬
217
www.maktbah.net

Error termination tolerance

Termination tolerance on the result values.
‫اﺣﺗﻣﺎل ﻧﮭﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﺧطﺄ‬ 1e-015 [0, INF]
‫اﺣﺗﻣﺎل اﻟﻧﮭﺎﯾﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﯾم اﻟﻧﺗﯾﺟﺔ‬

Gradient error termination tolerance

Termination tolerance on the conjugate gradient
iteration.
1e-020 [0, INF]
‫ﺧطﺄ اﻟﺗدرج اﺣﺗﻣﺎﻟﯾﺔ اﻟﺗدرج‬
. ‫اﺣﺗﻣﺎﻟﯾﺔ اﻹﻧﮭﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻛرار اﻟﺗدرج اﻟﻣﺗراﻓﻘﺔ‬

Minimum change for calculation step

Minimum change in variables for calculation.
‫ﺗﻐﯾﯾر اﻟﺣد اﻷدﻧﻰ ﻟﻣرﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺣﺳﺎب‬ 1e-015 [0, INF]
.‫أدﻧﻰ ﺗﻐﯾر ﻓﻲ ﻣﺗﻐﯾرات اﻟﺣﺳﺎب‬

Minimum change for finite differencing

Minimum change in variables for finite
differencing. 1e-006 [0, INF]
‫ﺗﻐﯾﯾر اﻟﺣد اﻷدﻧﻰ ﻷﺧﺗﻼف اﻟﻣﺣدود‬
.‫أدﻧﻰ ﺗﻐﯾر ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺗﻐﯾرات ﻷﺧﺗﻼف اﻟﻣﺣدود‬

Parameters ‫اﻟﻣﻌﻠﻣﺎت‬
Name/Description Default value Value range
‫ اﻟوﺻف‬/ ‫اﺳم‬ ‫اﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ اﻻﻓﺗراﺿﯾﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺟﻣوع اﻟﻘﯾم‬
Minimum Parameter Value
Lower limit of selected parameter. Acts as
constraint on parameter. Current value in
[-INF, INF]
‫ﻗﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻠﻣﺔ اﻟﺣد اﻻدﻧﻰ‬ layout
. ‫ ﺑﻣﺛﺎﺑﺔ ﻗﯾدا ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل‬.‫اﻟﺣد اﻷدﻧﻰ ﻣن اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﻣﺣدد‬

Maximum Parameter Value

Current value in
‫ﻗﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻠﻣﺔ اﻟﻘﺻوى‬ [-INF, INF]
layout

Starting Parameter Value

User selected value. A close guess gives faster
Current value in
results. [-INF, INF]
layout
‫ﻗﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﺑداﺋﯾﺔ‬
.‫ اﻟﺗﺧﻣﯾن اﻟوﺛﯾق ﯾﻌطﻲ ﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ أﺳرع‬.‫ﻣﺳﺗﺧدم اﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﺣددة‬
218
www.maktbah.net

Result ‫ﻧﺗﯾﺟﺔ‬
Name/Description Default value Value range
‫ اﻟوﺻف‬/ ‫اﺳم‬ ‫ﻣﺟﻣوع اﻟﻘﯾم اﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ اﻻﻓﺗراﺿﯾﺔ‬
Target Value ‫ﻗﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﮭدف‬
0 [-INF,INF]
The result target value ‫ﻗﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﻧﺗﯾﺟﺔ اﻟﻣﺳﺗﮭدﻓﺔ‬
Tolerance
The result tolerance. If any tolerance or target
value is set to 0, the optimizer treats goals like hard
constraints.
0.1 [0,INF]
‫اﻻﺣﺗﻣﺎل‬
‫ أھداف‬،0 ‫ إذا ﺗم ﺗﻌﯾﯾن أي ﻗﯾﻣﺔ اﺣﺗﻣﺎل أو ھدف‬. ‫اﺣﺗﻣﺎل اﻟﻧﺗﯾﺟﺔ‬
.‫ﺗﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﺗﺣﺳﯾن ﻣﺛل اﻟﻘﯾود اﻟﺻﻌﺑﺔ‬

Number of Goals to Achieve Exactly

Defines the number of goals to "just" achieve (not
over- or under-achieve). To achieve target result,
set this parameter to number of results and put the
results to the top of the selected results list. Number of [0, Number
Goals of Goals]
‫ﻋدد ﻣن اﻷھداف ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺑط اﻟﺗﺣﻘﯾق‬
‫ﯾﺣدد ﻋدد ﻣن اﻷھداف ل"ﻓﻘط" ﺗﺣﻘﯾق )وﻟﯾس اﻹﻓراط أو ﻧﻘص‬
‫ ﺗﻌﯾﯾن ھذا اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل إﻟﻰ ﻋدد ﻣن‬،‫ ﻟﺗﺣﻘﯾق ﻧﺗﯾﺟﺔ اﻟﮭدف‬.(‫ﺗﺣﻘﯾق‬
.‫اﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ووﺿﻊ اﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ رأس ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﻣﺧﺗﺎرة‬

Setting up the optimization ‫اﻹﻋداد اﻷﻓﺿل‬

The main optimization window is shown
in Figure 4. You can add as many multi-
parameter, multi-result optimizations
from the table as you like. You can
activate or deactivate them one by one
or altogether.
.‫ اﻟﻧﺎﻓذة ااﻻﻓﺿل اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ‬4 ‫ﯾﺗم اﻟﻌرض ﻓﻲ اﻟﺷﻛل‬
‫ ﯾﻣﻛن‬، ‫ﯾﻣﻛﻧك إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻌدﯾد ﻣن اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﻣﺗﻌددة‬
‫اﻟﺗﺣﺳﯾﻧﺎت اﻟﻣﺗﻌددة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﻣن اﻟﺟدول ﻛﻣﺎ‬
‫ و ﯾﻣﻛﻧك ﺗﻔﻌﯾل أو ﺗﻌطﯾل واﺣدا ﺗﻠو اﻵﺧر أو‬.‫ﺗرﯾد‬
.ً‫ﻣﻌﺎ‬

219
www.maktbah.net

Figure 4 Optimizations dialog box

Adding a new optimization ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺣﺳﯾن ﺟدﯾد‬

To add a new optimization to your ‫ ﻧﻔذ‬، ‫ﻟﻼﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻣﺛﻠﻰ ﻻي ﺟدﯾد ﻟﻠﻣﺷروع‬
project, perform the following .‫اﻹﺟراءات اﻟﺗﺎﻟﯾﺔ‬
procedures. ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬
Adding general information

Step Action ‫ﺧطوة اﻟﻌﻣل‬

1- Selecting Tools > Optimizations
from the Main menu. .‫ أدوات اﻻﺧﺗﯾﺎر < أﻣﺛل ﻣن اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ‬-1

2- Select the optimization you want to ‫ ﺣدد اﻷﻣﺛل اﻟذي ﺗرﯾد إﺿﺎﻓﺗﮫ ﻣن اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ‬-2
add from the list in the Installed .‫ﻧﺎﻓذة ﺗﺣﺳﯾﻧﺎت اﻟﻣﺛﺑﺗﺔ ﺛم اﻧﻘر ﻓوق إدراج‬
Optimizations window and click Insert.

3- To change the optimization options or ،‫ اﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ‬/ ‫ ﻟﺗﻐﯾﯾر اﻟﺧﯾﺎرات اﻟﻣﺛﻠﻰ أو اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت‬-3

parameters/results, click Properties. .‫اﻧﻘر ﻓوق ﺧﺻﺎﺋص‬
The Optimization Setup dialog box .(5 ‫ﯾظﮭر ﻣرﺑﻊ ﺣوار إﻋداد اﻷﻣﺛل )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
appears (see Figure 5).

You can either type a name for the ‫ أو اﻧﻘر ﻓوق إﻧﺷﺎء‬،‫ﯾﻣﻛﻧك إﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﺗب اﺳﻣﺎ ً ﻟﻸﻣﺛل‬
220
www.maktbah.net

optimization, or click Generate to have ‫ ﯾﺗم إﻧﺷﺎء اﻻﺳم ﻋﻠﻰ أﺳﺎس‬.‫ﻟدﯾك اﺳم ﯾﺗوﻟد ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯾﺎ‬
the name generated automatically. The :‫ﻧوع اﻟﺗﺣﺳﯾن وﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻧﺣو اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‬
name is generated based on the
Optimization Type as follows:

Optimize Power, ... to attain Q Factor of ... 6 ‫ ﻋﺎﻣل ﻣن‬Q ‫ ﻟﺗﺣﻘﯾق‬... ،‫ﺗﺣﺳﯾن اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ‬
6, ...
The parameter and result names and ‫اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت وأﺳﻣﺎء اﻟﻧﺗﯾﺟﺔ و ﻗﯾم اﻟﻧﺗﯾﺟﺔ ﺑﺣروف‬
result values in italics are the first ‫ﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت اﻷوﻟﻰ واﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﻣن اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت‬
parameters and results from the .‫اﻟﻣﺣددة و ﺟداول اﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﻣﺣددة‬
Selected parameters and Selected
results tables.

5- If you want to set a maximum ‫ إذا ﻛﻧت ﺗرﻏب ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﯾﯾن اﻟﺣد اﻷﻗﺻﻰ اﻧﺗﻘل‬-4
number of passes, modify the .‫ ﺗﻌدﯾل اﻟﻌدد اﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻻﻧﺗﻘﺎل‬، ‫اﻟﻰ‬
Maximum Number of Passes
parameter.

Note: you can also change the Error .‫ ﯾﻣﻛﻧك أﯾﺿﺎ ﺗﻐﯾﯾر اﺣﺗﻣﺎل إﻧﮭﺎء اﻟﺧطﺄ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣظﺔ‬
termination tolerance.

Figure 5 MPO Setup dialog box-Main tab

221
www.maktbah.net

Modifying parameter information ‫ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬

Step Action .‫ ﺣﺪد ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﯾﺐ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼت‬-1
1- Select the Parameters tab. ‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
2- To optimize parameters, move the ‫ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼت ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬، ‫ ﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼت‬-2
parameters into the Selected parameters :‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼت اﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎرة ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎع اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ‬
list by following these steps:
a. Select the parameter to be optimized ‫ ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻞ إﻟﻰ أن ﯾﻜﻮن اﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬.‫ا‬
in the Layout list. .‫ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬

b. Click Add to insert the parameter in
the Selected list.
c. Modify the Minimum, Maximum,
and Starting parameter values, if
required.
‫ق‬d. Click Get to retrieve the values from
the active (current) design layout.
Repeat this for all parameters to be
optimized.
Note: You can change the order of
parameters in the Selected parameters
list by selecting the parameter and using
the up and down arrow buttons.
‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق إﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ إدراج اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬.‫ب‬
.‫اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة‬
،‫ ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ ﻗﯿﻢ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼت اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷدﻧﻰ واﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬.‫ج‬
.‫ إذا ﻟﺰم اﻷﻣﺮ‬،‫واﺑﺘﺪاء‬
‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ اﺳﺘﺮداد اﻟﻘﯿﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬.‫د‬
.(‫اﻟﺘﺼﻤﯿﻢ اﻟﻨﺸﻂ )اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬
.‫ﻛﺮر ھﺬا ﻟﺠﻤﯿﻊ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﮫ اﻷﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼت ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼت اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة ﻋﻦ طﺮﯾﻖ اﺧﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬
.‫واﺳﺘﺨﺪام أﻋﻠﻰ وأﺳﻔﻞ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﯿﺢ اﻷﺳﮭﻢ‬

Figure 6 MPO Setup dialog box-Parameters tab

222
www.maktbah.net

Modifying result information ‫ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻨﺘﯿﺠﺔ‬

Step Action ‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

1- Select the Results tab. .‫ ﺣﺪد ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﯾﺐ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬1
2-To include results in the optimization, ‫ وﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻓﻲ‬،‫ ﻟﺘﻀﻤﯿﻦ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻦ‬2
move the results into the Selected ‫ﺟﺪول‬
results table

by following these steps: :‫اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎع اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ‬

a. Select the result in the Layout list. .‫ ﺣﺪد اﻟﻨﺘﯿﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬.‫ا‬
b. Click Add to insert the result in the ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق إﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ إدراج اﻟﻨﺘﯿﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬.‫ب‬
Selected list. .‫اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة‬
c. Modify the Target Value and .‫ ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ ﻗﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﮭﺪف وﻗﯿﻢ اﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎل‬.‫ج‬
Tolerance values. ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ اﺳﺘﺮداد اﻟﻘﯿﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬.‫د‬
d. Click Get to retrieve the values from .(‫ﺗﺼﻤﯿﻢ اﻟﻨﺸﻂ )اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬
the active (current) design layout.

Repeat this procedure for all results to .‫ﻛﺮر ھﺬا اﻹﺟﺮاء ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﯿﺘﻢ إدراﺟﮭﺎ‬
be included.

Note: You can change the order of ‫ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
results in the Selected results list by ‫اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة ﻋﻦ طﺮﯾﻖ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻧﺘﯿﺠﺔ واﺳﺘﺨﺪام أﻋﻠﻰ‬
selecting the result and using the up and .‫وأﺳﻔﻞ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﯿﺢ اﻷﺳﮭﻢ‬
down arrow buttons.

The Number of Goals to Achieve
Exactly parameter increases as you add
new results to the Selected list. You
modify this parameter after adding all
the results you require to the Selected
list. This parameter defines the number
of goals to "just" achieve-do not try to
over- or under-achieve. To make a set of
results as near as possible to the target
value, set this parameter to the minimum
number of results, and put these results
at the top of the Selected results list.
‫ﻋﺪد ﻣﻦ اﻷھﺪاف ﻟﺘﺤﻘﯿﻖ زﯾﺎدات اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ ﻗﻤﺖ‬.‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺟﺪﯾﺪة إﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﺤﺪدة‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﺪﯾﻞ ھﺬه اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﻞ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ‬
‫ وﺗﺤﺪد ھﺬه اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﻋﺪد ﻣﻦ‬.‫إﻟﻰ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎول اﻹﻓﺮاط أو ﺗﺤﺖ‬-‫اﻷھﺪاف ل"ﻓﻘﻂ" ﻟﺘﺤﻘﯿﻖ‬
‫ ﻟﺠﻌﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻓﻲ أﻗﺮب وﻗﺖ‬.‫ﺗﺤﻘﯿﻖ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ ھﺬه اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺔ إﻟﻰ‬،‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﮭﺪﻓﺔ‬
‫ ووﺿﻊ ھﺬه اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻓﻲ‬،‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷدﻧﻰ ﻟﻌﺪد ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
.‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﻌﻠﻮي ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة‬

223
www.maktbah.net

Figure 7 MPO Setup dialog box-Results tab

Running the optimization ‫ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻷﻣﺜﻞ‬

To run the optimization, perform one .‫ ﻧﻔﺬ أﺣﺪ اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ‬،‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻷﻣﺜﻞ‬
of the following procedures.
Step Action ‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
1- From the File menu, select Calculate.
The OptiSystem Calculations dialog box . ‫ ﺣﺪد ﺣﺴﺎب‬، ‫ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ‬1
appears. .OptiSystem ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﺎت‬
2- Select Run all optimizations, and .‫ واﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق اﻟﺰر ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ‬، ‫ ﺣﺪد ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻷﻣﺜﻞ‬2
click the Run button. . ‫ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺎﻛﺎة‬
The simulation runs.
Step Action ‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
1- Select Tools > Optimizations. . ‫ اﺧﺘﺮ أدوات < أﻣﺜﻞ‬1
The Optimizations dialog box appears. . ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﻟﻸﻣﺜﻞ‬
2- Select the optimization you want to ‫ ﺣﺪد اﻷﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﺬي ﺗﺮﯾﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻠﮫ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺤﺴﯿﻨﺎت‬2
run from the Layout Optimizations list. . (‫اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ )اﻟﺘﺼﻤﯿﻢ‬
3- If you want to see the optimization ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق‬، ‫ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﯾﺪ أن ﺗﺮى ﺗﺤﺴﻦ اﻷﻣﺜﻞ‬3
progress, click Output in the . ‫إﺧﺮاج ﻓﻲ إطﺎر اﻟﺤﺴﺎب‬
Calculation window.
224
www.maktbah.net

The Output window appears. . ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ إطﺎر اﻹﺧﺮاج‬

4- Click the Run button in the . ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق زر ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة اﻟﺤﺴﺎب‬4
Calculation window. . ‫ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺎﻛﺎة‬
The simulation runs.

Single-parameter optimization (SPO) (SPO) ‫اﻟﻣﻘﯾﺎس اﻷﻣﺛل اﻟﻣﻔرد‬

Single-parameter optimization is a MPO ‫اﻟﻣﻘﯾﺎس اﻷﻣﺛل اﻟﻣﻔرد ھو ﻧﺳﺧﺔ ﻣﺑﺳطﺔ ﻣن‬
simplified version of MPO (Multiple- MPO ‫ ﺗﺷﻐﯾﻠﮫ أﺳرع ﻣن‬.(‫)اﻟﻣﻘﯾﺎس اﻷﻣﺛل اﻟﻣﺗﻌدد‬
parameter optimization). It runs faster ‫ اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدم‬، ‫ وﻣﻊ ذﻟك‬. ‫وﺗﻛون أﻋداداﺗﮫ اﺳﮭل‬
than MPO and it is easier to setup. .‫ﯾﻘﺗﺻر ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺣﺳﯾن ﻣﻘﯾﺎس واﺣدة و ﻧﺗﯾﺟﺔ واﺣدة‬
However, the user is limited to optimize
one parameter and one result.

Technical details of the optimization ‫وﺗرد اﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﯾل اﻟﻔﻧﯾﺔ ﻷﻧواع اﻷﻣﺛل ﻓﻲ اﻷﻗﺳﺎم‬
types are given in the following . ‫اﻟﺗﺎﻟﯾﺔ‬
sections.

Minimization
This type of optimization minimizes a
user-defined result by varying one
parameter within the user defined
range starting from an initial guess.
Only one result can be minimized.
‫اﻟﺘﻘﻠﯿﻞ‬
‫ھﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻦ ﯾﻘﻠﻞ ﻧﺘﯿﺠﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل‬
‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ واﺣﺪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪاﺧﻞ ﯾﺤﺪدھﺎ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻻﻧﻄﻼق ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺨﻤﯿﻦ اﻷوﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺘﯿﺠﺔ واﺣﺪة ﻓﻘﻂ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﮭﺎ ﺗﻘﻠﯿﻞ‬

Maximization ‫اﻟﺘﻜﺒﯿﺮ‬
This type of optimization maximizes a ‫ھﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻦ ﯾﺰﯾﺪ ﻧﺘﯿﺠﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل‬
user-defined result by varying one or ‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ واﺣﺪ أو أﻛﺜﺮ داﺧﻠﯿﺎً ﯾﺤﺪدھﺎ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
more parameters within the user . ‫ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻻﻧﻄﻼق ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺨﻤﯿﻦ اﻷوﻟﻲ‬
defined range starting from an initial
guess.
Only one result can be minimized. . ‫ﻧﺘﯿﺠﺔ واﺣﺪة ﻓﻘﻂ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﮭﺎ اﻟﺘﻘﻠﯿﻞ‬
Internally, result you want to maximize ‫ اﻟﻨﺘﯿﺠﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﯾﺪھﺎ ﯾﺘﻢ ﻋﻜﺴﮭﺎ وﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﯿﻖ‬،‫داﺧﻠﯿﺎ‬
is reversed and the minimization . ‫إﺟﺮاءات اﻟﺤﺪ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ أﻗﺼﻰ ﺣﺪ‬
procedure is applied to get the
maximum.

Goal Attaining ‫ﻛﺴﺐ اﻟﮭﺪف‬

This type of optimization tries to attain ‫ھﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻦ ﯾﺤﺎول ﺗﺤﻘﯿﻖ ھﺪف‬
an objective goal by varying one ‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ واﺣﺪ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﯾﺤﺪدھﺎ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻻﻧﻄﻼق ﻟﺘﺨﻤﯿﻦ‬
225
www.maktbah.net

parameter within the user defined . ‫اﻷوﻟﻲ‬

range starting from an initial guess.

This type of optimization uses section
search method.
Goal Attainment type of optimization is
typically used for parameter extraction.
One example to this is extracting the
thermal noise of a PIN to obtain a given
receiver sensitivity.
.‫ﯾﺴﺘﺨﺪم ھﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻦ طﺮﯾﻘﺔ ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ‬
‫ﯾﺴﺘﺨﺪم ھﺪف اﻟﻨﻮع ﻟﺒﻠﻮغ اﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﻋﺎدة ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺮاج‬
‫ وأﺣﺪ اﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ھﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ھﻮ اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج‬. ‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺔ‬PIN‫اﻟﻀﺠﯿﺞ اﻟﺤﺮاري ﻟﻞ‬
.‫ﻣﻌﯿﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬

Parameters
Parameters in each tab are described in
the following tables. They also give a
summary of the meaning of each
parameter with value ranges and
default values.
Note: The parameter and result names
and result values in italics are the first
parameter and result from the
Parameters and Results tables.
‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼت‬
‫ﯾﺘﻢ وﺻﻒ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼت ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﯾﺐ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ ﻛﻤﺎ أﻧﮭﺎ ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﻣﻠﺨﺼﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻛﻞ‬.‫اﻟﺠﺪاول اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ‬
.‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻄﺎﻗﺎت اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ واﻟﻘﯿﻢ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﯿﺔ‬
‫ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼت و أﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﻨﺘﯿﺠﺔ وﻗﯿﻢ اﻟﻨﺘﯿﺠﺔ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻂ اﻟﻤﺎﺋﻞ ھﻮ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻞ اﻷوﻟﻰ وﯾﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ‬
. ‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼت و ﺟﺪاول اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬

Main ‫رﺋﯿﺴﻲ‬
Name/Description Default value Value range
Minimize
Optimize Power for
minimum Q factor
Optimization Name Maximize
User defines the name, or Optimize Power for
OptiSystem generates name. maximum Q factor
Goal Attaining
Optimize Power to
attain Q factor of 6
Minimize, Maximize,
Optimization Type Goal Attaining
Goal Attaining
Maximum number of passes 50 [1, INF]
Result Tolerance 0.5 [-INF,+INF]
Parameters ‫اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت‬
226
www.maktbah.net

Default
Name/Description Value range
value
Minimum Parameter Value Current
Lower limit of selected parameter. Acts as value in [-INF, INF]
constraint on parameter. layout
Maximum Parameter Value Current
Upper limit of selected parameter. Acts as value in [-INF, INF]
constraint on parameter. layout

Result ‫اﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ‬
Name/Description Default value Value range
Target Value
Valid only for Goal 0 [-INF,INF]
Attainment.

Setting up the optimization ‫اﻋداد اﻷﻣﺛل‬

The main optimization window is shown
in Figure 8. You can add as many single-
parameter optimizations from the table
as you like. You can activate or
deactivate them one by one or
altogether.
‫ ﯾﻣﻛﻧك‬.8 ‫ﺗظﮭر ﻧﺎﻓذة اﻷﻣﺛل اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺷﻛل‬
‫ اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل واﺣدة ﻣن‬-‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻌدﯾد ﻣن ﺗﺣﺳﯾﻧﺎت‬
‫ ﯾﻣﻛﻧك ﺗﻔﻌﯾل أو ﺗﻌطﯾل واﺣدا ﺗﻠو‬.‫اﻟﺟدول ﻛﻣﺎ ﺗرﯾد‬
‫اﻵﺧر أو ﻛﻠﯾﺎ‬

Figure 8 Optimizations dialog box

227
www.maktbah.net

Adding a new optimization ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻷﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﺠﺪﯾﺪ‬

To add a new optimization to your
project, perform the following
procedures.
Adding general information
1- Selecting Tools > Optimizations from
the Main menu.
Step Action
2- Select the optimization you want to ‫ ﺣﺪد اﻷﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﺬي ﺗﺮﯾﺪ إﺿﺎﻓﺘﮫ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ‬-2
add from the list in the Installed
Optimizations window and click Insert.
‫ ﻧﻔﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاءات‬،‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﺟﺪﯾﺪ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮوع‬
.‫اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ‬
‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬
. ‫ اﺧﺘﯿﺎر أدوات < اﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ‬-1
‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
. ‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬة اﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻨﺎت اﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق إدراج‬

3 -To change the optimization options or / ‫ أن ﻟﺘﻐﯿﯿﺮ اﻟﺨﯿﺎرات اﻟﻤﺜﻠﻰ أو اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼت‬- 3

parameters/results, click Properties. .‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬،‫اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
The Optimization Setup dialog box .(9 ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار إﻋﺪاد اﻷﻣﺜﻞ )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
appears (see Figure 9).
You can either type a name for the ، ‫ أو اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق إﻧﺸﺎء‬،‫ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ إﻣﺎ اﻛﺘﺐ اﺳﻤﺎ ﻟﻸﻣﺜﻞ‬
optimization, or click Generate to have ‫ ﯾﺘﻢ إﻧﺸﺎؤھﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ أﺳﺎس اﻻﺳﻢ‬.‫ﻟﺪﯾﻚ اﺳﻢ ﯾﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ‬
the name generated automatically. The : ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮع اﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﺤﻮ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
name is generated based on the
Optimization Type as follows:

· If Minimize is selected: ‫إذا ﺗم ﺗﺣدﯾد اﻟﺗﺻﻐﯾر‬

Optimize Power, ... for minimum Q
Factor
· If Maximize is selected:
Optimize Power, ... for maximum Q
Factor
· If Goal Attain is selected:
Optimize Power, ... to attain Q Factor of
6,.
The parameter and result names and
result values in italics are the first
parameters and results from the
parameters and results tables.
4- Select the Optimization Type.
Note: If you selected Goal Attain type
of optimization, you will also need to
select Target Value (Result tab).
5- If you want to change the maximum
‫ﻟﻠﺣﺻول ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺣد اﻷدﻧﻰ ﻟﻌﺎﻣل‬.. ،‫ﺗﺣﺳﯾن اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ‬
Q
‫إذا ﺗم ﺗﺣدﯾد اﻟﺗﻛﺑﯾر‬
‫ﻟﻠﺣﺻول ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺣد اﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﻟﻌﺎﻣل‬.. ،‫ﺗﺣﺳﯾن اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ‬
Q
O ‫إذا ﺗم ﺗﺣدﯾد ﺗﺣﻘﯾق اﻟﮭدف‬
...6 ‫ ﻣن‬Q ‫ ﻟﺗﺣﻘﯾق ﻋﺎﻣل‬... ،‫ﺗﺣﺳﯾن اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻛون أﺳﻣﺎء اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت واﻟﻧﺗﯾﺟﺔ وﻗﯾم اﻟﻧﺗﯾﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺣروف ﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت اﻷوﻟﻰ واﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﻣن‬
‫اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت وﺟداول اﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ‬.
.‫ ﺣدد ﻧوع اﻷﻣﺛل‬-4
‫ إذا ﻗﻣت ﺑﺗﺣدﯾد ﻧوع ﺗﺣﻘﯾق اﻟﮭدف ﻣن‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣظﺔ‬
‫ وﺳوف ﺗﺣﺗﺎج أﯾﺿﺎ ﻟﺗﺣدﯾد اﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ‬، ‫اﻟﺗﺣﺳﯾن‬
. (‫اﻟﻣﺳﺗﮭدﻓﺔ )ﺟدول اﻟﻧﺗﯾﺟﺔ‬
، ‫ إذا ﻛﻧت ﺗرﻏب ﻓﻲ ﺗﻐﯾﯾر اﻟﺣد اﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﻟﻠﺣدث‬-5

228
www.maktbah.net

number of passes, modify the ‫ﻋﻠﯾك ﺗﻌدﯾل اﻟﺣد اﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﻟﻌدد ﻣن ﻣﻌﺎﻣل اﻟﺣدث‬
Maximum Number of Passes
parameter

Figure 9 SPO Setup dialog box-Main tab

Modifying parameter information ‫ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬

Step Action ‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
1- Select the Parameters tab. . ‫ ﺣﺪد ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﯾﺐ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼت‬-1
2- To optimize parameters, move the ‫ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼت إﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬، ‫ ﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼت‬-2
parameters into the parameter list by : ‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼت ﻋﻠﯿﻚ اﺗﺒﺎع اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ‬
following these steps:

a. Select the parameter to be optimized ‫ ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﺬي ﯾﻜﻮن اﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬.‫أ‬
in the Layout list. . ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق إﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ إدراج اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬.‫ب‬
b. Click Add to insert the parameter in
the list. . ‫ ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷدﻧﻰ و ﻗﯿﻢ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﻘﺼﻮى‬.‫ج‬
c. Modify the Minimum and Maximum
parameter values. ‫ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ‬، ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ‬.‫د‬
d. Click Get if you want to retrieve the . (‫اﺳﺘﺮداد اﻟﻘﯿﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﯿﻢ اﻟﻨﺸﻂ )اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬
values from the active (current) design
layout.

229
www.maktbah.net

Figure 10 SPO Setup dialog box-Parameters tab

Modifying result information ‫ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻨﺘﯿﺠﺔ‬

Step Action ‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
1- Select the Results tab. . ‫ ﺣﺪد ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﯾﺐ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬- 1
‫ وﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻓﻲ‬، ‫ ﻟﺘﻀﻤﯿﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻦ‬-2
2- To include results in the : ‫اﻟﺠﺪول ﻧﺘﯿﺠﺔ ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎع اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ‬
optimization, move the results into the
result table by following these steps:

a. Select the result in the Layout list. . ‫ ﺣﺪد اﻟﻨﺘﯿﺠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬.‫أ‬
b. Click Add to insert the result in the . ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق إﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ إدراج اﻟﻨﺘﯿﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬.‫ب‬
list. .‫ إذا ﻟﺰم اﻷﻣﺮ‬، ‫ ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﮭﺪﻓﺔ‬.‫ج‬
c. Modify the Target Value, if ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ اﺳﺘﺮداد‬.‫د‬
required. .(‫اﻟﻘﯿﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﯿﻢ اﻟﻨﺸﻂ )اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬
d. Click Get if you want to retrieve the
values from the active (current) design
layout.

230
www.maktbah.net
Figure 11 SPO Setup dialog box-Results tab
Running the optimization
To run the optimization, perform one of
the following procedures.
Step Action
1- From the File menu, select Calculate.
The OptiSystem Calculations dialog box
appears.
2- Select Run all optimizations, and
click the Run button.
The simulation runs
Step Action
1- Select Tools > Optimizations.
The Optimizations dialog box appears.
2- Select the optimization you want to
run from the Layout Optimizations list.
3- If you want to see the optimization
progress, click Output in the
Calculation window.
The Output window appears.
4 -Click the Run button in the
Calculation window.
The simulation runs.
231
‫ﺷﻐﯿﻞ اﻷﻣﺜﻞ‬
.‫ ﻧﻔﺬ أﺣﺪ اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ‬، ‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻷﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
.‫ ﺣﺪد ﺣﺴﺎب‬، ‫ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬-1
.OptiSystem ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﺎت‬
‫ واﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق زر‬،‫ ﺣﺪد ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻷﻣﺜﻞ‬-2
.‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺎﻛﺎة‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
. ‫ اﺧﺘﺮ أدوات < اﻷﻣﺜﻞ‬-1
. ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﻟﻸﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ ﺣﺪد اﻷﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﺬي ﺗﺮﯾﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻠﮫ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺤﺴﯿﻨﺎت‬-2
. ‫اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬
‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق‬، ‫ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﯾﺪ أن ﺗﺮى ﺗﻘﺪم اﻷﻣﺜﻞ‬-3
. ‫إﺧﺮاج ﻓﻲ إطﺎر اﻟﺤﺴﺎب‬
. ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ إطﺎر اﻹﺧﺮاج‬
‫ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة‬Click ‫ – اﺿﻐﻂ‬4
‫اﻟﺤﺴﺎب‬
. ‫ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺎﻛﺎة‬
www.maktbah.net
Gain flattening filter optimization (Gain
FFr)
This optimization is an advanced
optimization tool that can estimate the
transmission values of a gain flattening
filter. EDFAs have a wavelength-
dependent gain; i.e., some wavelengths
are amplified more than others. A gain-
flattening filter restores all wavelengths
to approximately the same intensity.
OptiSystem use optimization
capabilities to design a gain-flattening
filter which will flatten (or equalize) the
output of the EDFA so that it is flat with
a user defined tolerance or ripple.
There optimization requires a Gain
Flattening Filter component and a Dual
Port WDM Analyzer.
Parameters
Parameters in each tab are described in
the following tables. They also give a
summary of the meaning of each
parameter with value ranges and
default values.
Main
Name/Description
Optimization Name
User defines the name, or OptiSystem
generates name.
Maximum number of steps
Number of times OptiSystem will calculate
the current layout until the tolerance is
attained.
Minimum transmission value
The minimum value allowed for the filter
232
(FFR ‫ﻛﺴﺐ ﺗﺴﻄﯿﺢ ﻣﺮﺷﺢ اﻷﻣﺜﻞ )ﻛﺴﺐ‬
‫ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻦ ھﻮ أداة اﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻦ اﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ ﻣﺜﻼ‬. ‫ﺗﻘﺪﯾﺮ ﻗﯿﻢ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﻣﻜﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﺴﻄﯿﺢ اﻟﺘﺼﻔﯿﺔ‬
. ‫ ﯾﻜﻮن ﻣﻜﺴﺒﺎ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻄﻮل اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻲ‬EDFAs
. ‫وﺗﺘﻀﺨﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻷطﻮال اﻟﻤﻮﺟﯿﺔ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻏﯿﺮھﺎ‬
‫ ﻣﻜﺎﺳﺐ اﻟﺘﺴﻄﯿﺢ ﯾﻌﯿﺪ ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻷطﻮال‬-‫ﻣﺮﺷﺢ‬
. ‫اﻟﻤﻮﺟﯿﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﯾﻘﺮب ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻗﺪرات اﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﯿﻢ ﻓﻠﺘﺮ‬OptiSystem
(‫ﺗﺴﻄﯿﺢ اﻟﺮﺑﺢ اﻟﺬي ﺳﻮف ﺗﺘﺴﻄﺢ )أو اﻟﺘﻌﺎدل‬
‫ ﺑﺤﯿﺚ ﯾﻜﻮن ﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺴﺎﻣﺢ‬EDFA ‫ﺧﺮوج‬
.‫ﯾﺤﺪدھﺎ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم أو اﻟﺘﻤﻮج‬
‫ﯾﺘﻄﻠﺐ اﻷﻣﺜﻞ ھﻨﺎك ﻛﺴﺐ ﺗﺴﻄﯿﺢ اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻔﯿﺔ‬
‫ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ‬WDM ‫وﻣﺤﻠﻞ إدارة اﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﻠﯿﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺰدوج‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼت‬
‫ﯾﺘﻢ وﺻﻒ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼت ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﯾﺐ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ ﻛﻤﺎ أﻧﮭﺎ ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﻣﻠﺨﺼﺎً ﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻛﻞ‬.‫اﻟﺠﺪاول اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻄﺎﻗﺎت اﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ واﻟﻘﯿﻢ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﯿﺔ‬.
‫اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﻲ‬
Value
Default value
range
Optimize Gain Flattening
Filter based on Dual Port
WDM Analyzer
10 [1, INF]
-40 [-INF, 0]
www.maktbah.net

transmission
Maximum transmission value
The maximum value allowed for the filter
-0.1 [-INF, 0]
transmission. It is also the value outside the
wavelength range
Wavelength from
[100,
The lower wavelength limit for the 1500
2000]
optimization
Wavelength to
[100,
The upper wavelength limit for the 1600
2000]
optimization
Tolerance
0.1 [0,+INF]
The maximum filter ripple

Setting up the optimization ‫إﻋداد اﻷﻣﺛل‬

The main optimization window is
shown in Figure 13. You can add as
many single-parameter optimizations
from the table as you like. You can
activate or deactivate them one by
one or altogether.
‫ﺣﯾث‬.13 ‫ﯾﺗم ﻋرض ﻧﺎﻓذة اﻷﻣﺛل اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺷﻛل‬
‫ ﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣل واﺣد ﻣن‬-‫ﯾﻣﻛﻧك إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻌدﯾد ﻣن اﻟﺗﺣﺳﯾﻧﺎت‬
‫ ﯾﻣﻛﻧك ﺗﻔﻌﯾل أو ﺗﻌطﯾل واﺣد ﺗﻠو‬. ‫اﻟﺟدول ﻛﻣﺎ ﺗرﯾد‬
‫اﻵﺧر أو ﻛﻠﯾﺎ‬.

Figure 13 Optimizations dialog box

233
www.maktbah.net

Adding a new optimization ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ أﻣﺜﻞ ﺟﺪﯾﺪ‬

To add a new optimization to your ‫ ﻧﻔﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاءات‬،‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﺟﺪﯾﺪاُ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮوع‬
project, perform the following .‫اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ‬
procedures.

Adding general information ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬

Step Action ‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
1- Selecting Tools > Optimizations . ‫ اﺧﺘﯿﺎر أدوات < أﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ‬-1
from the Main menu.

2- Select the optimization you want ‫ ﺣﺪد اﻷﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﺬي ﺗﺮﯾﺪ إﺿﺎﻓﺘﮫ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ‬-2
to add from the list in the . ‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬة ﺗﺤﺴﯿﻨﺎت اﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق إدراج‬
Installed Optimizations window
and click Insert.

3- To change the optimization ، ‫ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬/ ‫ ﻟﺘﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺧﯿﺎرات اﻷﻣﺜﻞ أو اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺎت‬-3

options or parameters/results, . ‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬
click Properties.

The Optimization Setup dialog box .(14 ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار إﻋﺪاد اﻷﻣﺜﻞ )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
appears (see Figure 14).
You can either type a name for the ‫ أو اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق إﻧﺸﺎء‬،‫ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ إﻣﺎ ان ﺗﻜﺘﺐ اﺳﻤﺎ ﻟﻸﻣﺜﻞ‬
optimization, or click Generate to have ‫ ﯾﺘﻢ إﻧﺸﺎؤھﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ أﺳﺎس اﻻﺳﻢ‬.‫ﻟﺪﯾﻚ اﺳﻢ ﺗﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ‬
the name generated automatically. The : ‫اي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮع اﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻦ و ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﺤﻮ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
name is generated based on the
Optimization Type as follows:

Optimize Gain Flattening Filter based on ‫ﺗﺤﺴﯿﻦ رﺑﺢ اﻟﻤﺮﺷﺢ اﻻﺳﺘﻮاﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ أﺳﺎس ﻣﺤﻠﻞ‬
Dual Port WDM Analyzer. . ‫ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ‬WDM
4- If you want to change the maximum ‫ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻌﺪد‬-4
number of steps, modify the Maximum ‫ و ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻌﺪد ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬، ‫اﻟﺨﻄﻮات‬
number of steps parameter. . ‫اﻟﺨﻄﻮات‬

5- Set the Minimum and Maximum ‫ ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷدﻧﻰ واﻟﺤﺪ‬-5
transmission value parameters ‫اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻘﯿﻤﺔ اﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎل‬

6- Set the Wavelength range for the .‫ ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ ﻧﻄﺎق اﻟﻄﻮل اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺴﯿﻦ‬-6
optimization.
7-Set the Tolerance, or the gain ripple ‫ أو ﺗﻤﻮج اﻟﻤﻜﺴﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺷﺢ اﻷﻣﺜﻞ‬،‫ ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ اﻟﺘﺴﺎﻣﺢ‬-7
for the optimized filter. .

234
www.maktbah.net

Figure 14 Gain FFr Setup dialog box-Main tab

Modifying parameter information ‫ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬

Step Action ‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
1- Select the Components tab. . ‫ ﺣﺪد ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﯾﺐ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬-1

2- To optimize a filter, move the filter ‫ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻤﺮﺷﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬، ‫ ﺗﺤﺴﯿﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﺘﺼﻔﯿﺔ‬-2
into the component list by following : ‫اﻟﻤﻜﻮن ﯾﻜﻮن ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎع اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ‬
these steps:

Note: You must select one Gain ‫ ﯾﺠﺐ ان ﯾﻜﻮن ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ رﺑﺢ ﺗﺼﻔﯿﺔ ﺗﺴﻄﯿﺢ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
Flattening Filter component from the . ‫اﻟﻤﻜﻮن واﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
list.

a. Select the filter to be optimized in the . ‫ اﺧﺘﯿﺎر ﻣﺮﺷﺢ ﻟﯿﻜﻮن اﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬.‫أ‬
Layout list.

b. Click Add to insert the component in the . ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق إﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ إدراج ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬.‫ب‬
list.

235
www.maktbah.net

Figure 15 SPO Setup dialog box-Parameters tab

Modifying result information ‫ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻨﺘﯿﺠﺔ‬

Step Action ‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
1- Select the Visualizers tab. .Visualiser ‫ ﺣﺪد ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﯾﺐ‬-1

2- To include Visualizers in the ‫ وﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﺘﺨﯿﻞ‬، ‫ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻦ‬Visualiser ‫ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ‬-2

optimization, move the visualizer into : ‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪول اﻟﻤﺘﺨﯿﻞ ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎع اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ‬
the visualizer table by following these
steps:

Note: You must select one Dual Port ،‫ ﯾﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﯿﻚ اﺧﺘﯿﺎر ﻣﺘﺨﯿﻞ ﻣﺰدوج اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
Dual Port WDM Analyzer visualizer ‫ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬WDM ‫ﻣﺰدوج اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﻣﺤﻠﻞ‬
from the list

a. Select the visualizer in the Layout . ‫ ﺣﺪد ﻣﺘﺨﯿﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬.‫أ‬

list.
. ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق إﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ إدراج ﻣﺘﺨﯿﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬.‫ب‬
b. Click Add to insert the visualizer in
the list.

236
www.maktbah.net

Figure 16 SPO Setup dialog box-Results tab

Running the optimization ‫ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻷﻣﺜﻞ‬

To run the optimization, perform one of .‫ ﻧﻔﺬ أﺣﺪ اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ‬،‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻷﻣﺜﻞ‬
the following procedures.

Step Action ‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

1- From the File menu, select .‫ ﺣﺪد ﺣﺴﺎب‬،‫ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬-1
Calculate. .OptiSystem ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮار ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎت‬
The OptiSystem Calculations dialog
box appears.

2- Select Run all optimizations, and ‫ واﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق زر‬،‫ ﺣﺪد ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻷﻣﺜﻞ‬-2
click the Run button. .‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ‬

The simulation runs. .‫ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺎﻛﺎة‬

Step Action ‫ﺧﻄﻮة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

1- Select Tools > Optimizations. .‫ اﺧﺘﺮ أدوات < أﻣﺜﻞ‬-1
The Optimizations dialog box appears. . ‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﻟﻸﻣﺜﻞ‬
2- Select the optimization you want to ‫ ﺣﺪد اﻷﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﺬي ﺗﺮﯾﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻠﮫ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺤﺴﯿﻨﺎت‬-2
run from the Layout Optimizations list. . ‫اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬

237
www.maktbah.net

3- If you want to see the optimization ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮق‬،‫ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﯾﺪ أن ﺗﺮى ﺗﻘﺪﻣﺎ اﻷﻣﺜﻞ‬-3
progress, click Output in the .‫إﺧﺮاج ﻓﻲ إطﺎر ﺣﺴﺎب‬
Calculation window.

The Output window appears. .‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ إطﺎر اﻹﺧﺮاج‬

4- Click the Run button in the .‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة ﺣﺴﺎب‬-4
Calculation window.

The simulation runs. ‫ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺎﻛﺎة‬

.

‫ اﻟﺴﯿﻄﺮة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ‬A-Opti2D ‫اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ‬

Appendix A-Opti2D Graph Control
The Graph control is a versatile and
powerful tool for observing data. It is
also quite simple to use. The following
section of this document gives a brief
description of some of the features and
an explanation of how to use them.
‫ﺛﻨﺎﺋﯿﺔ اﻟﺒﻌﺪ‬
‫اﻟﺴﯿﻄﺮة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ ھﻮ أداة ﻣﺮﻧﺔ وﻗﻮﯾﺔ‬
.‫ ﺑﻞ ھﻮ أﯾﻀﺎ ﺑﺴﯿﻂ ﺟﺪا ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬.‫ﻟﻤﺮاﻗﺒﺔ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت‬
‫ﯾﻌﻄﻲ اﻟﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻦ ھﺬه اﻟﻮﺛﯿﻘﺔ وﺻﻔﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﺰا‬
‫ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻼﻣﺢ وﺷﺮح ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﮭﺎ‬.

Figure 18 Opti2D Graph Control

238
www.maktbah.net

User interface features ‫ﻣﯿﺰات واﺟﮭﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬

Feature Description
Large data
Opti2D Graph Control is capable of handling millions of
handling
points.
capabilities
Even with a large number of data points, Opti2D Graph
Optimized drawing Control is optimized to allow for smooth tracing and panning
of graphs.
Moveable Moveable information windows allows for placement of the
information windows in the most convenient location in the graph
windows window.
The popup Graph toolbox allows easier access to the
Graph toolbox viewing/organizing/editing capabilities of the Opti2D Graph
tool.
Graph menu The Graph menu button allows you to access a full list of
button functionality associated with the graphs and their data.
Information windows ‫ﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت اﻟﺗواﻓذ‬
There are two main windows visible on ‫ھﻧﺎك ﻧوﻋﺎن ﻣن اﻟﻧواﻓذ اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ ﻣرﺋﯾﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
the main display: :‫اﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ‬
· Info-window ‫ ﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت اﻟﻧﺎﻓذة‬.
· Legend ‫· ﻋﻧوان ﺗﻔﺳﯾري‬
Both can be launched using the Graph ‫ﯾﻣﻛن إطﻼﻗﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣد ﺳواء ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟرﺳم‬
menu or Graph tools. .‫اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ أو أدوات اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬
Info-window ‫ﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت اﻟﻧﺎﻓذة‬

Figure 19 Info-window

239
www.maktbah.net

When you access the Info-Window, it
displays in the work area of the graph
view. By default, it displays the current
position (in data-based coordinates) of
the cursor. When you add marker,
tracers, and regions, the Info-Window
expands to show the details of these
components.
‫ ﻓﺈﻧﮫ ﯾﻌرض ﻓﻲ‬، ‫ﻋﻧد اﻟوﺻول إﻟﻰ ﻧﺎﻓذة اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت‬
‫ ﻓﺈﻧﮫ‬،‫ اﻓﺗراﺿﯾﺎ‬.‫ﻣﻧطﻘﺔ ﻋﻣل ﻋرض اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﯾﻌرض اﻟﻣوﻗﻊ اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ )ﻓﻲ إﺣداﺛﯾﺎت اﻟﻣرﺗﻛز ﻋﻠﻰ‬
،‫ رﺳﺎم‬،‫ ﻋﻧد إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬.‫اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت( ﻣن اﻟﻣؤﺷر‬
‫ ﻧﺎﻓذة اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت ﺗوﺳﯾﻌﮫ ﻟﻌرض ﺗﻔﺎﺻﯾل‬،‫واﻟﻣﻧﺎطق‬
.‫ھذه اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺎت‬

When you use the Select tool, if you ‫ إذا اﻟﻧﻘر اﻟﻣزدوج ﻓﻲ‬،‫ﻋﻧد اﺳﺗﺧدام أداة اﻟﺗﺣدﯾد‬
double click in the window, the Info- ‫ ﺣوار اﻟﺧﺻﺎﺋص ﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت ﻧﺎﻓذة ﻋرض‬،‫اﻟﻧﺎﻓذة‬
Window properties dialog displays (see .(19 ‫)اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
Figure 19).

Figure 20 Info-Window settings dialog

Legend
You can switch the Legend on and off
using the Legend tool in the Graph
toolbox, or the Graph menu. The
Legend displays a list of all the curves
displayed in the graph with the
corresponding line color that is used to
display those curves. See Figure 21.
‫ﻋﻧوان‬
‫ﯾﻣﻛﻧك ﺗﺑدﯾل اﻟﻌﻧوان داﺧل وﺧﺎرج ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام أداة اﻟﻌﻧوان ﻓﻲ‬
‫ ﯾﻌرض‬.‫ أو ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬،‫ﻣرﺑﻊ أدوات اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟﻌﻧوان ﺑﺟﻣﯾﻊ ﻣﻧﺣﻧﯾﺎت ﻋرﺿﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻟون اﻟﺧط اﻟﻣﻘﺎﺑل اﻟذي ﯾﺗم اﺳﺗﺧداﻣﮫ ﻟﻌرض ﺗﻠك اﻟﻣﻧﺣﻧﯾﺎت‬
.21 ‫اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬

240
www.maktbah.net

Use the Minimize/Maximize button to ‫ أو‬،‫ اﻟﺗﻛﺑﯾر ﻟﺗﻐﯾﯾر ﻋرض اﻟﻌﻧوان‬/ ‫اﺳﺗﺧدم زر اﻟﺗﺻﻐﯾر‬
.‫إﻏﻼق أﻟﻌﻧوان ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام زر اﻹﻏﻼق‬
change the display of the Legend, or
close the Legend by using the Close
button.

Figure 21 Legend

Graph toolbox ‫ادوات اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬

Figure 22 Popup Graph toolbox

To access the Graph toolbox, right- ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر‬،‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ أدوات اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ‬
click in the graph view. Most graph .‫اﻟﻤﺎوس اﻷﯾﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ‬
editing/viewing/organizing capabilities ‫ ﻗﺪرات‬/ ‫ اﻟﻌﺮض‬/ ‫ﺗﺤﺮﯾﺮﻣﻌﻈﻢ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ‬
are accessible using the toolbox. .‫اﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻢ اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﯿﮭﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻷدوات‬

Graph tools ‫أدوات اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ‬

Select ‫اﺧﺘﺎر‬

241
www.maktbah.net

Allows you to manipulate and move ‫ﺗﺘﯿﺢ ﻟﻚ اﻟﺘﻼﻋﺐ وﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ اﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
most of the objects on the graph. .‫اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ‬
Note: To edit the properties of an object, ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮا ﻣﺰدوﺟﺎ‬،‫ ﻟﺘﻌﺪﯾﻞ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
double click on the object in the graph .‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ‬
view.
Zoom ‫زوم‬

Zoom in: You can select a rectangular
region, or click in the graph view for
proportional zoom in.
Extra features
· Zoom out: Hold Ctrl and click to
perform a zoom out.
· Reset Zoom Level: Double-click in the
graph view to return to the default Zoom
level.
Pan
‫ أو اﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ‬،‫ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﺧﺘﯿﺎر ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﯿﻠﺔ‬:‫ﺗﻜﺒﯿﺮ‬
.‫ﻋﺮض اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺒﯿﺮ اﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻣﯿﺰات اﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ‬
‫ واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ إﻟﻰ‬Ctrl ‫ اﻣﺴﻚ‬:‫· اﻟﺘﺼﻐﯿﺮ‬
.‫إﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺼﻐﯿﺮ‬
‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮا ﻣﺰدوﺟﺎ ﻓﻲ‬:‫· إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺘﻜﺒﯿﺮ‬
‫ﻋﺮض اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻮدة إﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺘﻜﺒﯿﺮ‬
.‫اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﯿﻞ‬

Allows you to pan from side to side in
the graph display to see parts of the
graph that may not be visible at the
existing Zoom level or resolution.
To pan, click to grab the display, and
move the cursor from side to side.
Extra features
· If you press Ctrl while panning the
graph display, accelerated pan is
engaged, which makes the pan much
faster. This feature is useful when you
work under a high zoom factor.
Grid
‫ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ إﻟﻰ آﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮض‬
‫اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﺮؤﯾﺔ أﺟﺰاء ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮن واﺿﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺘﻜﺒﯿﺮ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد أو‬
.‫اﻟﺘﺼﻤﯿﻢ‬
،‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﯿﻞ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻻظﮭﺎرھﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
. ‫وﺗﺤﺮﯾﻚ اﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ إﻟﻰ آﺧﺮ‬
‫ﻣﯿﺰات اﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ‬
، ‫ ﻻظﮭﺎر ﺑﺠﻼء اﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ‬Ctrl ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ اﻷﻣﺮ‬، ‫ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﺸﺎرة اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﯿﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺴﺎرع‬
‫ ھﺬه اﻟﻤﯿﺰة ﻣﻔﯿﺪة ﻋﻨﺪ‬.‫اﻟﺬي ﯾﺠﻌﻞ ﻣﻨﮫ أﺳﺮع ﺑﻜﺜﯿﺮ‬
. ‫اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﺘﻜﺒﯿﺮ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬

Allows you to turn the grid lines on/off. . ‫ اطﻔﺎء‬/‫ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﯾﻞ ﺧﻄﻮط اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ‬
Click on the Grid tool to toggle the grid . ‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ أداة اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﯾﻞ ﺧﻄﻮط اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
lines.
Tracer ‫ﺗﺘﺒﻊ‬

Allows you to select a curve and trace ‫ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ وﺗﺘﺒﻊ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ذﻟﻚ أﺛﻨﺎء‬
over it while viewing the exact positional ‫ﻋﺮض اﻟﻘﯿﻢ اﻟﻤﻮﺿﻌﯿﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﻓﻲ‬
242
www.maktbah.net
values on the curve in the Info-Window. ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮا‬،‫ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬.‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬة اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬
To select a different curve, double click
in the graph view.
Extra features
· You can freeze the tracer by pressing ‫· ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺠﻤﯿﺪ اﻟﺘﺘﺒﻊ ﻋﻦ طﺮﯾﻖ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح‬
Ctrl. Click to place a marker on the ‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﻓﻲ ھﺬا‬.Ctrl
curve at that position.
· Press Shift and drag the cursor to put
the tracer into a high-resolution trace that
iterates through each element in the
source data array. This allows for a very
detailed scan of the data and to find
peaks that the standard trace may omit.
Trace
Allows you to select a curve and trace
over it while viewing the exact positional
values on the curve in the Info-Window.
Note: The Difference Tracer differs
from the Tracer tool because it allows
you to create a second tracer to compare
values on either the same curve or on
different curves. To select the next curve,
double-click on the curve in the graph
view
Extra features
· By pressing Ctrl, the tracer will freeze
in its present position. Then, by pressing
the left mouse button a marker will be
placed on that position on the curve.
· By pressing Shift and dragging the
mouse, the tracer jumps into a high-
resolution trace that iterates through each
element in the source data array. This
allows for a very detailed scan of the data
and to find peaks that the standard trace
may omit.
Marker
243
. ‫ﻣﺰدوﺟﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻣﯿﺰات اﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ‬
. ‫اﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ واﺳﺤﺐ اﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺘﺒﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ‬Shift ‫· اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺘﺒﻊ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ وﺑﺘﻜﺮار ھﺬه اﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ وھﺬا ﯾﺴﻤﺢ‬.‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﯿﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺼﺪر‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺢ وﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﺟﺪا ﻋﻦ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت واﻟﻌﺜﻮر‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﻤﻢ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﮭﺎ اﺛﺮ ﻣﻘﯿﺎس واﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺬﻓﺖ او‬
. ‫اھﻤﻠﺖ‬
‫أﺛﺮ‬
‫ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ واﻟﺘﺘﺒﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ طﻮل اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ وذﻟﻚ‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮض اﻟﻘﯿﻢ اﻟﻤﻮﺿﻌﯿﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ‬
. ‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬
‫ ﻓﺮق اﻟﺮاﺳﻢ ﯾﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﯿﻦ أداة اﻟﺮاﺳﻢ ﻷﻧﮫ‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻟﺨﻠﻖ اﻟﺘﺘﺒﻊ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ اﻟﻘﯿﻢ إﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ‬.‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ أو ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯿﺎت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮا ﻣﺰدوﺟﺎ ﻓﻮق اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮض‬، ‫اﻟﻤﻘﺒﻞ‬
. ‫اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻣﯿﺰات اﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ‬
‫ واﻟﺘﺘﺒﻊ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻓﻲ‬،Ctrl ‫· ﻋﻦ طﺮﯾﻖ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ ﻋﻦ طﺮﯾﻖ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر‬،‫ ﺛﻢ‬.‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﮫ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎوس اﻷﯾﺴﺮ ﺳﯿﺘﻢ وﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ھﺬا اﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬
.‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ‬
،‫ وﺳﺤﺐ اﻟﻤﺎوس‬Shift ‫ﻋﻦ طﺮﯾﻖ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫واﻟﺘﺘﺒﻊ ﯾﻘﻔﺰ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺘﺘﺒﻊ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ واﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻜﺮار‬
‫ وھﺬا‬.‫ﻋﺒﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﯿﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺼﺪر‬
‫ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﺟﺪا ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت واﻟﻌﺜﻮر ﻋﻠﻰ‬
.‫اﻟﻘﻤﻢ اﻟﺘﻲ اﺛﺮ ﻗﯿﺎﺳﻲ واﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺬﻓﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
www.maktbah.net

Allows you to place markers in the active ‫ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎت ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ‬
graph view. The markers can be ‫و ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻌﻼﻣﺎت أن ﯾﻜﻮن أﻓﻘﻲ اوﻋﻤﻮدي أو‬.‫اﻟﻨﺸﻂ‬
horizontal, vertical or both. .‫ﻛﻠﯿﮭﻤﺎ‬
The position of the markers is displayed .‫ﯾﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎت ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬
in the Info-Window.

Region ‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬

Allows you to select a horizontal, vertical ‫ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ أﻓﻘﯿﺔ اوﻋﻤﻮدﯾﺔ أو‬
or rectangular region in the active graph .‫ﻣﺴﺘﻄﯿﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ اﻟﻨﺸﻂ‬
view. .‫ﯾﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض إﺣﺪاﺛﯿﺎت اﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬
The coordinates of the selection are
displayed in the Info-Window.

Label ‫ﻣﻠﺼﻖ‬

Allows you to place customized labels in ‫ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮض‬
the active graph view. .‫اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ اﻟﻨﺸﻂ‬
Legend ‫ﻋﻨﻮان‬

Allows you to toggle the Legend on and ‫ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺗﺒﺪﯾﻞ اﻟﻌﻨﻮان داﺧﻞ وﺧﺎرج ﺿﻤﻦ ﺣﺪود‬
off within the active graph view. .‫ﻋﺮض اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ اﻟﻨﺸﻂ‬

Info ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬

Allows you to toggle the Info-Window ‫ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺗﺒﺪﯾﻞ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت داﺧﻞ وﺧﺎرج‬
on and off within the active graph view. .‫ﺿﻤﻦ ﺣﺪود ﻋﺮض اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ اﻟﻨﺸﻂ‬

Layout (‫ﻧﺴﻖ )ﻧﻤﻮذج اﻟﺘﺼﻤﯿﻢ‬

Allows you to reset the layout and place ‫ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻹﻋﺎدة ﺗﺨﻄﯿﻂ ووﺿﻊ ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻟﻨﻮاﻓﺬ ﻓﻲ‬
all windows in their default positions. . ‫ﻣﻮاﺿﻌﮭﺎ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﯿﺔ‬

Graph menu ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ‬

You launch the Graph menu by clicking ‫اطﻼق او ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ طﺮﯾﻖ اﻟﻨﻘﺮ‬
on the blue icon in the top left corner of ‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﯾﻘﻮﻧﺔ اﻟﺰرﻗﺎء ﻓﻲ أﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰاوﯾﺔ اﻟﯿﺴﺮى ﻣﻦ‬
the Graph view. . ‫واﺟﮭﺔ ﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ‬

244
‫‪www.maktbah.net‬‬

‫‪Figure 23 Graph menu‬‬

‫‪Graph Menu button‬‬ ‫زر ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫‪The Graph Menu button is in the top‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ زر ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ ھو ﻓﻲ أﻋﻠﻰ اﻟزاوﯾﺔ‬
‫اﻟﯾﺳرى ﻣن ﻋرض اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪left corner of the graph view.‬‬

‫‪Tools‬‬ ‫أدوات‬
‫‪The tools available from the Graph‬‬ ‫اﻷدوات اﻟﻣﺗوﻓرة ﻣن ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺎ ﯾﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪menu include:‬‬

‫‪· Select‬‬ ‫· اﺧﺗر‬

‫‪· Zoom‬‬ ‫‪ .‬اﻟﺗﻛﺑﯾر‬
‫‪· Pan‬‬ ‫· ﺗوﺳﻌﺔ ﻣن ﻛﻼ اﻟﺟواﻧب‬
‫‪· Grid‬‬ ‫· اﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ‬
‫‪· Tracer‬‬ ‫· اﻟراﺳم‬
‫· ﻛﺷف اﻟﻔرق‬
‫‪245‬‬
www.maktbah.net

· Difference Tracer ‫· ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬

· Marker ‫· ﻣﻧطﻘﺔ‬
· Region ‫· ﺗﺳﻣﯾﺔ‬
· Label
Windows ‫ﻧواﻓذ‬
The information windows available in ‫ﻧواﻓذ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت اﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟرﺳم‬
the Graph Menu include: : ‫اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺎ ﯾﻠﻲ‬
· Legend ‫· ﻋﻧوان‬
· Info Window ‫· ﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت اﻟﻧﺎﻓذة‬
· Reset Layout ‫· إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺧطﯾط‬
Printing and exporting files ‫طﺑﺎﻋﺔ وﺗﺻدﯾر اﻟﻣﻠﻔﺎت‬
Print ‫طﺑﺎﻋﺔ‬
Launches a print dialog and allows you ‫ﺗطﻠق اﻟﺣوار ﻟﻠطﺑﺎﻋﺔ وﯾﺳﻣﺢ ﻟك ﻟطﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﺻورة‬
to print an image of the active graph .‫ﻣن ﻋرض اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ اﻟﻧﺷط‬
view.

Figure 24 Print dialog

246
www.maktbah.net

Print to BMP file BMP ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ‬

Exports an image of the active graph ‫ﺗﺼﺪﯾﺮ ﺻﻮرة ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ اﻟﻨﺸﻂ إﻟﻰ‬
view to a file in .bmp format using the ‫ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺮﺑﺢ اﻟﺤﻮارﺣﻔﻆ‬BMP. ‫اﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﯿﻖ‬
Save As dialog. .‫ﺑﺎﺳﻢ‬

Figure 25 Print to BMP file

Print to EMF file EMF ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ‬

Exports an image of the active graph ‫ﺗﺼﺪﯾﺮ ﺻﻮرة ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ اﻟﻨﺸﻂ إﻟﻰ‬
view to a file in .emf format using the ‫ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺤﻮار ﺣﻔﻆ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ‬emf. ‫ﻣﻠﻒ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﯿﻖ‬
Save As dialog. .

247
www.maktbah.net
Figure 26 Print to EMF file
Copy image to clipboard
Copies an image of the active graph
view to the clipboard.
Utilities
Tool setup
Allows you to modify the properties of
some of the tools.
Note: The tool property dialog only
launches if the active tool allows
settings to be changed.
Set Active Display
Allows you to select the active display.
For more information see "Displays" on
page 222.
Properties
Allows you to launch the graph
Properties dialog. For more information
see "Graph Properties dialog" on page
223.
248
‫ﻧﺳﺦ ﺻورة إﻟﻰ اﻟﺣﺎﻓظﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺳﺦ ﺻورة ﻣن ﻋرض اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ اﻟﻧﺷط إﻟﻰ‬
. ‫اﻟﺣﺎﻓظﺔ‬
‫ﺧدﻣﺎت‬
‫إﻋداد اﻷداة‬
. ‫ﯾﺳﻣﺢ ﻟك ﻟﺗﻌدﯾل ﺧﺻﺎﺋص ﺑﻌض اﻷدوات‬
‫ ﺣوار ﺧﺻﺎﺋص اﻷداة ﺗطﻠق إﻻ إذا‬: ‫ﻣﻼﺣظﺔ‬
. ‫ﺳﻣﺣت اداة اﻹﻋدادات اﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﺗﻐﯾﯾرھﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻌﯾﯾن اﻟﻌرض اﻟﻧﺷط‬
‫ ﻟﻣزﯾد ﻣن‬.‫ﯾﺳﻣﺢ ﻟك ﻟﺗﺣدﯾد اﻟﻌرض اﻟﻧﺷط‬
.222 ‫ راﺟﻊ "ﯾﻌرض" ﻓﻲ اﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ‬،‫اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت‬
‫اﻟﺧﺻﺎﺋص‬
. ‫ﯾﺳﻣﺢ ﻟك ﻹطﻼق ﺣوار ﺧﺻﺎﺋص اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ راﺟﻊ ﺣوار ﺧﺻﺎﺋص اﻟرﺳم‬،‫ﻟﻣزﯾد ﻣن اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت‬
.223 ‫اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ " ﻓﻲ اﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ‬
www.maktbah.net
Export Data
Launches the Data Export dialog box
that displays a list of all the curves on
the graph control and displays the data
coordinates of those curves. It also
allows you to export the data points to
a text file (Export Display or Export
Curve). The format of the data is either
Single Pair or Table (see Figure 27).
The file is in the format below.
X1 (tab) Y1 (Single Pair)
or
X1 (tab) Y1
X2 (tab) Y2
Etc... (Table)
Figure 27 Data Export dialog
249
‫ﺗﺻدﯾر اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت‬
‫ﺗطﻠق ﻣرﺑﻊ ﺣوار ﺗﺻدﯾر اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت إﻟﻰ أن ﯾﻌرض‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻣن ﻛﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻣﻧﺣﻧﯾﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺣﻛم اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ ﻛﻣﺎ‬. ‫وﯾﻌرض إﺣداﺛﯾﺎت اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت ﻣن ﺗﻠك اﻟﻣﻧﺣﻧﯾﺎت‬
‫أﻧﮫ ﯾﺳﻣﺢ ﻟك ﻟﺗﺻدﯾر اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت واﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺷﯾر إﻟﻰ ﻣﻠف‬
‫ ﺗﻧﺳﯾق‬.(‫ﻧﺻﻲ )ﺗﺻدﯾر اﻟﻌرض أو ﺗﺻدﯾر اﻟﻣﻧﺣﻧﻰ‬
.(27 ‫اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت إﻣﺎ زوج واﺣد أو اﻟﺟدول )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
.‫اﻟﻣﻠف ھو ﻓﻲ اﻟﺷﻛل أدﻧﺎه‬
(‫ )زوج واﺣد‬Y1 (‫ )ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﺑوﯾب‬X1
‫أو‬
Y1 (‫ )ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﺑوﯾب‬X1
Y2 (‫ )ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﺑوﯾب‬X2
(‫ )اﻟﺟدول‬... ‫اﻟﺦ‬
www.maktbah.net

Import Curve ‫اﺳﺗﯾراد ﻣﻧﺣﻧﻲ‬

Allows you to import a curve from a ‫ ﯾﺟب أن‬. ‫ﯾﺳﻣﺢ ﻟك ﻻﺳﺗﯾراد ﻣﻧﺣﻧﻰ ﻣن ﻣﻠف ﻧﺻﻲ‬
text file. The file must be in the format . ‫ﯾﻛون اﻟﻣﻠف ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺷﻛل أدﻧﺎه‬
below. Y1 (‫ )ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﺑوﯾب‬X1
X1 (tab) Y1 Y2 (‫ )ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﺑوﯾب‬X2
X2 (tab) Y2 ...‫إﻟﺦ‬
Etc... :‫ﻣﺛﻼ‬
Ex:
// (Beginning of file) (this line should ‫ )ﺑداﯾﺔ ﻣﻠف( )ﻻ ﯾﻧﺑﻐﻲ أن ﯾﻛون ھذا اﻟﺧط ﻓﻲ‬//
not be in the file) (‫ﻣﻠف‬
123.23 123.45 123.45 123.23
123.24 124.55 124.55 123.24
123.25 555.5 555.5 123.25
123.26 222.22 222.22 123.26
//(End of file) (this line should not be in ‫ )ﻧﮭﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻣﻠف( )ﻻ ﯾﻧﺑﻐﻲ أن ﯾﻛون ھذا اﻟﺧط ﻓﻲ‬//
the file) (‫ﻣﻠف‬

Help
Launches a help dialog box specifically
related to the Opti2D Graph Control.
Displays
The graph is made up of layered
displays. Each display has a pair of axes.
By default, the control contains one
display with Axis X on the bottom of the
display and Axis Y on the left. In the
case of complex graphs that require
more than one pair of axes, more than
one display exists. See Figure 28.
‫ﻣﺳﺎﻋدة‬
‫ﺗطﻠق ﻣرﺑﻊ ﺣوار ﻣﺳﺎﻋدة ﺗﺗﻌﻠق ﻋﻠﻰ وﺟﮫ اﻟﺗﺣدﯾد‬
.Opti2D ‫اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﺑﺎﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﯾﻌرض‬
.‫ﯾﺗﻛون اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ ﻣن ﻋرض ﻋدد ﻣن اﻟطﺑﻘﺎت‬
، ‫ ﺑﺷﻛل اﻓﺗراﺿﻲ‬. ‫ﻛل ﻋرض ﻟﮫ زوج ﻣن اﻟﻣﺣﺎور‬
X ‫ﯾﺣﺗوي ﻋﻧﺻر اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋرض واﺣد ﻣﻊ اﻟﻣﺣور‬
‫ ﻋﻠﻰ‬Y ‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺟزء اﻟﺳﻔﻠﻲ ﻣن اﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ واﻟﻣﺣور‬
‫ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟرﺳوم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﯾﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻘدة اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗطﻠب‬. ‫اﻟﯾﺳﺎر‬
‫ ﻋرض أﻛﺛر ﻣن‬، ‫أﻛﺛر ﻣن زوج واﺣد ﻣن اﻟﻣﺣﺎور‬
.28 ‫ اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬. ‫واﺣد ﻣوﺟود‬

Figure 28 Active Display dialog box

250
www.maktbah.net
Any objects that you place on the graph
(such as markers) are placed on the
active graph view. Therefore, if you
place a marker on the graph and
Display 1 is active, the new marker is
based on the coordinate system of
Display 1. If you want to add a marker
on Display 2, you must select the main
menu in the Graph menu. This
launches the Graph Display dialog,
which permits you to select a different
display. In complex graphs, the displays
are layered one on top of the other.
Figure 29 Graph displays
Graph Properties dialog
The graph Properties dialog allows you
to manage properties of the graph.
The graph Properties dialog tabs
include:
· General
· Axis X
· Axis Y
· Curve
· Fonts
· Grid
· Legend
· Labels
251
‫ﯾﺘﻢ وﺿﻊ أي اﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ‬
.‫)ﻣﺜﻞ ﻋﻼﻣﺎت( ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ اﻟﻨﺸﻂ‬
‫ إذا ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ‬،‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ ﯾﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺟﺪﯾﺪة ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم‬،‫ ﻧﺸﻂ‬1 ‫واﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬.1 ‫اﻹﺣﺪاﺛﯿﺎت ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫ ﯾﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﯿﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬، 2 ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫ ھﺬا ﯾﻄﻠﻖ اﻟﺤﻮار‬. Graph ‫اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ واﻟﺬي ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ‬، ‫ﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ‬
، ‫ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﻮم اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﻘﺪة‬. ‫ﻋﺮوض ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
. ‫واﻟﻌﺮوض ھﻲ اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎت واﺣﺪة ﻋﻠﻰ رأس اﻵﺧﺮ‬
‫ﺣوار ﺧﺻﺎﺋص اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣرﺑﻊ ﺣوار ﺧﺻﺎﺋص اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ ﯾﺳﻣﺢ ﻟك ﻹدارة‬
.‫ﺧﺻﺎﺋص اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺻﺎﺋص ﺣوار ﻋﻼﻣﺎت ﺗﺑوﯾب اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺎ‬
: ‫ﯾﻠﻲ‬
‫· ﻋﺎم‬
‫· اﻟﻣﺣور‬X
‫· اﻟﻣﺣور‬Y
‫· ﻣﻧﺣﻧﻰ‬
‫· اﻟﺧطوط‬
‫· اﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ‬
‫· ﻋﻧوان‬
‫· ﺗﺳﻣﯾﺎت‬
www.maktbah.net

General ‫ﻋﺎم‬
Allows you to change the titles of the ‫ وﻋﻧﺎوﯾن اﻟﻣﺣﺎور‬، ‫ﯾﺳﻣﺢ ﻟك ﺑﺗﻐﯾﯾر ﻋﻧﺎوﯾن اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬
graph, and the titles of the axes (see .(30 ‫)اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
Figure 30).

Figure 30 General tab

Axis X X ‫ﻣﺣور‬
Allows you to set properties of the X- ‫ )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬X ‫ﯾﺳﻣﺢ ﻟك ﻟﺗﻌﯾﯾن ﺧﺻﺎﺋص اﻟﻣﺣور‬
axis (see Figure 31). .(31

Figure 31 Axis-X tab

252
www.maktbah.net
Axis Color
Select a color for the X-axis, and select
whether the axis is Visible and the
Crosspoint is visible.
The values in Scale Type can be:
· Linear
· Logarithmic
· DB
The values in Format can be:
· Decimal: simple decimal values
(1000.0, 2000.0, 3000.0)
· Exponential: exponential notation
(1.0-e3, 2.0-e3, 3.0-e3)
· Engineering: engineering notation (1k,
2k, 3k)
.Scientific: scientific notation (1.0 x
103,2.0 x 103, 3.0 x 103)
.Prefix: You can place a prefix string
before each of the scale values.
Suffix: You can place a suffix string after
each of the scale values (e.g. 1000.0
nm)
Automatic Range, Min Value, Max
Value: You can check Automatic Range,
which sets the range according to the
curves in the displays, or force the axis
range to certain values.
Tickmarks: You can set the number of
major and minor tick marks on the Axis.
Axis Y
Allows you to set properties of the Y-
axis (see Figure 32).
To see descriptions of the Axis Y dialog
fields.
253
‫ﻣﺣور اﻟﻠون‬
‫ وﺗﺣدﯾد ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن ھو‬، ‫ﺗﺣدﯾد ﻟون اﻟﻣﺣور اﻟﺳﯾﻧﻲ‬
. ‫اﻟﻣﺣور اﻟﻣرﺋﻲ وﻧﻘطﺔ ﻋﺑور ﻏﯾر ﻣرﺋﯾﺔ‬
: ‫اﻟﻘﯾم ﻓﻲ ﻧوع اﻟﻣﻘﯾﺎس ﯾﻣﻛن أن ﯾﻛون‬
‫· اﻟﺧطﻲ‬
‫· ﻟوﻏﺎرﯾﺗﻣﻲ‬
DB ·
: ‫اﻟﻘﯾم ﻓﻲ ﺷﻛل ﯾﻣﻛن أن ﯾﻛون‬
،1000.0) ‫ اﻟﻘﯾم اﻟﻌﺷرﯾﺔ ﺑﺳﯾطﺔ‬:‫· ﻋﺷري‬
(3000.0 ،2000.0
(3.0 E3 ،2.0 E3 ،E3-1.0) ‫ اﻷﺳﯾﺔ‬: ‫· اﻷﺳﻲ‬
(3K ،2K ،K1) ‫ ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ھﻧدﺳﯾﺔ‬: ‫· اﻟﮭﻧدﺳﺔ‬
2.0،103 ‫ س س‬1.0) ‫ ﺗدوﯾن اﻟﻌﻠﻣﯾﺔ‬: ‫· اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻲ‬
(103 ‫ س‬3.0 ،103
‫ ﯾﻣﻛﻧك وﺿﻊ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﺑﺎدﺋﺔ ﻗﺑل ﻛل ﻣن اﻟﻘﯾم‬: ‫ﺑﺎدﺋﺔ‬
. ‫ﻟﻧطﺎق واﺳﻊ‬
‫ ﯾﻣﻛﻧك وﺿﻊ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﻻﺣﻘﺔ ﺑﻌد ﻛل ﻣن اﻟﻘﯾم‬: ‫ﻻﺣﻘﺔ‬
(‫ ﻧﺎﻧوﻣﺗر‬1000.0 ‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻧطﺎق و)ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﯾل اﻟﻣﺛﺎل‬
: ‫ ﻣﺎﻛس اﻟﻌظﻣﻰ‬، ‫ اﻟﻘﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﻐرى‬، ‫اﻟﻣدى اﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ اﻟذي ﯾﺣدد‬، ‫ﯾﻣﻛﻧك اﻟﺗﺣﻘق ﻣن ﻣدى اﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯾﮫ‬
‫ أو إﺟﺑﺎر‬، ‫ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻣﻧﺣﻧﯾﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌروض‬
. ‫ﻧطﺎق اﻟﻣﺣور ﻟﻘﯾم ﻣﻌﯾﻧﺔ‬
‫ ﯾﻣﻛﻧك ﺗﻌﯾﯾن ﻋدد ﻣن ﻋﻼﻣﺎت‬:Tickmarks
. ‫اﻟﺗﺟزﺋﺔ اﻟﻛﺑرى واﻟﺻﻐرى ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﺣور‬
Y ‫ﻣﺣور‬
‫ﯾﺳﻣﺢ ﻟك ﻟﺗﻌﯾﯾن ﺧﺻﺎﺋص اﻟﻌﻣودي )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
.(32
.Y ‫ﻟﻣﻌرﻓﺔ أوﺻﺎف ﺣﻘول ﺣوار اﻟﻣﺣور‬
www.maktbah.net

Figure 32 Axis Y tab

‫ا‬

Curve ‫اﻟﻣﻧﺣﻧﻰ‬
Allows you to set various properties of ‫ﯾﺳﻣﺢ ﻟك ﻟﺗﻌﯾﯾن ﺧﺻﺎﺋص ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻣن اﻟﻣﻧﺣﻧﯾﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﯾﺗم‬
the curves that are added to the control .(33 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺗﮭﺎ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺳﯾطرة )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
(see Figure 33).

Figure 33 Curves tab

254
www.maktbah.net

Curve List: Displays all of the curves on ‫ ﯾﻌرض ﻛل ﻣن اﻟﻣﻧﺣﻧﯾﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ‬: ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻧﺣﻧﻰ‬
the active display. . ‫اﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻧﺷطﺔ‬

Curve Properties ‫ﺧﺻﺎﺋص اﻟﻣﻧﺣﻧﻰ‬

Color: Allows you to choose the color of
the selected curve.
Line Style: Allows you to select the line
style of the selected curve.
Plot Style: Allows you to select the plot
style.
. ‫ ﯾﻣﻛﻧك اﺧﺗﯾﺎر ﻟون ﻣن اﻟﻣﻧﺣﻧﻰ اﻟﻣﺣدد‬: ‫اﻟﻠون‬
‫ ﯾﺳﻣﺢ ﻟك ﻟﺗﺣدﯾد ﻧﻣط ﺧط اﻟﻣﻧﺣﻧﻰ‬: ‫ﻧﻣط اﻟﺧط‬
.‫اﻟﻣﺣدد‬
. ‫ ﯾﺳﻣﺢ ﻟك ﻟﺗﺣدﯾد ﻧﻣط اﻟﺧﺎرطﺔ‬: ‫ﻧﻣط اﻟﺧﺎرطﺔ‬

The values in Plot Style can be: : ‫اﻟﻘﯾم ﻓﻲ ﻧﻣط اﻟﺧﺎرطﺔ ﯾﻣﻛن أن ﺗﻛون‬
· Point ‫· ﻧﻘطﺔ‬
· Line ‫· ﺧط‬
· Segment Left ‫· اﻟﺟزء اﻟﯾﺳﺎر‬
· Segment Right ‫· اﻟﺟزء اﻷﯾﻣن‬
· Segment Center ‫· ﻣرﻛز اﻟﻘطﻊ‬
· Step Left ‫· ﺧطوة اﻟﯾﺳﺎر‬
‫· ﺧطوة اﻟﯾﻣﻧﻰ‬
· Step Right
‫· ﺧط اﻹﺳﻘﺎط‬
· Drop Line
Line Thickness: Allows you to select the ‫ ﯾﺳﻣﺢ ﻟك ﻟﺗﺣدﯾد ﺳﻣك ﺧط ﻣﻧﺣﻧﻰ‬: ‫ﺳﻣك اﻟﺧط‬
thickness of the currently plotted curve .8 -1 ‫ وﺗﺗراوح ﻗﯾم‬.‫اﻟﺧﺎرطﺔ اﻟﺣﺎﻟﯾﺔ‬
line. Values range from 1 to 8.

Point Style: Allows you to select the ‫ ﯾﺳﻣﺢ ﻟك ﻟﺗﺣدﯾد اﻷﺳﻠوب اﻟذي ﺳﯾﺗم‬: ‫ﻧﻘطﺔ ﻧﻣط‬
style in which each point on the curve . ‫وﺿﻊ ﻛل ﻧﻘطﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﻧﺣﻧﻰ‬
will be drawn.

The values in Point Style can be: : ‫اﻟﻘﯾم ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘطﺔ ﯾﻣﻛن أن ﯾﻛون ﻧﻣطﮭﺎ‬
· None ‫· ﻻ ﯾوﺟد‬
· Circle ‫· داﺋرة‬
· Square ‫· ﻣرﺑﻊ‬
· Diamond ‫· اﻟﻣﻣﺎس‬
· Cross ‫· اﻟﺗﻘﺎطﻊ‬

Fonts ‫اﻟﺧطوط‬
Allows you to select the fonts used for ‫ﯾﺳﻣﺢ ﻟك ﻟﺗﺣدﯾد اﻟﺧطوط اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدﻣﺔ ﻟﻌرض‬
displaying titles and axis values .(34 ‫ﻋﻧﺎوﯾن وﻗﯾم اﻟﻣﺣور )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
(see Figure 34).

255
www.maktbah.net

Figure 34 Fonts tab dialog

Grid ‫ﺷﺑﻛﺔ‬
Allows you to select which of the grid ‫ﯾﺳﻣﺢ ﻟك ﻟﺗﺣدﯾد أي ﻣن ﺧطوط اﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
lines on the display are visible, and ،(35 ‫ وﻣﺎ ﻟوﻧﮭﺎ وﻟﯾﺗم ﻋرﺿﮭﺎ )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬،‫اﻟﻣرﺋﯾﺔ‬
what color they are to be displayed in ‫وإذا ﻛﻧت ﺗظﮭر ﻓﻘط ﻋرض اﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ اﻟﻧﺷطﺔ )ﻣﺷﺎھدة‬
(see Figure 35), and whether you only . (‫ﻋرض اﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ اﻟﻧﺷطﺔ ﻓﻘط‬
show the active display grid (Show
active display grid only).

Figure 35 Grid tab

256
www.maktbah.net

Labels ‫ﺗﺳﻣﯾﺎت‬

The Labels tab allows you to remove
and edit labels on the graph (see
Figure 36).
To add a label, you use the Label tool in
the Graph toolbox (see Graph tools).
‫ﯾﺳﻣﺢ ﻟك ﻹزاﻟﺔ ﺗﺳﻣﯾﺎت ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﺑوﯾب وﺗﺣرﯾر‬
.(36 ‫اﻟﺗﺳﻣﯾﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ )اﻧظر اﻟﺷﻛل‬
‫ ﯾﻣﻛﻧك اﺳﺗﺧدام أداة اﻟﺗﺳﻣﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ‬،‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺳﻣﯾﺔ‬
‫ﻣرﺑﻊ أدوات اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ )اﻧظر أدوات اﻟرﺳم‬
.(‫اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ‬

Note: For removing a large number of ‫ ﻹزاﻟﺔ ﻋدد ﻛﺑﯾر ﻣن اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎت أو اﻟﺗﺳﻣﯾﺎت‬:‫ﻣﻼﺣظﺔ‬
labels or labels that may have been ‫اﻟﺗﻲ ﻗد ﺗم وﺿﻌﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻹﺣداﺛﯾﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﻟﯾﺳت ﻓﻲ‬
positioned at coordinates that are not ‫ ﻓﻣن اﻷﺳﮭل إزاﻟﺗﮭﺎ أو ﺗﺣرﯾرھﺎ‬، ‫ﻣﻧطﻘﺔ ﻣواﺿﯾﻌﮭﺎ‬
in the viewable area, it is easier to ‫ ﺑﺳﺑب ﻣﯾزة‬، ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺑوﯾب اﻟﺗﺳﻣﯾﺎت‬
remove or edit them using the Labels . ‫اﺧﺗﯾﺎر ﻣﺗﻌددة‬
tab, because of the multiple selection
feature.

Use the Label Properties dialog to edit ‫اﺳﺗﺧدام ﺧﺻﺎﺋص ﺗﺳﻣﯾﺔ اﻟﺣوار ﻟﺗﻌدﯾل اﺳم أو‬
the name or coordinates of the selected ‫ أو ﺣذف ﺗﺳﻣﯾﺔ )اﻧظر‬، ‫إﺣداﺛﯾﺎت اﻟﺗﺻﻧﯾف اﻟﻣﺣدده‬
label, or delete the label (see Figure 37). .(37 ‫اﻟﺷﻛل‬

Figure 36 Labels tab

257
www.maktbah.net

Figure 37 Labels tab-Label Properties dialog

Legend ‫اﻟﻌﻨﻮان‬
Allows you to toggle the graph legend to ‫ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺗﺒﺪﯾﻞ ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﺮﺋﯿﺔ أو‬
be Visible or invisible. . ‫ﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﺮﺋﯿﺔ‬

Figure 38 Legend tab dialog

258
‫‪www.maktbah.net‬‬

‫اﻟﻔﺻل اﻟﺳﺎدس ‪Chapter Six‬‬

‫‪Experiences‬‬ ‫ﺗﺠﺎرب‬
‫ﯾﻣﻛن ﺗﺻﻣﯾم ﻣﻧظوﻣﺔ اﺗﺻﺎﻻت ﻣﺗﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣن ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ اﺟﮭزة اﻻرﺳﺎل واﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎل‬
‫واﻻﻟﯾﺎف اﻟﺑﺻرﯾﺔ واﺟﮭزة رﻓﻊ اﻟﻘدرة وﺗﺿﻣﯾن اﻻﺷﺎرة واﻟﻣﺻﺎدر اﻻﺳﺎﺳﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﺿوء‬
‫واﺟﮭزة ﺗﺿﺧﯾم اﻻﺷﺎرة وﻏﯾرھﺎ ﺑوﺳﺎطﺔ اﻟﺑﻠوﻛﺎت واﻟﺗﻲ ﯾﻣﻛن ﺳﺣﺑﮭﺎ ﻣن ﻧﺎﻓذة‬
‫)‪ (Component Library‬ﺑﺷﻛل ﻣﺗﻛﺎﻣل‪ ،‬وﺑﻌد رﺑطﮭﺎ ﻣﻌﺎ ً وﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺳﺗظﮭر‬
‫ﻟﻧﺎ اﻟﻣﺧرﺟﺎت واﻟﺗﻲ ﻋن طرﯾق دراﺳﺗﮭﺎ ﯾﻣﻛن ﺗﺻﺣﯾﺢ اﻟرﺑط او ﺗﻐﯾﯾر اﻟﺑﻠوﻛﺎت ﺣﺗﻰ ﯾﺗم‬
‫اﻟﺗوﺻل اﻟﻰ اﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﻣطﻠوﺑﺔ وﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻻﺷﻛﺎل )‪ (1,2,3,4,5‬واﻟﺗﻲ ﻋن طرﯾﻘﮭﺎ ﻧﺗﻌرف‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧوع اﻻﺷﺎرة واﻟﺧﺳﺎﺋر اﻟﺣﺎدﺛﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫وھﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ھذا اﻟﻔﺻل ﻣن اﻟﻛﺗﺎب ﺳوف اﺗطرق اﻟﻰ اﻟﺗﺟﺎرب اﻟﻣﮭﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﺎل اﻻﺗﺻﺎﻻت‬
‫اﻟﺑﺻرﯾﺔ ﺑﺷﻛل واﺳﻊ ‪،‬وﺳﺄﺗطرق ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺟرﺑﺔ اﻻوﻟﻰ ﻋن ﻛﯾﻔﯾﺔ ﺳﺣب اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺎت )اﻟﺑﻠوﻛﺎت(‬
‫ورﺑطﮭﺎ ﻣﻌﺎ ً وﻣﺎ ھﻲ ﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﺧرج ﻣن ﻋﻣﻠﯾﺔ اﻟرﺑط‪.‬‬
‫وﻣن ھذه اﻟﺗﺟرﺑﺔ ﯾﻣﻛن اﻟﺗﻌﻣﯾم ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻻﻣﺛﻠﺔ اﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ ﻟﻧوع اﻟﺑﻠوﻛﺎت وطرﯾﻘﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺗوﺻﯾل ﻹﻋطﺎﺋﻧﺎ اﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ اﻟﻣطﻠوب ﻣن ﻋﻣل ﻛل ﺗﺟرﺑﺔ‪ ،‬وھذا ﯾﺄﺗﻲ ﻣن دراﺳﺔ اﻟرﺳوم‬
‫اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﯾﺔ واﻻرﻗﺎم ﺑﺷﻛل دﻗﯾق‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﮫ ﺳوف ﯾﺗم ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺟﺎرب اﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ ﻓﻘط ﻋرض واﺟﮭﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﺿﻣن اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم اﻟﻧﮭﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺑﻠوﻛﺎت اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدﻣﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ وﯾﻣﻛن ﻋن طرﯾق ﻧﻘل‬
‫ﻣﻔردات اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم ﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ )‪ (OptiSystem‬ﺑﺷﻛل دﻗﯾق وﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺣﺗﻰ ﯾﺗﺳﻧﻰ ﻟك‬
‫ﻣﻌرﻓﺔ اﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ‪ .‬وﯾﻣﻛن اﯾﺿﺎ اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﺑﺑﻌض اﻟﺗﻐﯾﯾرات اﻟﺗﻲ ﻣن اﻟﻣﻣﻛن اﻋطﺎؤﻧﺎ ﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻣل دراﺳﺔ اوﺳﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣوﺿوع ﻧﻔﺳﮫ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺗﺟرﺑﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﻟﯾﺔ ﺗوﺿﺢ ﻋﻣل اﻟﻣﺣﺎﻛﺎة ﺑﺷﻛل ﻣﺗﻛﺎﻣل وﻛﺎﻻﺗﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺧطوة اﻻوﻟﻰ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧذھب اﻟﻰ ﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺎت واﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣوي ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ -1‬اﻟﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ اﻻﻓﺗراﺿﯾﺔ )‪.(Default‬‬
‫‪ -2‬اﻟﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ اﻟﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ )‪.(Custom‬‬
‫‪ -3‬اﻟﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ اﻟﻣﻔـﺿـــﻠﺔ )‪.(Favorites‬‬
‫‪ -4‬اﻟﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدﻣﺔ ﺣدﯾﺛﺎ ً )‪.(Recently Used‬‬

‫اﻟﺧطوة اﻟﺛﺎﻧﯾﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻧﺑدئ ﺑﺳﺣب اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺎت اﻟﻣطﻠوﺑﺔ ﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم ﺗﺟرﺑﺔ اﻟﻣﺣﺎﻛﺎة ﻣن اﻟﻣﻛﺗﺑﺎت اﻟﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻟﻛل‬
‫ﻣﻛون ‪،‬ﺣﯾث ﯾوﺟد داﺧل ﻛل ﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ ﻣن اﻟﻣﻛﺗﺑﺎت اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ ﻋدد ﻣن اﻟﻣﻛﺗﺑﺎت اﻟﻔرﻋﯾﺔ‬
‫وﯾﻣﻛن ﺳﺣب اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺎت ﻣﻧﮭﺎ ﺑﻌد اﻟﺗﺄﺷﯾر ﻋﻠﯾﮭﺎ وﺳﺣﺑﮭﺎ اﻟﻰ ﻣﻛﺎن اﻟﻌﻣل‪ ،‬ﺣﯾث ﻛل ﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻟﻧﻣوذج ﻣﻌﯾن‪ ،‬ﻣﻧﮭﺎ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣوي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺻﺎدر اﻻرﺳﺎل )‪(Transmitters‬‬
‫وﻋﻠﻰ اﻧواع اﻟﻣﺻﺎدر اﻟﺑﺻرﯾﺔ )‪ (Optical Sources‬اﻟﻠﯾزر )‪ (Laser‬او اﻟداﯾوود‬
‫)‪ (LED‬وﻣﻧﮭﺎ ﯾﺣوي ﻋﻠﻰ اﻧواع اﻟﻣؤﺛرات )‪ ، (Modulators‬واﻻﺧرى ﺗﺣوي ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣوﻟد اﻟﻧﺑﺿﺔ )‪¸ (Pulse Generators‬وﻛذﻟك اﯾﺿﺎ اﻻﺧرى ﺗﺣوي ﻋﻠﻰ اﻧواع‬
‫‪259‬‬
‫‪www.maktbah.net‬‬

‫اﻻﻟﯾﺎف اﻟﺑﺻرﯾﺔ )‪ (Optical Fiber‬ﻣﻧﮭﺎ اﻟﻧﻣط اﻟﻣﻔرد )‪ (Singlemode‬او اﻟﻧﻣط‬

‫اﻟﻣﺗﻌدد )‪ ،(Multimode‬وﯾﻣﻛن ﺗﻐﯾﯾر طول اﻟﻠﯾف اﻟﺑﺻري ﺣﺳب اﻟﻣطﻠوب ‪.‬‬
‫واﺧرة ﺗﺣوي ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟرؤﯾﺎ اﻟﺗﺧﯾﻠﯾﺔ ﻟﻺﺷﺎرة )‪ (Oscilloscope Visualizer‬وﯾﻣﻛن‬
‫اﺧﺗﯾﺎر ﻣﻧﮭﺎ )‪ (Optical‬أو)‪ . (Electrecal‬واﻻﺧرى ﺗﺣوي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻛوﻧﺎت اﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎل‬
‫)‪ (Receivers‬واﻻﺧرى ﺗﺣوي ﻋﻠﻰ اﻧواع ﻣن اﻟﻔﻼﺗر )‪ (Filters‬واﻻﺧرى ﺗﺣوي‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﻛﺑرات )‪ (Amplifiers‬وﻏﯾرھﺎ ﻣن اﻟﻣﻛﺗﺑﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻔﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻐرض اﻟﻼزم ﻷﺟراء‬
‫اﻟﻣﺣﺎﻛﺎة وﺑﺷﻛل دﻗﯾق ‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﻣﻛن اﺟراء ھذه اﻟﺗﺟرﺑﺔ اﻟﺑﺳﯾطﺔ ﺑﺳﺣب اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺎت ﻣن اﻟﻣﻛﺗﺑﺎت وﻛﻣﺎ ﻣوﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺗﺧطﯾط اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫‪Optical Fiber: CW Laser‬‬

‫‪*Default‬‬ ‫‪Transmitters Library‬‬ ‫‪Bit Sequence Generators‬‬
‫‪Pseudo-Random Bit Sequence Generator‬‬
‫‪*Default Transmitters Library‬‬ ‫‪Optical Sources CW Laser‬‬
‫‪*Default Transmitters Library‬‬ ‫‪Optical Modulators Mach-‬‬
‫‪Zehneder Modulator‬‬
‫‪*Default Transmitters Library‬‬ ‫‪Pulse Generators Electrical‬‬
‫‪RZ Pulse Generator‬‬
‫)‪*Default Optical Fibers Library Optical Fiber(Signal‬‬
‫‪*Default Receivers Library‬‬ ‫‪Photodetectors photo PIN‬‬
‫‪*Default Visualizer Library‬‬ ‫‪Electrical‬‬ ‫‪Oscilloscope‬‬
‫‪Visualizer‬‬

‫اﻟﺧطوة اﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺑﻌد ﺳﺣب اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺎت ﯾﻣﻛن رﺑطﮭﺎ ﻣﻌﺎ ً ﻟﺗﻛون ﻟﻧﺎ ﻣﻧظوﻣﺔ اﺗﺻﺎﻻت ﺑﺻرﯾﺔ ﻣﺗﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ وﻟك‬
‫اﻟﺣرﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻐﯾﯾر اﻻﻋدادات ﻟﻛل ﻣﻧﮭﺎ وﯾﻣﻛن ﺗﻐﯾﯾر ﻣوﻗﻌﮭﺎ او ﺣذﻓﮭﺎ او اﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻛون اﻟﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم وﯾﻣﻛن ﺗﻐﯾر اﻟﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﺗﺣت ﻛل ﻣﻛون واﻟﻠون واﻟﺣﺟم وﻛﻣﺎ ذﻛرت ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﺻول‬
‫اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻔﺻﯾل وﺑﻌد ﻋﻣل اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم وﻛﻣﺎ ﻣوﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺛﺎل ‪ 1‬ﯾﻣﻛن ﺣﻔظﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻛﺎن‬
‫اﻟﻣﺧﺻص وﯾﻣﻛن اﺳﺗرﺟﺎﻋﮫ واﻟﺗﻐﯾﯾر ﻋﻠﯾﺔ وطﺑﺎﻋﺗﮫ ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺧطوة اﻟراﺑﻌﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻌد اﻛﻣﺎل اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾم ﺗﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل )‪(RUN‬وﻣﻌرﻓﺔ ﻗﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﺧرج واﻟرﺳوم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﯾﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ أي ﻣن ﻣﻛوﻧﺎت اﻟرؤﯾﺎ اﻟﺗﺧﯾﻠﯾﺔ ﻟﻺﺷﺎرة )‪(Oscilloscope Visualizer‬‬
‫وﻣﻧﮭﺎ ﯾﻣﻛن ﻣﻌرﻓﺔ ﻧوع اﻻﺷﺎرة وﻗوﺗﮭﺎ )‪ (Power‬وﻣﻘدار اﻟﺿوﺿﺎء )‪ (Noise‬و‬
‫اﻻﻣﺗﺻﺎﺻﯾﺔ )‪ (Absorbance‬واﻟﺗﺷﺗت )‪ (Dispersive‬واﻟﺗﺷوﯾﮫ )‪(Distortion‬‬
‫واﻟﺗوھﯾن )‪ (Attenuation‬وﻏﯾرھﺎ وﯾﻣﻛن دراﺳﺗﮭﺎ واﻟﺗﻐﯾر ﺑﻛل اﻻﻋدادات او واﺣدة‬
‫ﻣﻧﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪260‬‬
‫‪www.maktbah.net‬‬

‫اﻟﻣﻛوﻧﺎت ‪.‬‬
‫وﻧﺎت‬
‫ﺎت‬
‫ﻧﺎت‬‫ﻣﻛﻛووﻧ‬
‫ﯾﺷﻣلل اﻟاﻟﻣﻛ‬
‫ﯾﺷﻣ‬
‫ﺷﻣ‬
‫ﯾم ﯾﺷ‬
‫اﻟﺗﺻﻣﯾمم‬
‫ﻟﺗﺻﻣ‬
‫ﺻﻣ‬‫ﮭﺔ ااﻟﺗ‬
‫واﺟﮭﺔﺔ‬
‫واﺟﮭ‬
‫ﺟﮭ‬‫ﺷﻛل )‪ (1‬وواا‬
‫ﺷل‬
‫ﻛل‬

‫ﺷﻛل )‪ (2‬واﺟﮭﺎت اﻻﺷﻛﺎل اﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻟـ)‪.(Oscilloscope Visualizer‬‬

‫‪261‬‬
www.maktbah.net

.(Electrical Power Meter Visualizer)‫( واﺟﮭﺔ ﻟـ‬3) ‫ﺷﻛل‬

(Electrical Carrier Analyzer)‫( واﺟﮭﺔ ﻟـ‬4) ‫ﺷﻛل‬

262
www.maktbah.net

(RF Spectrum Analyzer)‫( واﺟﮭﺔ ﻟـ‬5) ‫ﺷﻛل‬

Agilent EEsof ADS

File transfer between OptiSystem and ADS
perform file transfer between OptiSystem and Advanced Design
System software
"Load ADS File" will import the electrical signal in time domain from
a file using Generic MDIF format
o transfer files form ADS to OptiSystem, an ADS time domain
waveform can be exported as a tab-delimited ASCII file.
The file generated using this procedure can be loaded directly into
OptiSystem software using "Load ADS File" component.

263
www.maktbah.net

10 GBs ADS link

Perform file transfer between OptiSystem and Advanced Design System software
"Load ADS File" will import the electrical signal in time domain from a file using
Tab-delimited ASCII format
This file can be exported directly by the Data Display in ADS (File > Export >
Write selected items to tab-delimited ASCII)

264
www.maktbah.net

Catv
Laser frequency response

Laser harmonic distortions

265
www.maktbah.net

Laser intermodulation distortion

Laser signal clipping

266
www.maktbah.net

Laser RIN distortion

267
www.maktbah.net

Laser signal clipping

Compensation of dispersion ideal dispersion compensation

Compensation of dispersion OptiGrating

268
www.maktbah.net

DFE Application

Dispersion compensation post with FBG

269
www.maktbah.net

Dispersion compensation pre post symmetrical

Dispersion compensation subsystems

270
www.maktbah.net

Equalizer GVD

Filter uniform fiber bragg grating

271
www.maktbah.net

MLSE Application

Electrical digital modulation

DPSK Step 1 - Pulse generator

272
www.maktbah.net

DPSK Step 2 - Coding and decoding

DPSK Step 4 – Transmitter

273
www.maktbah.net

DPSK Step 3 - Pulse generator and decoding

274
www.maktbah.net

DPSK Step 5 - Transmitter and receiver

275
www.maktbah.net

DPSK Step 6 - Transmitter and receiver II

DPSK Step 7 - Transmitter and receiver with eye diagram

276
www.maktbah.net

Manchester - Fiber Link

Manchester Coding – Decoding

277
www.maktbah.net

OQPSK - Transmitter and receiver

PAM - Fiber Link

278
www.maktbah.net

QAM - Transmitter and receiver

279
www.maktbah.net

Fibers
Bidirectional fiber and Raman design

FWM validation

280
www.maktbah.net

GVD and SPM Gaussian pulse

GVD and SPM modulational instability

281
www.maktbah.net

GVD Chirped Gaussian pulse propagation

GVD Gaussian pulse propagation

282
www.maktbah.net

Kerr shutter

PMD emulator

283
www.maktbah.net

Optical switching and gating

284
www.maktbah.net

PMD induced penalties fixed scatt sec length

Raman scattering scalar amplification

285
www.maktbah.net

PMD induced penalties variable scatt sec length

286
www.maktbah.net

PMD induced pulse broadening

287
www.maktbah.net

Raman scattering separated channels

288
www.maktbah.net

Raman scattering vectorial suppression 1

Raman scattering vectorial suppression 2 with saved monitors

289
www.maktbah.net

Raman scattering vectorial suppression 2

SPM third-order superGaussian pulse

290
www.maktbah.net

SPM unchirped Gaussian pulse

XPM and FWM

291
www.maktbah.net

XPM induced spectral broadening

292
www.maktbah.net

Introductory tutorials
Lesson 1 Transmitter - External modulated laser

Lesson 2 Subsystems - Hierarchical simulation

293
www.maktbah.net

Lesson 3 Optical Systems - WDM design

294
www.maktbah.net

Lesson 3b Optical Systems - WDM design

Lesson 3c Optical Systems - WDM design

295
www.maktbah.net

Lesson 4 Parameter Sweeps - BER x Input power

Quick Start Direct Modulation

296
www.maktbah.net

Lightwave systems
10 Gbps in SMF System applications NRZ

10 Gbps in SMF System applications RZ

297
www.maktbah.net

40 Gbps in SMF High-dispersion fibers RZ pre

40 Gbps in SMF High-dispersion fibers RZ

298
www.maktbah.net

40 Gbps in SMF High-dispersion fibers NRZ

299
www.maktbah.net

FSO

Receiver Design

300
www.maktbah.net

Coherent 4 QAM

301
www.maktbah.net

DPSK 7Channels_Script

302
www.maktbah.net

Duobinary 7Channels_Script

303
www.maktbah.net

Enginnering the fiber nonlinearities and dispersion single channel

FOCS Introduction Lightwave System Components

304
www.maktbah.net

BPON Bidirectional

305
www.maktbah.net

NRZ 7Channels_Script

Optimizing the power and dispersion

306
www.maktbah.net

OTDM 6 Bits per packet

OTDM 16 Bits per packet

307
www.maktbah.net

OTDM Multiplexer

308
www.maktbah.net

Radio over Fiber SCM ASK

309
www.maktbah.net

SAC OCDMA

310
www.maktbah.net

System Design - Power Budget

WOC

311
www.maktbah.net

Matlab cosimulation
Amplitude Modulator – Matlab

Matlab OSA

312
www.maktbah.net

Matlab BER Analyzer

313
www.maktbah.net

Metro systems
Interchannel crosstalk at ADM in a ring network

Migrating to 10 Gbps - lumped dispersion compensation

314
www.maktbah.net

Migrating to 10 Gbps - no dispersion compensation

315
www.maktbah.net

Migrating to 10 Gbps_dispersion compensation at each node

316
www.maktbah.net

Migrating to 10 Gbps_dispersion compensation at each nodeEM

317
www.maktbah.net

Negative dispersion fiber - Tomkos JSTQE May June 2001 - 10

Gbps

Negative dispersion fiber - Tomkos JSTQE May June 2001

Negative dispersion

318
www.maktbah.net

fiber 32 Channel DWDM Metro MetroCore

319
www.maktbah.net

Negative dispersion fiber 32 Channel DWDM Metro SMF28

320
www.maktbah.net

Power level management in metro networks – Linear

Power level management in metro networks - Lumped amplifier

321
www.maktbah.net

Power level management in metro networks – NA

Power level management Receiver sensitivity adjustment

322
www.maktbah.net

Power level management Considering nonideal gain characteristics of EDFA

power

Power level management Gain variation of cascaded EDFAs

323
www.maktbah.net

Power level management Gain variation of cascaded EDFAs

324
www.maktbah.net

Power level management Gain variation of EDFAs

Power level management Receiver sensitivity adjustment - DM LRE 2.5Gbps

325
www.maktbah.net

Power level management Receiver sensitivity adjustment - DM

LRE

Power level management Receiver sensitivity adjustment externally

modulated

326
www.maktbah.net

Power level management Considering nonideal gain characteristics of EDFA

gain

327
www.maktbah.net

WDM Ring WISE NRZ DM

328
www.maktbah.net

Multimode
Differential mode delay analysis

Encircled flux

329
www.maktbah.net

Modal bandwidth measurement

Multimode link

330
www.maktbah.net

Multimode receiver

Multimode signal generator

331
www.maktbah.net

Multimode transmitter

Spatial aperture

332
www.maktbah.net

Spatial connector

Thin lens

333
www.maktbah.net

Optical amplifiers
Amplifier Characteristics

Automatic Control

334
www.maktbah.net

EDFA Basic Concepts

EDFA Booster Amplifier

335
www.maktbah.net

EDFA Characterization

RA 100nm bandwidth flatten gain AvgPower

336
www.maktbah.net

EDFA Clamped FP

337
www.maktbah.net

EDFA Clamped Ring Laser

EDFA ESA

338
www.maktbah.net

EDFA Fiber Length Optimization

EDFA GainAndNoise

339
www.maktbah.net

EDFA Inhomogeneous

EDFA Inline Amplifier

340
www.maktbah.net

EDFA Ion_Ion_Interactions

341
www.maktbah.net

EDFA Optimizing the EDFA gain for WDM

EDFA Power transients

342
www.maktbah.net

EDFA Preamplifier

EDFA Pumping requirements

343
www.maktbah.net

EDFA Rayleigh Lesson

344
www.maktbah.net

EDFA System Margin

EDFA Temperature Lesson

345
www.maktbah.net

Er Yb Waveguide

Er Yb Waveguide2

346
www.maktbah.net

Fiber Length Optimization

Gain Flattening Filter Optimization

347
www.maktbah.net

RA BroadBand Flat Gain Average Model

RA Dynamic

348
www.maktbah.net

RA Optimizing pump power and frequencies - Average model

Reflective Amplifier

349
www.maktbah.net

Ring Laser

SOA gain recovery gaussian pulse

350
www.maktbah.net

SOA gain saturation chirped and super-gaussian pulse

SOA gain saturation gaussian pulse experiment

351
www.maktbah.net

SOA gain saturation gaussian pulse

SOA pulse compression gaussian pulse

352
www.maktbah.net

SOA Wavelength conversion in a wideband SOA

SOA wavelength converter FWM

353
www.maktbah.net

SOA wavelength converter XGM 29 dB

354
www.maktbah.net

SOA Wideband characterization

Split Band Amplifier

355
www.maktbah.net

Ytterbium Double Clad Dynamic 100KHz

Ytterbium Fiber Amplifier

356
www.maktbah.net

Ytterbium Double Clad

357
www.maktbah.net

Receivers
Extracting the termal noise parameter

Measuring Jitter

358
www.maktbah.net

Receiver Sensitivity BER - Q factor

Sensitivity degradation - extinction ratio

359
www.maktbah.net

Shot and Thermal noise PIN

Shot enhancement with APD PIN x APD

360
www.maktbah.net

Shot enhancement with APD Shot and Thermal noise APD

Signal degradation - Jitter

361
www.maktbah.net

Receiver sensitivity -minimum input power

362
www.maktbah.net

Script samples
Exporting graphs to Excel Excel Graph

Exporting sweeps to file Nested Sweep Export Text

363
www.maktbah.net

Nested Sweep Export Graph

Nested sweeps using Excel Nested Sweep Excel

364
www.maktbah.net

Nested sweeps using Matlab Nested Sweep Matlab

Random distributions using Matlab Monte Carlo

365
www.maktbah.net

Solitons
Soliton Systems Average-soliton regime

366
www.maktbah.net

Soliton Systems SOA inline amplifier

367
www.maktbah.net

Solitons Birefringence Soliton trapping 1

Solitons Birefringence Soliton trapping 2

368
www.maktbah.net

Solitons Birefringence Solitons and Birefringence nonlinear

Solitons Birefringence Solitons and Birefringence

369
www.maktbah.net

Solitons Fundamental and higher-order (N=2_&_N=3) solitons

Solitons Interaction of in-phase solitons

370
www.maktbah.net

Solitons Interaction of pi-out-of-phase solitons

Solitons Self-steepening Decay of N=2 soliton

371
www.maktbah.net

Solitons SRS Decay of N=2 soliton by IRS

Solitons SRS Decay of N=2 soliton caused by SRS_full_Raman

372
www.maktbah.net

Solitons SRS Soliton - self-frequency shift

Solitons TOD on solitons decay

373
www.maktbah.net

Solitons TOD on solitons

Transmitters
Chirp in MZLN Modulators

374
www.maktbah.net

CSRZ Signal

375
www.maktbah.net

DPSK 33 percent Signal

376
www.maktbah.net

DPSK 66 percent Signal

377
www.maktbah.net

DQPSK Signal 33 percent

378
www.maktbah.net

Duobinary Signal

379
www.maktbah.net

Laser Intensity Noise

LED Modulation Response

380
www.maktbah.net

LED Spectral Distribution

MODB Modulation System

381
www.maktbah.net

Modified Duobinary Signal

382
www.maktbah.net

ODB with Filters Modulation System

383
www.maktbah.net

Semiconductor laser Modulation Response

Semiconductor Laser Large Signal Modulation

384
www.maktbah.net

Semiconductor Laser L-I Curve

VCSEL 683nm

385
www.maktbah.net

VCSEL 863nm

VCSEL 1550nm

386
www.maktbah.net

WDM systems
16Ch NRZ 40G Varied GVD Xnonlinear

387
www.maktbah.net

16Ch NRZ 40G Varied GVD

388
www.maktbah.net

16Ch NRZ Ideal

389
www.maktbah.net

16Ch RZ 40G Varied GVD Xnonlinear

390
www.maktbah.net

16Ch RZ 40G Varied GVD

391
www.maktbah.net

16Ch RZ Ideal

392
www.maktbah.net

16x40Gbps Transmitters modulators receivers

32Ch NRZ 40G Varied GVD Xnonlinear

393
www.maktbah.net

32Ch NRZ 40G_Varied GVD

32Ch NRZ Ideal

394
www.maktbah.net

32Ch RZ 40G Varied GVD Xnonlinear

32Ch RZ 40G Varied GVD

395
www.maktbah.net

32Ch RZ Ideal

Fabry-Perot filter

396
www.maktbah.net

AWG Demultiplexer

397
www.maktbah.net

COADM 4x4

FBG filter

398
www.maktbah.net

Filter Uniform Fiber Bragg Grating

Interferometer Characterization

399
www.maktbah.net

OXC project

400
www.maktbah.net

Star Couplers

401
www.maktbah.net

402
www.maktbah.net

Chapter Six ‫اﻟﻔﺼﻞ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‬

Questions
Q 1) How to control the bias voltages of Dual Drive Mach Zehnder Modulator in
Optisystem ?

Q 2) How xor of 2 signal may helpfull for data transmission in optical fiber or
wireless channel ?

Q 3) What is the simulation block diagram of ask and psk in optisystem software?

Q 4) What are the correct formulas that can be used at the end of the fiber cable
when simulating an optical time domain reflectometer?

Q 5) Is MZM biased at Vpi or Vpi/2?

Q 6) How know to do simulation of MLL with optisystem software?

Q 7) What is the way to use gain flattening filter ?

Q 8) How simulating a system operating with symbol rate around 15 GBd (67 ps
symbol period), with step transitions between symbols?

Q 9) Is it appropriate to design Visible light communication system using FSO

Channel?

Q 10) What know relation between eye opening with Q factor and bit error rate??
then relation eye opening with transmission?

Q 11) How difference between upper and lower signal levels?

Q 12) What wavelengths in lasers that can be used in fiber optic?

Q 13) How can I use polarization combiner bidiectional in Optisystem?

Q 14) Is there any way to make highly nonlinear fibers loop to generate optical
frequency comb in optisystem?

Q 15) How to calculate power penalties using optisystem?

Q 16) Is there any component in optisystem "tunable optical delay line"?

Q 17) How can I design FSO link by varying power of my vcsel laser?

Q 18) How Improving the eye diagrams of a TDM pon?

403
www.maktbah.net

Q 19) How can I create MIMO free space optical network in optisystem?

Q 20) Which software can be used for simulation of raman spectroscopy other than
optisystem?

Q 21) How can I import matlab coding to optisystem?

Q 22) How can I design a ring resonator using Optisystem?

Q 23) How can I use filter coefficients of FIR filter in optisystem without coupler?

Q 24) How do I select a wavelength from a light source that consist of wavelength
range of 410 nm to 900 nm?

Technical support
Optiwave Canada/US

Tel (613) 224-4700 E-mail support@optiwave.com

Fax (613) 224-4706 URL www.optiwave.com

Cybernet Systems Co., Ltd. Japan

Tel +81 (03) 5978-5414 E-mail owtech@cybernet.co.jp

Fax +81 (03) 5978-6082 URL www.cybernet.co.jp

Optiwave Europe Europe

Tel +33 (0) 494 08 27 97 E-mail support@optiwave.com

Fax +33 (0) 494 33 65 76 URL www.optiwave.eu

‫ﰎ ﲝﻤﺪ ﺍﷲ‬
404
www.maktbah.net